english grammar exercises - wordpress.com
TRANSCRIPT
ENGLISH GRAMMAR
EXERCISES
Compiled by JB
LEARN
and
WRITE
2 – JB
3 – JB
WHAT IS GRAMMAR? All languages have grammar, and each language has its own grammar. People who speak the same language are able to communicate because they intuitively know the grammar system of that language—that is, the rules of making meaning. Grammar means different things to different people:
“Grammar is the sound, structure, and meaning system of language.” “Speaking and writing in accordance with accepted rules or principles and standards of usage.” “The systematic study and description of a language sentence structure, i.e. the way that the words and word forms in a sentence are arranged to show their relationship to each other.” “Grammar is the study of words and the ways words work together.”
An invisible force that guides us as we put words together into sentences. Any person who communicates using a particular language is consciously or unconsciously aware of the grammar of that language. To speak in a clearer and more effective manner we study grammar. A person who has unconscious knowledge of grammar may be sufficient for simple language use, but the ones who wish to communicate in an artful manner and well, will seek greater depth of understanding and proficiency that the study of grammar provides. Grammar is important, but unlike many linguists, I believe that it should be taken in very light chunks, and even partially ignored, in the early stages. In my personal opinion, focusing on grammar too much in the early stages is a huge mistake in the academic approach. The priority is to speak as much as possible and you need words and phrases for this, not rules. Study grammar after you can communicate a little and it will be much more interesting and help you “tidy up” what you’ve got. We don't study grammar of our own mother tongue to use it for daily speaking, but when we need to polish our own mother tongue, we have to study its grammar and we usually do that. When we come to learning a new language like English language, we need to study its grammar, the importance of grammar cannot be neglected and before we do that we need to understand what grammar is. If your grammar is poor, then the reader (listener) is left with thoughts of whether or not you really know what you are talking about. If you can't write properly, how can you really the subject matter you are writing about authoritatively. The problem is that grammar is a never ending story, or an endless quest for perfection as I like to call it. You’ll never know all the grammar. There are always hidden exceptions, strange irregular verbs you might not have mastered yet and so on. When you see all this, it’s depressing and really makes it feel like a language actually should take years to learn to get beyond just the basics. HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Please spend about 20 minutes per day for this book. When you complete all of the exercises, you will be able to learn a lot of rules, structures and vocabulary. Please don’t skip and parts. Please don’t forget! Writing makes you a better writer. Just like practicing the piano makes you a better pianist, or riding a trail bike makes you a better biker. Please
Write.
Write more.
Write even more.
Write even more than that.
Write when you don’t want to.
Write when you do.
Write when you have something to say.
Write when you don’t.
Write every day.
Keep writing.
4 – JB
GRAMER NEDİR? Bütün dillerin kendine has bir gramer yapısı vardır. Anlaşmak için dili kullanan insanlar, o dilin gramer yapısını, kurallarını farkında olmadan doğal bir şekilde kullanırlar. Gramerin tarifi kişiden kişiye değişmektedir: “Gramer bir dilin sesi, yapısı ve anlam sistemidir.” “Kabul edilen kurallar veya prensiplerle dili standart kullanımla yazmak ve konuşmaktır.” “Konuşma ve yazı dilinde kelimeleri analiz etme, kelime ve cümleleri düzenli kullanılması için sistemli çalışmadır.” “Gramer kelimelerin bir düzen için birlikte çalışma sistemidir.” Konuşurken görünmeyen bir güç kelimeleri cümleleştirir ve bize rehberlik ettirir. Belirli bir dili kullananan bir kişi şuurlu veya şuursuz bir şekilde gramere dikkat ederek iletişim kurar. Fakat anlaşılır ve etkili bir şekilde konuşmak için gramere çalışmak durumundayız. Gramer bilgisinden mahrum birisi basit ifadelerle kendi anlatabilir, daha iki iletişim kurmak ve yazmak isteyen birisi ise gramer bilgilerine çalışmalı ve derinlemesine anlamalıdır. Dil öğreniminde de gramer önemlidir. Başlangıçta gramer üzerine yoğunlaşmak -akademik yaklaşımla- ciddi bir hata olabilir. Öncelikli olan elden geldiğince çok konuşmak ve bunu yaparken de bol miktarda kelime ve deyim kullanmaktır. Konuşmaya başladıktan sonra gramere çalışmak gerekir ki, bu konuşulan ifadeleri belli bir düzene koyacaktır. Yukarıda belirtildiği gibi dili iyi kullanmak için ana dilimizin gramerine çalışmamız gerektiği gibi İngilizce gibi yeni bir dil öğreneceğimiz zaman da o dilin gramerine çalışmak durumundayız. Yetersiz bir grameriniz varsa, okuyucu veya dinleyici sizin ne bildiğinizi ve ne demek istediğiniz anlamakta güçlük çekebilir. Şunu tekrar ifade etmekte fayda vardır: Gramer dilin güzel ifade edilmesi için önemli olsa da başlangıçta elzem değildir. Bundan yola çıkarak yabancı dil öğrenenler, başlangıçta gramere öncelik vermesinler. Dili kullanmada güven kazandıktan sonra gramere yönelsinler. Gramer sonu gelmeyen bir hikaye gibidir. Bu sebeple grameri tamamını öğrenmenize imkân yoktur. Mutlaka yakalayamayacağınız veya kullanamayacağınız istisna yapılar, karşınıza çıkacaktır. BU KİTABI NASIL KULLANMALI? Lütfen bu kitap için günde 20 dakika vakit ayırın. Bütün alıştırmaları bitirdiğiniz zaman, birçok kural, yapı ve kelime öğrendiğinizi fark edeceksiniz. Kitapta mevcut olan benim cümlelerim ve benim paragrafım bölümlerini atlamayın. Lütfen unutmayın! Piyano pratiği yapmak sizi iyi bir piyanist, bisiklet eğitimi sizi iyi bir bisiklet sürücüsü yapacağı gibi, sürekli yazmakta sizi iyi bir yazar yapacaktır. Lütfen
Yazın. Çok yazın. Daha çok yazın. Yazdığınızdan daha fazla yazın. Yazmak istemediğiniz zaman yazın. Yazabildiğiniz zaman yazın. Bir şey söylemek istediğiniz zaman yazın. İstemediğiniz zaman yazın. Her gün yazın. Yazmaya devam edin.
5 – JB
DİL ÖĞRENME VE KOPYA METODU
1960 yılında Rahmetli Prof. Dr. Mehmet Kaplan tarafından o zamanki talebesi Prof. Dr. Orhan Okay'a yazdığı mektupta dil ve hayat ile ilgili tecrübelerini şu şekilde anlatır: Orhan, ...
Acaba Hoca, Londra'da bu kadar ne ile meşgul derseniz, cevabi basit: İngilizce ile. Geldiğim ilk hafta şehri
epeyce dolaştım. Caddeleri, müzeleri gördüm. "Ha, Londra dedikleri buymuş!" diyerek odaya
kapandım. Haftada üç gün sabahları evde hususi ders alıyoruz. Öğleden sonraları, vazife yapıyorum,
İngilizce plak dinliyor veya kopya ediyorum. Gece yine ayni işe devam. Neredeyse, buraya geleli iki ay
olacak, günler hep böyle geçti. Bir hayli istifade ettim sanıyorum. Meşhur sair ye münekkit T.S.Eliot'ın
tenkitlerini kopya ediyorum. Alain'den öğrendiğim bu usul son derece faydalı. Fakültede Osmanlıcayı da
kopya ederek öğretmiyor muyuz? Sizin de yabancı dil öğrenmek için her gün beş-altı sayfa kopya etmeniz
faydalı olur. Bu suretle dikkat, kelime ve cümlenin teferruatına bağlanıyor, insan dalga geçmiyor.
Prensiplerimden biri, bir gün dahi ihmal etmemek. Bunu size de hep tavsiye ederim ama tatbik
etmezsiniz. Her gün üç dört sayfa kopya ve tercüme, bir sene sonra bu iş tamam.
YAZMAK...
Yine Alain'de okumuştum, Stendhal genç iken söyle bir prensip kabul etmis. "Her gün bir sayfa yazı, ya
dahi olacağım, ya hiç!"Avrupa'da en titiz yazarlar, ömürleri boyunca yirmi-otuz kitap yazarlar. Sebebi, bir
gün atlatmadan her gün sabahtan öğleye kadar yazarlar. Biz ilham geldikçe okur veya yazarız. Bu itiyadi
evvela sizin kazanmanız, sonra talebenize aşılamanız çok iyi olur.
GEVEZELİĞİMİZ
Misafirlik, gevezelik bundan dolayı bana boş gelir. Bir fikir üzerinde insicamla, sürekli konuşma ne ise.
Fakat dağınık konuşma, gevezelik insana hiçbir şey kazandırmaz. Bizim öğreneceğimiz o kadar çok şey var
ki. Bu yaşta kendimi talebe gibi hissediyorum. Neler bilmiyorum. Biz muhakkak ki çok vakit harcayan bir
milletiz. Sefalet ve dalaletimizin sebebi bu; Burada boş oturan veya gezen adama rastlamak hemen
hemen imkânsız. Herkes işinde, gücünde.
DEĞİŞMEYEN HALİMİZ
Bütün T... bir kahvehane gibi. Boyuna gevezelik, dedikodu. Sizden aldığım mektuplarda, hadiseler
dolaysıyla, biraz bedbinleştiğinizi hissettim ve üzüldüm. Alan'ın en mühim nasihatlerinden biri kendini
bedbinliğe kaptırmamaktır. Felsefi bakımdan bedbin olmak temelsiz bir fikirdir. Hayat, durmadan değişir,
bir. Bir de hayati, hayatımızı değiştirmek büyük nispette elimizdedir. Gelecek hakkında hiçbir faraziyede
bulunmadan günlük vazifesini yapmak, iste ilerlemenin yolu. Ben hayatımda bir sene ilerisini göremedim,
sizde istikbali keşfetmek hassası varsa, onu bilmem. Altı ay, hatta üç ay sonra ne olacağını önceden
kestiremezsiniz.
HERGÜN YENİDEN DOĞMAK
Her günü faydalı geçirmeye bakin, yarının ne olacağını düşünmeyin. "Her günün derdi kendisine yeter"
diye bir söz vardır. "Her günün işi kendisine yeter" deyin. Yunus "Her gün yeni doğarız" demiyor mu?
Orada benim güvendiğim arkadaşların ben gittikten sonra davranışlarının değiştiğini yazıyorsunuz. Bu beni
ne hayrete düşürdü, ne de müteessir etti. Her biri hakkında izhar etmediğim kanaatlerim vardı. Ölçülerini
biliyorum. Onlara faydalı olmaya ve onları faydalı yapmaya çalıştım. Bize düsen iyilik yapmaktır, nasıl
karşılanırsa karşılansın. Sahici adam bulmak öyle kolay değildir. Fakat bu bizim iyi davranmamıza mani
6 – JB
değildir. Sonra başka bir şey var: Biz iyi davranırsak, karşımızdakinin de iyi olması, hiç olmazsa bir müddet
için, çok mümkündür. Ben orada bulunduğum müddetçe, bir dostluk havası kurmayı arzu ettim. Pek az
insani kötü buldum. Kusur herkeste vardır. Benim affedemediğim şey kusur değil, alçaklıktır. Orada
gerçekten alçak ruhlu bir iki insan tanıdım ki, bu kadar kalabalığın içinde elbet o kadar da bulunur.
İLMİ ÇALIŞMALAR NASIL OLMALIDIR?
Sizin çalışmalarınız beni çok yakından alakadar ediyor. Yabancı dil, kültürünüzün genişlemesi, tezleriniz.
Başta ilk ikisi. Tezlerinizin mükemmeliyeti yabancı dil ile okuduğunuz kitapların sayısına bağlıdır. Biraz
gecikmekte, eğer zaman iyi doldurmuş iseniz hiçbir mahzur yoktur. Yabancı dilde beş on kitap okumadan
doktora yapmanızı istemiyorum. Bir defa bu merhaleyi asmak lazım. Hepiniz için Garplı kültürü şart. Bu da
Garplı ilmi eserleri ve dergileri okumakla olur. Araştırmada malzemeden çok, görüş mühimdir. Görüş ise,
değerli araştırmaları okumakla elde edilir. İçinizde en kötü durumda olan Birol'dur. 24 saat dersi var. Şahsi
mesai için pek az vakti kalıyor. Fakat o, sınıf derslerini hem kendisi hem çocuklar için enteresan
yapabilir. İnsan, mesele haline getirirse, en basit şeylerden, isimlerden, sıfatlardan da derin fikirler
çıkarabilir. Bütün mesele, dikkatini bir mevzû üzerinde derinleştirmektir. Ona karşı uyanmaktır. Bu
ortaokulda da mümkündür. Askerliğimi Konya Askeri Ortaokulu'nda yaparken denedim, en basit
metinlerde, muhteva, sekil, üslup, hayat görüşü ve dilin mekanizmalarını arayınca pek çok şeyler buldum.
Hepiniz sınıf derslerini enteresan hale getirebilirsiniz. Canınız sıkılmaz. Karşısına çıkan mevzular üzerinde
kafasını işletmek, meseleler bulmakta bir sinek dahi mühimdir. Yine Yunus ne güzel söylemiştir: "Benim bir
karıncaya ulu nazarim vardır". Küçük şeylere, isimlere, sıfatlara, basmakalıp sözlere "ulu nazar ile bakmak. "
Bu nevi günlük dikkatler, kesifler sizi ilmi çalışmaya hazırlar.
Kendinizi serbest düşünen bir insan gibi hissetmelisiniz. Mehmet, Kerem ile Asli veya Aşık Garib'i mevzu
olarak düşünüyordu. Bence hepsi olur. Yukarıda da dediğim gibi konunun değil, bakışım, ele alışın
ehemmiyeti vardır. Yeni Türk edebiyatı için de ayni şey bahis mevzuu.
...
DERİNLEŞME
Mevzuu değiştirebilirsin. Fakat benim şahsen ehemmiyet verdiğim araştırma tarzı, ele alış,
derinleşmedir. Bu da bol kitap okumak ve şahsi düşünmekle olur. Hepiniz için arzu ettiğim şey her gün
çalışmanın, okumanın, düşünmenin ve ıstıraplı da olsa yaşamanın zevkini almanızdır. Can sıkıntısı, ruhun
aydın olmayışına delalet eder. Gün ışığı, yağmur, kar, bir insan çehresi size neşe verebilmeli. ...... Hepinize
güvenim var. Mûntazam çalışırsanız, üniversitede yeni bir nesil teşkil edeceksiniz.Haftada, bir gün buluşun;
diğer günler vakit kaybetmeyin. Etrafınızda ne olduğuna da pek aldırmayın.
Şimdi size düsen is, konuşmak ve münakasa etmek değil, çalışmak, çalışmak, çalışmaktır. Ancak
çalışmalarımızla memlekete faydalı olabiliriz. Orada kütüphanede bulunan kitapları muntazaman tarayınız.
Hepsinde sizi alakadar eden bir şeyler bulabilirsiniz. Bol not alın, bunları kaybetseniz de faydadan hali
değildir. Talebenin veya rektörün, bana karşı olan duygularını size çevirmeleri beni müteessir eder. Buna
mani olmak için yapacağınız şey, son derece ihtiyatli olmak, gevezelik etmemek, ilmi çerçeve içinde
kalmaktır. Benim fikir veya hareketlerimi müdafaa etmenizi dahi istemem. Ben ancak siz orada çalışır,
yerleşir, orayı sever, bir ilim adamı olursanız sevinirim. Benim oraya dönmem mümkün olduğu gün
döneceğim. Fakat hiçbir suretle gürültü, patırtı çıkarmak istemiyorum. Teşvik ve tahrik çok kolay bir
şey. Orada sakin olmak, hareketli olmaktan daha mühimdir. Hele sizlerin doçent olmadan sesinizi
çıkarmamız katiyen doğru olmaz. Mehmet ve Birol heyecanlı tiplerdir. Bu nasihatlerim bilhassa onlaradır.
Mümkün ise de, gazete okumasanız ne iyi olur. Bu o kadar rahat bir şey ki. Günlüğüne dışında daimi olan
kıymetler, hayatınıza esas olmalıdır.
..... Prof. Dr. Mehmet Kaplan, 8 Nisan 1960 , Londra
7 – JB
KİTAP HAKKINDA
Bu kitap, klasik boşluk doldurma metodunu bir kenara bırakarak “birebir kopya etme” üzerine bina
edilmiştir. Daha önce İngilizce kursu almış fakat bazı konuları pekiştirememiş veya yazma hususunda
sıkıntısı olanlar için de bu çalışmanın faydalı olacağını düşünüyoruz. Şayet bir kursa gitmiyorsanız, kendi
başınıza günde on beş-yirmi dakika bir çalışmayla dahi mesafe alabilirsiniz. Ama ideal olan süre bir saattir.
Dil öğrenmede gramer çalışması tek başına yeterli olmayacaktır. Kısa hikaye kitapları, romanlar veya günlük
gazeteler okumak suretiyle öğrendiklerimizi geliştirmeliyiz. Şayet yoğun bir iş hayatının içindeyseniz günde
on beş dakika okumaya mutlaka vakit ayırabilirsiniz.
Dil öğrenme hususunda birçok insanın denediği çeşitli yol ve metotlar vardır. Bunların hemen hepsi de
kendine göre denenmiş, doğruluğu test edilmiş çalışmalardır. Ancak; işin özü vakit ayırıp bir şekilde
programlı, sürekli ve disiplinli olarak çalışmaktır.
İyi çalışmalar...
8 – JB
Terimler
noun – a word for a person, animal, thing, place, idea. [isim] bird, house, sky, friendship, week, Susan, party, space, fun, Australia verb – a word that describes an action (doing something). [fiil]
go, get, take, turn, fall, invent, fly, know, be, have, thank, think, stop, forget, will, won’t, do, didn’t, understand
adjective – a word that describes a noun. They come before the noun. [sıfat] big, old, happy, friendly, slow, red, fun, funny, stupid, itchy adverb - a word that describes a verb or adjective. It tells you how something is done, or, when or where
something happened. They come before the verb or adjective. [zarf] quickly, slowly, fast, outside, inside, up, down, today, when preposition – a word that describes place of a noun. They come before the noun. [edat] over, under, up, to, of, from, in, out, on top of, between, through, at pronoun – a word that replaces a noun in a sentence. [zamir] I, me, they, it, them, those, these, what, who, that article – a word that introduces a noun. They come before the noun. [tanımlık/belirteç] English has two. 1. the indefinite article a/an
2. the definite article the phrasal verb – a verb made from two words. [filli deyim] stand up, fall over, shut up, turn off, turn on, turn up, turn down possessive adjective – a word that goes before a noun and shows who owns something. (iyelik sıfatı) my, your, our, its, their, his, her singular – only one (of a noun) [tekil]
car, bird, match, party, disco, photo, box, child, wife, foot, tooth, mouse, deer, person, sheep, kebab plural – more than one (of a noun) [çoğul]
cars, birds, matches, parties, discos, photos, boxes, children, wives, feet, teeth, mice, deer, people, sheep, kebabs
mass noun – a noun you cannot count (it has no plural). [sayılamayan/kütle isim] cheese, rain, hair, love, football, mathematics, coffee, water, oil, tea, wood, paper, knowledge
conjunction – a word that joins two words, phrases or sentences together. [bağlaç] but, so, and, because, or
9 – JB
SINGULAR – PLURAL
FINAL -S/-ES (a) NOUN +-S: Friends are important NOUN + -ES: I like my classes.
A final -s or -es is added to a noun to make a noun plural. friend = a singular noun friends = a plural now
(b) VERB + -S: John works at the bank. VERB + -ES: She watches birds.
A final -s or -es is added to a simple present verb when the subject is a singular noun or third person singular pronoun. * John works = singular The students work = plural He works = singular They work = plural
SPELLING: FINAL –S vs. -ES (c) sing →sings song → songs
For most words (whether a verb or a noun), simply a final –s is added to spell the word correctly.
(d) wash → washes watch → watches class → classes buzz → buzzes box → boxes
Final -es is added to words that end in -sh, -ch, -s, -z and -x.
(e) toy →toys buy →buys (f) baby → babies cry →cries
For words that end in -y: In (e): If -y is preceded by a vowel, only -s is added In (f): If -y is preceded by a consonant, the -y is changed to –i and -es is added.
10 – JB
IRREGULAR PLURAL NOUNS The nouns in (a) have irregular plural forms: (a) man → men child → children mouse → mice foot → feet tooth → teeth woman → women ox → oxen louse → lice goose → geese
Some nouns that end in -o add -es to form the plural: (b) echoes heroes potatoes tomatoes Some nouns that end in -o add only -s to form the plural: (c) autos photos solos tattoos kilos pianos sopranos videos memos radios studios zoos Some nouns that end in -o add either -es or -s to form the plural: (d) mosquitoes / mosquitos volcanoes / volcanos tornadoes / tornados zeroes / zeros
Some nouns that end in –f /or -fe are changed to -ves in the plural: (e) calf → calves leaf → leaves self → selves wolf → wolves half → halves life → lives shelf → shelves scarf → scarves / scarfs knife → knives loaf → loaves thief → thieves Some nouns that end in –f simply add -s to form the plural: (f) belief → beliefs chief → chiefs cliff → cliffs roof → roofs
Some nouns have the same singular and plural form: (e.g.. One deer is .... Two deer are ... .) (g) deer fish means series sheep species
Some nouns that English has borrowed from other languages have foreign plurals: (h) criterion → criteria (i) analysis → analyses (j) bacterium → bacteria phenomenon → phenomena basis → bases curriculum → curricula crisis → crises datum → data (i) cactus → cacti / cactuses hypothesis → hypotheses medium → media stimulus → stimuli oasis → oases memorandum → memoranda syllabus → syllabi / syllabuses parenthesis → parentheses thesis → theses (l) formula → formulae / formulas (m) appendix → appendices / appendixes vertebra → vertebrae index → indices / indexes
PLURAL NOUN Singular and Plural Nouns
A) Write the PLURAL of the following words. 1. baby ____________________
2. bear ____________________
3. box ____________________
4. boy ____________________
5. calf ____________________
6. city ____________________
7. class ____________________
8. country ____________________
9. cross ____________________
10. dish ____________________
11. factory ____________________
12. fax ____________________
13. flower ____________________
14. key ____________________
15. knife ____________________
16. leaf ____________________
17. loaf ____________________
18. loaf ____________________
19. match ____________________
20. mom ____________________
21. plate ____________________
22. potato ____________________
23. radio ____________________
24. radio ____________________
11 – JB
25. ship ____________________
26. show ____________________
27. smile ____________________
28. sock ____________________
29. thief ____________________
30. tomato ____________________
31. tool ____________________
32. toy ____________________
33. tray ____________________
34. wife ____________________
35. worm ____________________
36. zoo ____________________
B) PLURAL NOUN: Write the plural form of the nouns as in the example: Example: boy boys 1. actor ___________________
2. address ___________________
3. baby ___________________
4. bike ___________________
5. blackboard ___________________
6. boat ___________________
7. book ___________________
8. friend ___________________
9. brush ___________________
10. butterfly ___________________
11. car ___________________
12. child ___________________
13. city ___________________
14. city ___________________
15. country ___________________
16. cry ___________________
17. dancer ___________________
18. desk ___________________
19. diamond ___________________
20. family ___________________
21. flower ___________________
22. fly ___________________
23. foot ___________________
24. fox ___________________
25. holiday ___________________
26. journalist ___________________
27. judge ___________________
28. knife ___________________
29. lady ___________________
30. lawyer ___________________
31. leaf ___________________
32. lemon ___________________
33. man ___________________
34. machine ___________________
35. mouse ___________________
36. name ____________________
37. notebook ____________________
38. party ___________________
39. pen ___________________
40. person ___________________
41. piano ___________________
42. room ___________________
43. roommate ___________________
44. secretary ___________________
45. signal ___________________
46. singer ___________________
47. sister ___________________
48. sport ___________________
49. table ___________________
50. tooth ____________________
51. umbrella ___________________
52. video ___________________
53. watch ___________________
54. week ___________________
55. wife ___________________
56. woman ___________________
12 – JB
PLURAL NOUN: Write the plural form of the following nouns. Example: child children 1. analysis ___________________
2. belief ___________________
3. curriculum ___________________
4. echo ___________________
5. goose ___________________
6. hypothesis ___________________
7. industry ___________________
8. leaf ___________________
9. monkey ___________________
10. mouse ___________________
11. phenomenon ___________________
12. photo ___________________
13. self ___________________
14. series ___________________
15. sheep ___________________
16. woman ___________________
17. zero ___________________
13 – JB
SINGULAR – PLURAL
NOUN + IS AND ARE Directions: If the noun is with a singular in the example, change to a plural. If the example is plural, change to singular. Example: The man is a writer. → The men are writers. 1. The pencil is sharp. → ___________________________________________________________________. 2. The dogs are barking. → ___________________________________________________________________.
3. The girls are intelligent. → ___________________________________________________________________. 4. A Porsche is a fast car. → ___________________________________________________________________. 5. A horse is an animal. → ___________________________________________________________________. 6. Diamonds are expensive. → ___________________________________________________________________. 7. A teacher is hardworking → ___________________________________________________________________.
8. Shirts are on sale today. → ___________________________________________________________________.
9. A backpack is not allowed. → ___________________________________________________________________.
A-AN
14 – JB
A-AN Fill in the blanks with A, An, or (Nothing)
Example: _animal _an animal _
1. _ant ______________________________
2. _apple ______________________________
3. _apple pie ______________________________
4. _ball ______________________________
5. _bank ______________________________
6. _bread ______________________________
7. _bulldog _____________________________
8. _city museum _____________________________
9. _dictionary ______________________________
10. _doctor ______________________________
11. _dolphin _____________________________
12. _famous ______________________________
13. _glass ______________________________
14. _Hawaii ____________________________
15. _insect ______________________________
16. _milk ______________________________
17. _movie ______________________________
18. _Pacific Ocean ____________________________
19. _pizza ______________________________
20. _river ______________________________
21. _smartest people __________________________
22. _tigers ______________________________
23. _umbrella ______________________________
24. _umbrella ______________________________
25. _year ___________________________
15 – JB
A - AN
PRACTICE: Fill in the blanks with A, An, or (Nothing)
1. Pandas and ___ tigers are both endangered animals.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2. She is wearing ___ blue dress with red earrings
_________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Hawaii is ___ island in the Pacific Ocean.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
4. My birthday comes once ___ year.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
5. ___ ant is __ insect.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The Nile is ___ river.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I went to the shop to get ___ bread.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He broke ___ glass when he was washing dishes.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You should take ___ umbrella.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
10. ___ famous New York artist designed this coat
_________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Can you tell me how to get to ___ bank from here?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
12. ___ city museum is closed today.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
13. He is one of ___ smartest people I know.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I recommend you eat ___ apple pie at this restaurant.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
15. ___ milk is good for you.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Would you like to see ___ movie?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
17. ___ apple a day keeps ___ doctor away.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I can't believe I failed ___ yesterday's test!
_________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Do you have ___ dictionary that I can borrow?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
16 – JB
ARTICLES (a-an-the) Fill in the blanks with A, AN or THE if necessary. 1. --- Amazon River is---- widest river in the world.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. ---- coffee comes from---- Brazil.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. ---- Denmark is---- very rich country.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. ---- English drink a lot of tea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. ---- English is more difficult than---- German.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. ---- exercises in this book are---- very difficult.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. ---- good book is always better than---- bad friend.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. ---- Great Wall of China is very famous all over---- world.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. ---- last bus is at---- 10:06 p.m.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. ---- London is in ---- middle of England.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. ---- Mississippi is the longest river in ---- world.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. ---- Pittsburgh is---- big city.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. ---- Queen of---- England lives in Buckingham Palace in London.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. ---- Richard is---- student at high school.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. __tea is grown in__Sri Lanka.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Buy some---- milk when you go out.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Do you always drink ---- coffee with---- milk?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He is no longer---- friend of mine.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. He says---- poor get poorer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He was helping---- old people when I saw him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I asked her---- question about her job.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I bought---- new umbrella---- yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I can type---- hundred words in---- minute.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. I must buy__new jacket.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17 – JB
25. I play---- guitar well.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. I’m__hardworking.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Is there__high school in your village?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. I've got__oranges but my brother has got__only one.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Last night there was__terrible storm.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. My cat is__same color as yours.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. My deskmate is__very naughty boy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Our country needs__hardworking and__honest people.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Please open---- windows.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. She works as---- teacher.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. Tell me---- interesting story.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. That is---- very unusual dress.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. There are---- books and---- pencil on the table.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. There is---- cat on---- teacher's table.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. They are---- books.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
40. This is---- first time I have ever ridden motorbike.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. Those men are---- firemen.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
42. We are from---- Munich in---- Germany.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. We didn't meet---- last week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
44. We learn about---- United States at---- school.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. We need---- uniform to go to school in some countries.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
46. What__hot day!
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
47. What's---- capital of---- Netherlands?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
48. Who is---- best footballer in---- world?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18 – JB
MUCH, MANY, FEW, A LITTLE
PRACTICE: Complete the sentences with A FEW, A LITTLE, MUCH or MANY Examples:
a) David has ----- friends. Clinton doesn’t have many friends. b) He has ----- water. He has a little water. c) He has ----- friends. He has a few friends. d) He doesn’t have ----- milk. He doesn’t much milk.
1. My mother didn’t make ----- sandwiches, because she didn’t have -----
cheese. She had only ----- sandwiches and ----- cheese. ______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2. The secretary didn’t type ----- letters because she didn’t have ----- paper. She had only ----- paper. ______________________________________________________________________________
3. A: Are you finished? B: Not yet, I need ----- more minutes. ______________________________________________________________________________
4. There are only ----- people in the building. ______________________________________________________________________________
5. The children were hungry because there wasn’t----- bread at home. There was only ----- . ______________________________________________________________________________
6. She started feeling ill only ----- days before the exam. ______________________________________________________________________________
7. He went to the filling station because he didn’t have ----- petrol in the tank. 8. She didn’t buy ----- things because she didn’t have ----- money.
______________________________________________________________________________
9. We must go shopping because we have only ----- meat and ----- tomatoes in the refrigerator but we don’t have----- time to go shopping.
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________
A FEW, A LITTLE Change some to a few or a little in the following sentences. 1. I like my lemon juice with some honey. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. I always put some water in the cage for my birds. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. I have some bread at home. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. There are some men in the soccer field. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. My mom has some work to do at home. ______________________________________________________________________________
19 – JB
A LOT OF – MANY Using Many / Much / A Few / A Little Change a lot of to many or much in the following sentences. 1. There are a lot of chairs in this classroom.
______________________________________________________________________________ 2. I can’t learn a lot of information in one class.
______________________________________________________________________________ 3. I don’t like to drive with a lot of traffic in the street.
______________________________________________________________________________ 4. Do you get a lot of mail in Hotmail?
______________________________________________________________________________ 5. I can memorize a lot of telephone numbers.
______________________________________________________________________________
_
20 – JB
TELLING THE TIME
TELLING THE TIME Tell the following times in two ways as in the example. Examples: 7.15 It is a quarter past seven. It is seven fifteen. 1. 05.05 ________________________________________________________________________________________
2. 1.10__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. 1.15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
4. 10.05_________________________________________________________________________________________
5. 10.44_________________________________________________________________________________________
6. 10.50_________________________________________________________________________________________
7. 11.11_________________________________________________________________________________________
8. 11.40_________________________________________________________________________________________
9. 11.47_________________________________________________________________________________________
10. 11.55_________________________________________________________________________________________
11. 12.08_________________________________________________________________________________________
12. 12.30_________________________________________________________________________________________
13. 12.35_________________________________________________________________________________________
14. 13.18_________________________________________________________________________________________
15. 13.23_________________________________________________________________________________________
16. 13.28_________________________________________________________________________________________
21 – JB
17. 13.55_________________________________________________________________________________________
18. 13.58_________________________________________________________________________________________
19. 17.59 ________________________________________________________________________________________
20. 19.26_________________________________________________________________________________________
21. 19.37_________________________________________________________________________________________
22. 2.10__________________________________________________________________________________________
23. 2.15__________________________________________________________________________________________
24. 2.55__________________________________________________________________________________________
25. 22.22_________________________________________________________________________________________
26. 22.36_________________________________________________________________________________________
27. 22.57_________________________________________________________________________________________
28. 23.55_________________________________________________________________________________________
29. 3.30__________________________________________________________________________________________
30. 3.55__________________________________________________________________________________________
31. 4.35__________________________________________________________________________________________
32. 5.33__________________________________________________________________________________________
33. 6.05__________________________________________________________________________________________
34. 6.30__________________________________________/_______________________________________________
35. 6.32__________________________________________________________________________________________
36. 6.35__________________________________________________________________________________________
37. 7.00__________________________________________________________________________________________
38. 7.20__________________________________________________________________________________________
39. 8.39__________________________________________________________________________________________
40. 8.40 _________________________________________________________________________________________
41. 8.45__________________________________________________________________________________________
42. 8.48__________________________________________________________________________________________
43. 9.00__________________________________________________________________________________________
44. 9.15__________________________________________________________________________________________
45. 9.19__________________________________________________________________________________________
46. 9.22__________________________________________________________________________________________
47. 9.27__________________________________________________________________________________________
48. 9.35__________________________________________________________________________________________
22 – JB
PRONOUNS
SUBJECT PRONOUNS
SUBJECT PRONOUNS: he, she, it, we, they
Fill in the blanks using “HE, SHE, IT, WE, THEY”:
Example: Ann and Kate __THEY_
1. bicycle ____________
2. books ____________
3. brother-in-law ____________
4. buses ____________
5. cat and horse ____________
6. cheese ____________
7. children ____________
8. daughter ____________
9. dolphin ____________
10. feet ____________
11. flowers ____________
12. friendship ____________
13. geese ____________
14. Jack and I ____________
15. Mary ____________
16. mice ____________
17. milk ____________
18. Mr. Green ____________
19. news ____________
20. papers ____________
21. parents ____________
22. piano ____________
23. picture ____________
24. plane ____________
25. school ____________
26. scissors ____________
23 – JB
27. shop ____________
28. sister ____________
29. sky ____________
30. son ____________
31. sugar ____________
32. sunshine ____________
33. Mrs. Brown ____________
34. You and Dave ____________
OBJECT PRONOUNS: me, him, her, you, it, them, us
OBJECT PRONOUNS: me, him, her, you, it, them, us Rewrite the following sentences using object pronouns for the underlined words. Example: Can you see that boy? Can you see him? Open those boxes. Open them.
1. I know those policemen.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. That boy likes his father a lot.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I sometimes see your parents.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. She never phones her mother from the office.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The boss is talking to the headwaiter.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The police are looking for you and me.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I want to see you and your brother immediately.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
8. This car belongs to Mr. Miller.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
24 – JB
9. I don't like that book.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Give those pictures to me.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Do you know that man?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. That man is looking for your father.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. That house belongs to our family.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Do you miss your grandmother?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. She always plays with her friends.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Give me the chair behind Jim.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
17. He sometimes listens to records.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He sends the letters in the afternoon.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I want to talk to Mrs. Bailey.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
20. They don't like the new building.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Tell the children to come in.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I will call my aunt.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
23. There are some books on the desk. Look at these books.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
24. She is turning the radio on.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
25. The teacher is asking Jane a question.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Take your shoes off.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
27. The man is looking at Ali and me.
________________________________________________________________________________________
28. Jim is giving his father some tea.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
29. This is the dog’s meat. Give the meat to the dog.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Is Tom eating any oranges?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
31. Give the milk to that cat.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Could you pass the salt to your mother?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
25 – JB
COUNT AND POSSESSIVE NOUNS; „s 5-3 POSSESSIVE NOUNS
(a) SINGULAR NOUN POSSESSIVE FORM the girl the girl's Tom Tom's my wife my wife's a lady a lady's Thomas Thomas 's / Thomas'
To show possession, add an apostrophe ( ‘ ) and –s to a singular noun: The girl’s book is on the table.
If a singular noun ends in -s, there are two possible forms: (1) Add an apostrophe and -s: Thomas’s book (2) Add only an apostrophe: Thomas' book
(b) PLURAL NOUN POSSESSIVE FORM the girls the girls' their wives their wives' the ladies the ladies' the men the men's my children my children's
Add only an apostrophe to a plural noun that ends in –s : The girls' books are on the table.
Add an apostrophe and -s to plural nouns that do not end in -s: The men's books are on the table.
POSSESSIVE NOUNS: 1. Rewrite the following using the correct POSSESSIVE form: Example: the butterflies – the wings The butterflies’ wings 1. the students – the books __________________________________________________________________
2. drive – three hours ____________________________________________________________________
3. the department store – the staff _____________________________________________________________
4. living – the cost __________________________________________________________________
5. some friends – my brother __________________________________________________________________
6. bread – the price __________________________________________________________________
7. the baby – the pram __________________________________________________________________
8. John and Paul – the wives __________________________________________________________________
9. the men – the changing rooms _______________________________________________________________
10. the sea – the waves ________________________________________________________________
11. a climb – two hundred meters _______________________________________________________________
12. Lucy and Emily – the mother ________________________________________________________________
13. the house – my father’s closest friend __________________________________________________________
14. the president – the decision __________________________________________________________________
15. my physics professor – the report ____________________________________________________________
16. the park – the playground __________________________________________________________________
17. the Smiths – the car ________________________________________________________________________
18. my mother-in-law – the garden _______________________________________________________________
POSSESSIVE NOUNS 2. Complete the sentences with the possessive form of the nouns in parentheses. Example: (Mrs. Smith) Mrs. Smith’s husband often gives her flowers. 1. (boy The --- hat is red.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. (boys) The ---- hats are red
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. (children) The---- toys are all over the floor.
(__________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. child) I fixed the ---- bicycle.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. (baby) The---- toys are in her crib.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
26 – JB
6. (babies) The ---- toys are in their cribs. __________________________________________________________________________________________
7. (wives) Tom and Bob are married. Their ---- names are Cindy and Jane, respectively. __________________________________________________________________________________________
8. (wife) That is my---- coat. __________________________________________________________________________________________
9. (Sally) ---- last name is White. __________________________________________________________________________________________
10. (Phyllis) ---- last name is Young. __________________________________________________________________________________________
11. (boss) That's my ---- office. __________________________________________________________________________________________
12. (bosses) Those are my ---- offices. __________________________________________________________________________________________
13. (woman) This is a---- purse. __________________________________________________________________________________________
14. (women) That store sells ---- clothes. __________________________________________________________________________________________
15. (sister) Do you know my---- husband? __________________________________________________________________________________________
16. (sisters) Do you know my ---- husbands? __________________________________________________________________________________________
17. (yesterday) Did you read---- newspaper? __________________________________________________________________________________________
18. (today) There are many problems in ---- world. __________________________________________________________________________________________
19. (month) It would cost me a ---- salary to buy that refrigerator. __________________________________________________________________________________________
POSSESSIVE NOUNS 3. Answer the questions: Example: Is this your car? No, it isn’t. It’s Ben’s. (Ben) 1. Are these your boots?
No, __________________________________________________________ (Jim)
2. Are these Sue’s glasses?
No, __________________________________________________________ (Eric)
3. Is that your dress?
No, __________________________________________________________ (Karen)
4. Is this my jacket?
No, __________________________________________________________ (Mr. Jackson)
5. Are these your shirts?
No, __________________________________________________________ (Mike)
6. Is that your grandmother’s dress?
No, __________________________________________________________ (my mother)
27 – JB
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES - My, Your, His, Her, Its, Our, Your, Their
Fill in the blanks with MY, YOUR, HIS, HER, ITS, OUR, YOUR, THEIR Examples: I am looking at __ watch. I am looking at my watch. The man is looking for___ hat. The man is looking for his hat.
1. I am doing __ homework.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. My father is reading __ newspaper.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. My sister likes__ school very much.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You always write to __ parents.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The cat is drinking __ milk.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
6. We like __ teacher very much.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. My brothers sometimes go out with __ friends.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The waitress is washing __ hands.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The firemen are putting on __ uniforms.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Mr. Taylor never washes __ car.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Susan and Mary ride __ bicycles in the park.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. My sister and I do __ homework together.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The dog is wagging __ tail.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Mr. Brown takes __ son to school every morning.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Mrs. Brown takes__ daughter to school every day.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
28 – JB
16. You and your brother always phone __ parents.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
17. These women are talking about__ husbands.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
18. My nephew is talking to __ teacher now.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. This man wants __ money.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
20. The thieves don't want to tell __ names.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. My niece is helping __ father.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
22. We are waiting for__ teacher.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
23. The boy is calling __ mother.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
24. The children are looking for__ ball.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Ann has a car. __car is new. __________________________________________________________________________________________
26. A: “What’s __ name ?” B: “Thomas” __________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Are you and your sister ready? __ friend is waiting for you in the car.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
28. A: What’s __. job? B: I’m a mechanic. __________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Madonna is a famous singer. __ new records are great. _________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Robert has got a dog. __name is Bingo. _______________________________________________________________________________________
31. We have got a new house in İzmir. __ new house is very large. _________________________________________________________________________________________
32. The boys are riding __bicycles in the garden. __________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Mary is going to school. __school is very far. __________________________________________________________________________________________
34. Sue and Mary are wearing ear-rings. __ear-rings are silver. __________________________________________________________________________________________
29 – JB
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN:mine, yours, hers, his, ours, theirs
Rewrite the following sentences using possessive pronouns. Example: This is my car. This car is mine. It is mine. These are our shoes. These shoes are ours. They are ours.
1. This is my book.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. They are our bicycles.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. That is her bracelet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. This is his ball.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Those are your postcards.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. This is my jacket.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. This is Mr. White's suitcase.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. That is his carpet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. This is her cat.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. That is our house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Those are their coats.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Those are my books.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. That is your tie.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. That is Mary's dictionary.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Those are Mehmet's pens.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. This is your room.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. These are their tables.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. That is the teacher's chair.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30 – JB
19. This is their factory.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Those are Ali's stamps.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. That is your uncle's car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. This is their flat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. These are our tools.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. These are the policeman's revolvers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
PRONOUNS and POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
She, he, it, …. / them, him, her, it, … Rewrite the following sentences using pronouns or possessive adjectives for the underlined words. Examples: The hostess is serving the passengers. She is serving them. Ahmet is reading the newspaper. He is reading it. 1. Mr. Jones is phoning Mrs. Jones.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Barbara visits Mr. and Mrs. Miller every week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The policemen are looking for me and my brother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Tom is carrying his father's suitcase.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. There is a man in front of Ali.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. My brother and I are singing. Listen to my brother and me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. This isn't my jacket. It is my brother's jacket.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. That is my mother's handbag.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I can see you and your brother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. That isn't my coat. It is your coat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The waitress is bringing the chicken to us.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. My brother and I like our school very much.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Is that your brother's umbrella. No, It is my mother's.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Ali and Veli want to see your father.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The dog is following you and me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Zeynep is bringing us some tea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31 – JB
17. The children are playing. Watch the children.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Who is the man next to Hasan?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. My parents live in Aksaray.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Give the book on the table to me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The policewoman is looking for you and your brother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Bill's mother is waiting for Bill.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. The cat is running after the mice.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. This isn't our house. It is their house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REFLEXIVE PRONOUN: myself, herself, himself, itself, …
Complete the sentences using a REFLEXIVE PRONOUN:
Example: I didn’t buy that cake from the shop. I made it __myself_ .
1. A: Who built your swimming pool for you? B: Nobody. We built it __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Did someone phone the doctor for you? Or did you phone him __?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A: Who told you they were moving? B: They told me ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Mr. Mason ___ offered me the job.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Sally didn’t buy that sweater, she made it___ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. He looked at ___in the mirror.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I’m not angry with you. I’m angry with ____
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Margaret had a nice time in London. She enjoyed ___ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. My friends had a nice time in London. They enjoyed _____.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I picked up a very hot plate and burnt ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. He never thinks about other people. He only thinks about ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I want to know more about you. Tell me about ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32 – JB
13. A: Who built your swimming pool for you? B: Nobody. We built it___ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Did someone phone the doctor for you? Or did you phone him __?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. A: Who told you they were moving? B: They told me __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Mr. Mason ___ offered me the job.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Sally didn’t buy that sweater, she made it __ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He looked at __ in the mirror.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I’m not angry with you. I’m angry with __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Margaret had a nice time in London. She enjoyed __ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. My friends had a nice time in London. They enjoyed ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I picked up a very hot plate and burnt __ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. He never thinks about other people. He only thinks about ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. I want to know more about you. Tell me about __ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33 – JB
COLLECTIVE NOUNS PERSONAL PRONOUNS: AGREEMENT with COLLECTIVE NOUNS
The following are examples of collective nouns: audience couple family class crowd government committee faculty group public staff team
(a) My family is large. It is composed of nine members.
When a collective nouns refers to a single impersonal unit, a singular pronoun (it, its) is used, as in (a).
(b) My family is loving and supportive. They are always ready to help me.
When a collective noun refers to a collection of various individuals, a plural pronoun (they, them, their) is used, as in (b).*
NOTE: When the collective noun refers to a collection of individuals, the verb may be either singular or plural:
My family is OR are loving and supportive.
A singular verb is generally preferred in American English.
A plural verb is used more frequently in British English, especially with the words government and public.
(American: The government is planning many changes. British: The government are planning many changes.)
Complete the sentences with pronouns. In some of the sentences, then more than one possibility. Choose the
appropriate singular or plural verb in parentheses where necessary.
Example: I have a wonderful family. I love them very much, and they love (love, loves) me.
1. I looked up some information about the average American family. I found out that ---- (consists, consist) of 2.3
children.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The soccer team felt unhappy because ---- had lost in the closing moments of the game.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A basketball team is relatively small. ---- (doesn't, don’t) have as many members as a baseball team.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The audience clapped enthusiastically. Obviously --- -had enjoyed the concert.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The audience filled the room to overflowing. ---- (was, were) larger than I had expected.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The crowd became more and more excited as the premier's motorcade approached. ----began to shout and wave
flags in the air.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. The crowd at the soccer game was huge. ----exceeded 100,000 people.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The office staff gave ---- boss a gold watch when she retired.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The office staff isn't large. ---- (consists, consist) of a secretary, a file clerk, and a receptionist.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The young couple finally saved enough money to make a down payment on ---- own house.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The class is planning a party for the last day of school. ----(is, are) going to bring many different kinds of food and
invite some of ----friends to celebrate with ---- .
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The class is too small. ---- (is, are) going to be cancelled.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
34 – JB
THIS, THAT, THESE and THOSE
THIS, THAT, THESE and THOSE Complete the sentences. Write this, that, that’s, these, or those in the blank space. 1. Which one should I choose, __dress or that one? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. And look at __ birds in the background, they look so real they could fly!
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. __ is what I will do : I'll ask my mother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. The scene is set in the 1800s, people were so poor in __ days.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. You're right, __'s the best thing to do when you have a decision to make.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Look at __little children here, on the left. They really look miserable!
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Hey, Dad, what do you think of __ dress?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. He is so realistic ! __ is why I love his painting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Are you joking ? You can't buy __ awful piece of clothes
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I have just bought __ painting by W. Turner
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35 – JB
THIS, THAT, THESE and THOSE Complete the sentences in the dialogues. Write this, that, that’s, these, or those in the blank space. 1. Bob: Is __this_____ your suitcase? The one right here? The red one? Anna: No, my suitcase isn’t red. Bob: Oh. Well, what about ____suitcase? The one on the other side. The green one. Anna: No, __ not my suitcase. Bob: Where is your suitcase? Anna: Oh, it’s over there. __ my suitcase, next to the wall. The black one. ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Dick: Are __ your shoes? Helen: No, my shoes are black. _______ shoes right here are brown. Dick: What about _______ shoes? Over there, under the table? Helen: Oh, yes. ________ are my shoes. ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________
SOME, ANY ETC. AND RELATIVES some, any and compounds, e.g. somebody, anything, somehow Insert some or any, making the appropriate compounds if necessary. 1. There's --- milk in that jug.
There’s SOME milk in that jug. 2. She wanted --- stamps but there weren't --- in the machine.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. I'm afraid there isn't --- coffee left; will you grind --- ?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Is there --- one here who speaks Italian?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. I'd like to buy --- new clothes but I haven't --- money.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. There's --- gin in the cupboard but there aren't --- glasses.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. They can't have --- more strawberries; I want --- to make jam.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. --- one I know told me --- of the details.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Have you --- idea who could have borrowed your bicycle?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I saw hardly --- one I knew at the party, and I didn't get --- thing to drink.
36 – JB
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. When would you like to come? ~ --- day would suit me.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Are there --- letters for me?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. Don't let --- one in. I'm too busy to see --- body.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. --- thing tells me you've got --- bad news for me.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. I can't see my glasses --- where.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. We didn't think he'd succeed but he managed --- how.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. You're looking very miserable; has --- thing upset you?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. If you had --- sense you wouldn't leave your car unlocked.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. Scarcely --- one was wearing a dinner jacket.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. --- one who believes what Jack says is a fool.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. She put her handbag down --- where and now she can't find it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. Will you have --- pudding or --- fruit?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. Haven't you got --- friends in Rome? I feel sure you mentioned them once.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. Haven't you got --- friends here? You should join a club and get to know people.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. I see you haven't --- maps. Would you like to borrow --- of mine?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. --- one can tell you how to get there. (Everyone knows the way.)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. Come and have supper with us if you aren't doing --- thing tonight.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 28. I --- how imagined the house would be much larger.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 29. All the salaries are being paid much later now; it's --- thing to do with the computer.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 30. He lives --- where in France now.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 31. You can't expect just --- student to solve the problem. It requires a mathematician.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 32. He's not very well known here but he's --- one (an important person) in his own country.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 33. Where shall we sit? ~ Oh, --- where will do.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 34. Is there --- one moving about downstairs? I heard --- thing falling.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 35. Is there --- one living in that house? It looks deserted.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
37 – JB
TO BE PRESENT
TO BE PRESENT am – is - are
Fill in the blanks using “am, is, are”: Example: Arbil __ near Kirkuk. Arbil _is_ near Kirkuk.
1. A bee __ a big insect. __________________________________________________________________________
2. They __ from Italy ___________________________________________________________________________
3. We __ friends. ___________________________________________________________________________
4. Cows __ mammals. ___________________________________________________________________________
5. Los Angeles __ a city. _________________________________________________________________________
6. Fountain __ a magazine._________________________________________________________________________
7. He __ a postman.______________________________________________________________________________
8. I __ happy. __________________________________________________________________________________
9. I __ hungry. __________________________________________________________________________________
10. Istanbul __ a big city.__________________________________________________________________________
11. It __ an onion. ______________________________________________________________________________
12. It __ nine o’clock. _____________________________________________________________________________
13. Raida and I __ student.__________________________________________________________________________
14. It __ a fast car. _______________________________________________________________________________
15. Jasmine __ a student. __________________________________________________________________________
16. Manhattan __ an island._________________________________________________________________________
17. Mr. Richards’s __ a lawyer. ______________________________________________________________________
18. Muhammed __ 20 years old. _____________________________________________________________________
19. My father __ a fat man._________________________________________________________________________
20. Ahmed and Omar __ brothers. ___________________________________________________________________
21. I __ a professional football player. ________________________________________________________________
22. The birds __ on the tree. _______________________________________________________________________
23. My father and my mother __ doctors. _____________________________________________________________
24. I know you. You __ in my class. __________________________________________________________________
38 – JB
TO BE PRESENT - Isn‟t, Aren‟t
Fill in the blanks with is, isn’t, are or aren’t.
Example: Tim is a mechanic. He isn’t a hairdresser.
1. Mary __ a doctor. She__ a student.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. John __ a student. He __a doctor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Mary __from New England. She __ from London.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. He __ a student. He __ a student
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I__ 50. I __ 35.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. She__ my cousin. She __ my sister.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. They__ his parents. They__ her parents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. We__ s tudents. We__ teachers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You __ a journalist. You__ a policeman.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He__ from France. He__ from England.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. They’re shop assistants. They’re doctors.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Susan and Kim __nurses. They __ teachers.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
39 – JB
TO BE PRESENT Am, Is, Are, Am Not, Isn‟t, Aren‟t
Fill in the blanks using “AM, IS, ARE, AM NOT, ISN‟T, AREN‟T”: Example: A lemon __sweet. It __sour. (- / +)
A lemon _isn’t_sweet. It _is_sour. (- / +) 1. Airplanes-----slow. They __fast. (- / +)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Copper__cheap. Diamonds __expensive. (+/ +)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Cows ----insects. (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Dave and Adrian-----sisters. (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Germany, England, and Spain__ cities. (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. He __ a postman. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. I __ a professional football player. (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. I __ hungry. (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. I __ from San Francisco. I__ from Canada. (+ / -)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I know you. You ---- in my class. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. Ice cream and candy __ sweet. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Jasmine __ a student. (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. London-----a big city. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. Manhattan __an island. (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. Mariah ----a beautiful girl. She __ugly. (+ / -)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Mark __20 years old. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. Maths-----hard. It-----easy. (+ / -)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. Mr. Richards-----a lawyer. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. My brother __married. He__single. (+ / -)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. New York-----near to New Jersey. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. Newsweek-----a magazine. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. Susan and I __teachers. ( -)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. They __brothers. (- / +)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. Today __cloudy. It__bright. (+ / -)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. We __friends. (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
40 – JB
TO BE (Present) SINGULAR to PLURAL - QUESTIONS
Change the following sentences to questions. Examples: This is a book. Is this a book? 1. This is a chair. _______________________________________________________________________________
2. That is a map. _______________________________________________________________________________
3. This is a student. ____________________________________________________________________________
4. That is a cat. _______________________________________________________________________________
5. The book is on the table. _________________________________________________________________________
6. She is in London. ____________________________________________________________________________
7. I am a student. ____________________________________________________________________________
8. A camel is an animal. ____________________________________________________________________________
9. That is a pen. _______________________________________________________________________________
10. You are a teacher. ____________________________________________________________________________
11. It is a stamp. _______________________________________________________________________________
12. It is a book. _______________________________________________________________________________
13. It is a notebook. _______________________________________________________________________________
14. This is a newspaper._____________________________________________________________________________
15. That is a door. _______________________________________________________________________________
16. She is a doctor. _______________________________________________________________________________
17. He is an actor. _______________________________________________________________________________
18. This is a sentence. ____________________________________________________________________________
19. That is a mosque. ____________________________________________________________________________
20. This is a watch. ____________________________________________________________________________
21. That is a computer. ____________________________________________________________________________
22. The pen is in the box.____________________________________________________________________________
23. The cat is under the chair. ________________________________________________________________________
24. The boy is in the classroom.______________________________________________________________________
41 – JB
TO BE (Present) PLURAL to SINGULAR
Change the following sentences to singular. Examples: a) They are birds. It is a bird. b) The pens are on the desk. The pen is on the desk. 1. These are letters. ____________________________________________________________________________
2. Those are windows. ____________________________________________________________________________
3. They are magazines. ____________________________________________________________________________
4. Those are spoons. ____________________________________________________________________________
5. These are bottles. ____________________________________________________________________________
6. They are cars. ____________________________________________________________________________
7. Those are bananas. ____________________________________________________________________________
8. Chickens are birds. ____________________________________________________________________________
9. The dogs are outside.____________________________________________________________________________
10. Those are radios. ____________________________________________________________________________
11. Those shirts are green. __________________________________________________________________________
12. Planes are fast. ____________________________________________________________________________
13. These hotels are large. __________________________________________________________________________
14. Those are soldiers. ____________________________________________________________________________
15. These are pictures. ____________________________________________________________________________
16. Those are envelopes.____________________________________________________________________________
17. The cars are in the garage. _______________________________________________________________________
18. The pictures are on the wall. ______________________________________________________________________
19. The desks are in the classroom. ___________________________________________________________________
20. The teachers are in the school. ____________________________________________________________________
21. The planes are at the airport. _____________________________________________________________________
22. The photographs are in the album. _________________________________________________________________
23. Those are dangerous animals. ____________________________________________________________________
24. These are good books. ______________________________________________________________________
42 – JB
TO BE (Present) PLURAL Make sentences using the correct form of the present tense of to be Examples: a) he – teacher He is a teacher. b) they – tall They are tall. 1. Ali – doctor _______________________________________________________________________________
2. he - intelligent student ? _________________________________________________________________________
3. he - New York _______________________________________________________________________________
4. he - not – actor ____________________________________________________________________________
5. I – late ____________________________________________________________________________
6. it - blackboard _______________________________________________________________________________
7. John and Mary – London _________________________________________________________________________
8. Mary – engineer _______________________________________________________________________________
9. she – cook ____________________________________________________________________________
10. she - not – nurse ____________________________________________________________________________
11. she-happy _______________________________________________________________________________
12. that – chalkboard ? _____________________________________________________________________________
13. that chair – comfortable_________________________________________________________________________
14. the car – garage _________________________________________________________________________
15. the girl – library _________________________________________________________________________
16. the students - the bus _________________________________________________________________________
17. the students - the classroom ______________________________________________________________________
18. they – English _______________________________________________________________________________
19. they – foreigners _______________________________________________________________________________
20. they – students _______________________________________________________________________________
21. this-island _______________________________________________________________________________
22. we – fine _______________________________________________________________________________
23. we – holiday __________________________________________________________________________________
24. where - my car?________________________________________________________________________________
43 – JB
TO BE PRESENT - Questions
Answer these questions:
1. Are trees green or gray?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Are clouds brown or white?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Is it an English or French dictionary? (French)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Is it a sports car or a classic car? (classic)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Is Egypt in Europe or in Africa?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Is it a butterfly or a bee? (butterfly)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Are they skirts or pullovers? (pullovers)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Is he an outlaw or a guardian? (outlaw)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Is your father young or old? (old)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Are we army officers or police officers? (army)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
TO BE PRESENT - Questions
Read the passage underline the to be present verbs and answer the questions:
Sophia: I am Sophia Berger. Are you Jordan Turner?
Jordan: Yes, I am. Are you English?
Sophia: Hector is. I am French. Are you from the United States?
Jordan: Yes, I am. Hector, are you from London?
Hector: Yes, I am. Are you from California?
Jordan: No, I am from New York City. Is London a big city?
Hector: Yes, it is a big city. Sophia, are you from Lyon?
Sophia: Yes, I am from Lyon.
Hector: Is Lyon near Florence?
Sophia: No, it isn’t. Florence is in Italy.
Hector: Oh, isn’t it in France? I am a real fool.
Jordan: No, Hector. Of course you are not a fool! Are you and Sophia students?
Hector: I am a student. She is an actress in France. We are tourists in the United States.
Sophia: Are you a student, Jordan?
Jordan: No, I am not a student. I’m a lawyer. I am on a holiday.
Give long answers. If the answer is negative, then give the right answer:
Example: Is Sophia from Paris? No, she isn’t. She is from Lyon.
1. Is Jordan from California? _____________________________________________________________
2. Is Florence in Italy? _____________________________________________________________
3. Are Sophia and Hector students? ________________________________________________________
4. Is Hector from Manchester? ____________________________________________________________
5. Is Sophia a dancer? ___________________________________________________________________
44 – JB
TO BE PRESENT - WH Questions
1. what / you / surname?__________________________________________________________________________
2. what / your / teachers / name?___________________________________________________________________
3. where / his / son / from?________________________________________________________________________
4. where / you / evening?__________________________________________________________________________
5. where / your / dictionary?_______________________________________________________________________
6. where / your / flat._____________________________________________________________________________
7. where / your / house.___________________________________________________________________________
8. where / your / students?________________________________________________________________________
9. who / first / student / class.______________________________________________________________________
TO BE PRESENT
Make meaningful sentences.
Example: (Chris, 9, student, short, not Chinese)
Chris is nine years old. He is a student. He is short. He isn’t Chinese .
1. (Leonard and Mike, 25, firemen, tall, American)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. (Patty and Brian, 12, not electrician, short, not Turkish children)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. (Natalie and I, nurse, not tall, French)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. (Mark, 19, accountant, short, British
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. (Cengiz, 23, lieutenant, not blonde, )
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Steve / good rider /
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. soup / hot
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. the baby / asleep (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. L.A. Lakers / basketball team /?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
45 – JB
TO BE PAST
Change the following sentences to past tense using the time expressions in brackets. Examples: a) He is ill. (yesterday) He was ill yesterday. b) We are at home. (last night) We were at home last night. 1. She is late. (last night) ____________________________________________________________________
2. The cat is hungry. (yesterday) ____________________________________________________________________
3. I am tired. (this morning) ____________________________________________________________________
4. The students are noisy. (five minutes ago) __________________________________________________________
5. My father is in Germany. (last year) _______________________________________________________________
6. There is a man outside. (an hour ago)_______________________________________________________________
7. The doors are closed. (at 8 o'clock) ________________________________________________________________
8. He is a good player. (three years ago)_______________________________________________________________
9. The children are in the living room. (an hour ago)_____________________________________________________
10. The weather is fine. (yesterday) ___________________________________________________________________
11. He is a good actor. (when I was a boy) ______________________________________________________________
12. There are some newspapers on the table. (two hours ago) _____________________________________________
13. The boss is angry. (this morning) __________________________________________________________________
14. They are in China. (a fortnight ago) ________________________________________________________________
15. The sea is warm. (yesterday afternoon) ____________________________________________________________
16. My parents are in the kitchen. (five minutes ago) _____________________________________________________
17. There are two men in the shop. (a minute ago) _______________________________________________________
18. The firemen are on the roof. (at five o'clock) ________________________________________________________
19. There is a bus at the bus stop. (a minute ago) ________________________________________________________
20. He is a teacher. (in 1987) ________________________________________________________________________
21. The boy is late. (yesterday morning) _______________________________________________________________
22. She is a secretary (two years ago) _________________________________________________________________
23. They are sad. (last night) ________________________________________________________________________
24. He is in London. (in 1989) _______________________________________________________________________
46 – JB
TO BE PAST (was, were)
Fill in the blanks. Use WAS / WERE: Write again. Example: Mary and Susan _ were-----ill yesterday.
1. The weather__very hot last Saturday. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The students-----at the theater last night. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Betty-----in Germany last summer. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. My brother and I__ at the football stadium on Saturday. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. __it cold yesterday? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Interviewer: What __it like during the First World War, Bill? Bill: It __a terrible time. I __a young man, so I __in the army. We __in Italy. Interviewer: Where-----your wife and children? Bill: There __bombs and there-----not a lot of food. The children __very young and they __very frightened.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________ _
____________________________________________________________________________________________
TO BE PAST – NEGATIVE (wasn‟t, weren‟t)
Make negative sentences using WAS / WERE: Write again. 1. Kevin __at my party. _________________________________________________________________________
2. Nick __in class yesterday. _______________________________________________________________________
3. It __warm yesterday. _________________________________________________________________________
4. Tina and Jim __late. __________________________________________________________________________
5. Susan-----on the bus. __________________________________________________________________________
6. We __at the match __yesterday. ________________________________________________________________
7. Our teachers __pleased with us. _________________________________________________________________
8. I -----at the restaurant. _________________________________________________________________________
47 – JB
TO BE PAST - READING (was / wasn‟t / were) / weren‟t) Read the interview and answer the questions: Bill Jenkins is 100 years old today. Interviewer: Bill, I expect life is very different today than a hundred years ago. What was it like? Bill: Yes, it is very different. Life was much quieter then. There are so many cars now. There weren’t any cars when I was a boy. Interviewer: Were you happy as a child? Bill: Oh yes, I was very happy, but I’m still happy now! Interviewer: Tell me about your family. Bill: Well, my father was a postman and my mother was a cook. We weren’t rich, but we weren’t poor either. There were five children. My brothers and sisters were all younger than me but I’m the only one still here. 1. Were there any cars when he was a boy?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Was he happy or sad when he was a child?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. What was his mother’s job?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. How many children were there in his family?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. How old is Bill Jenkins?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
TO BE PAST – QUESTION
Make meaningful sentence. Example: Jim/ at home/last night
__ Was Jim at home last night__? 1. You / at school / on Monday. ____________________________________________________________________
2. David / here / yesterday. _______________________________________________________________________
3. the cinema / open / on Sunday___________________________________________________________________
4. Kate and Jane / late / yesterday. __________________________________________________________________
5. you / in the football team / last year. ______________________________________________________________
6. all your friends / at your party. ___________________________________________________________________
7. it / hot / last week. _____________________________________________________________________________
8. Jim / at home / last night.________________________________________________________________________
48 – JB
TO BE PAST – Asking Question and Answer Respond as in the example.
Examples: a) He was in Berlin. (Madrid) Was he in Berlin?
No, he wasn't. Where was he? He was in Madrid.
b) The play was boring. (interesting) Was the play boring? No, it wasn't. How was it? It was interesting. 1. She was a cook last year. (secretary)
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
2. The weather was warm yesterday. (cool)
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
3. It was a plane. (helicopter)
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
4. It was Ali. (Aslı)
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
5. They were in Banburry last summer. (Oxford)
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
6. The workers were outside the factory. (inside)
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
49 – JB
THERE IS – THERE ARE
Complete the following sentences by using there is or there are. Examples: a) __some tea in the glass. There is some tea in the glass. b) __some lions in the zoo. There are some lions in the zoo. 1. --- a bus at the bus stop.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. --- some chairs in the room.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. --- seven days in a week.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. --- a lot of books in the library.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. --- a TV set in the room.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. --- a lot of bread at the baker's.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. --- a little sugar in my tea.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. --- a few men on the bus.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. --- some beef on the plate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. --- some people outside.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. --- a typewriter in the office.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. --- twelve months in a year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. --- sixty seconds in a month.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. --- not any students in the classroom now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. --- not any water in the bottle.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. --- not any milk in the jug.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. --- three bottles of milk in the fridge.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. --- two loaves of bread on the table.
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. --- some women on the train.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. ---a post office opposite the school.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
50 – JB
THERE IS / THERE ARE (QUESTION FORM)
Change the sentences into question. Examples: a) --- some tea in the glass. Is there any tea in the glass? b) --- some lions in the zoo. Are there any lions in the zoo? 1. --- a bus at the bus stop?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. --- some chairs in the room?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. --- seven days in a week?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. --- a lot of books in the library?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. --- a TV set in the room?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. --- a lot of bread at the baker's?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. --- a little sugar in my tea?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. --- a few men on the bus?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. --- some beef on the plate?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. --- some people outside?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. --- a typewriter in the office?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. --- twelve months in a year?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. --- sixty seconds in a month?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. --- not any students in the classroom now?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. --- not any water in the bottle?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. --- not any milk in the jug?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. --- three bottles of milk in the fridge?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. --- two loaves of bread on the table?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. --- some women on the train?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. ---a post office opposite the school?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. ---a lot of children in the classroom?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. ---a lot of water in the jug?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
51 – JB
THERE ISN‟T/AREN‟T (NEGATIVE) A. complete the following sentences by using there is or there are. Examples: ---- any tea in the glass. There isn’t any tea in the glass. ---- any lions in the zoo. There aren’t any lions in the zoo. 1. --- a bus at the bus stop. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. --- any chairs in the room. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. --- six days in a week. There are seven days in the room. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. --- any books in the room. There are _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. --- a TV set in the room. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. --- a lot of bread at the baker's. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. ---- any sugar in my tea. Because I don’t like sugary tea. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. --- a few men on the bus. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. ----any beef on the plate. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. ----any people outside. Because it is very hot. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. ----a typewriter in the office. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. ----nine months in a year. There are twelve months in a year. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. ----sixty seconds in a minute. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. ----any students in the classroom now. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. ----any water in the bottle. It is empty. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. ----any milk in the jug. There is some water. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. ----three bottles of milk in the fridge. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. ----two loaves of bread on the table. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. ----any women on the train. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. ----a post office opposite the school. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. ----two children in the classroom. There are five children in the classroom. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. ----any water in the jug. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. ----any cars in the garage. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
52 – JB
IT IS/THERE IS Insert it is/there is in the spaces. In some sentences, contracted plural, negative and interrogative forms, or the past or future tense are required. 1. What's the time? ~ --- --- 3.30. ~ And what's the date?~ --- --- the 24th.
What's the time? ~ It is 3.30. And what's the date? ~ It is the 24th. 2. How far--- --- to York? ~ --- --- 50 miles.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. --- --- very stormy last night. ~ Yes, --- --- storms all over the country.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. --- --- freezing very hard. --- --- ice on the lake tomorrow.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. As--- --- sunny she decided to take the children to the sea.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Why don't you go for a walk? --- --- a pity to stay in when --- --- so nice outside.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. --- --- not any shadows because --- --- not any sun.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. --- --- going to be a bus strike tomorrow. ~ --- --- all right if --- --- a fine day; but if --- --- wet --- --- --- long queues
on the Underground. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. --- --- not any glass in the windows; that is why --- --- so cold in the room. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. --- --- very wet yesterday; --- --- impossible to go out. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. --- --- a lot of rain last week. --- --- floods everywhere. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. --- --- a thick fog last night. --- --- several accidents on the motorway. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. --- --- foolish to drive fast when --- --- foggy. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. --- --- difficult to find your way round this town--- --- . so many streets all looking exactly alike. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Come on, children! --- --- time to get up! --- --- nearly breakfast time. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. --- --- lunch time when we get to York, so let's have lunch there.~ No, --- --- not be time for lunch because our train to Edinburgh leaves York at 13.15. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. --- --- a funny smell here. --- --- turpentine? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. --- --- all sorts of stories about Robin Hood, but --- --- not known exactly who he was or what he did. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. --- --- said that if you break a mirror you'll be unlucky for seven years. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. As he had very bad sight --- --- difficult for him to recognize people. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. 'Can I have a Telegraph, please?' said the customer. I'm afraid --- --- not any left,' said the newsagent. 'But --- --- a Guardian on the rack beside you. Why not take that? --- --- just as good.' ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. --- --- not necessary to carry your passport everywhere with you but --- --- advisable to carry some document of identity. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. --- --- a guard outside the door and --- --- bars on the windows. --- --- impossible to escape. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. --- --- a garage behind the hotel? ~ Yes, but --- --- rather full. I don't think --- --- room for your car. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
53 – JB
25. --- --- a hotel in the village, so we decided to stay there--- --- . a charming village and I was very happy there, but my children were bored because --- --- nothing to do in the evenings. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. --- --- five flats in the building— one on each floor. Mine's on the top floor--- --- . no lift but --- --- supposed to be good for the figure to run up and down stairs, --- . . .? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. --- --- a pity you haven't another bedroom. ~ Yes, but --- --- quite a big loft, which I am thinking of turning into a bedroom--- --- . a skylight so --- --- not --- a ventilation problem. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. --- --- all sorts of legends about these caves. --- --- said that smugglers hid their goods here and that --- --- an underground passage leading to the village inn. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Tell me something about King Lear. ~ ---- ---- the story of a king who divided his kingdom between his daughters. --- --- foolish to give away your property like that--- --- never certain that your family will behave generously to you in return. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Has Tom any more children?~ Yes --- --- , a daughter, Ann. ~ Oh yes, --- --- Ann who opened the door to us yesterday, --- ---? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. He thought that --- --- better to say nothing about his change of plan. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. --- --- a long time before I got an answer. Then one day a letter arrived— well, --- --- not really a letter, for --- --- only one sentence on the paper. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. --- --- a pond beside your house? — Yes, --- --- ~ How deep --- ? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. We've done all we can. --- --- nothing to do now but wait. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. Just cross out that word and goon.--- --- not necessary to begin again. (or--- --- no need to begin again.) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
54 – JB
HAVE GOT – HAS GOT Affirmative Negative Question - short answers
I have got (I've got) You have got (you've got) He has got (he's got) She has got (she's got) It has got (it's got) We have got (we've got) You have got (you've got) They have got (they've got)
I have not got (I haven't got) You have not got (you haven't got) He has not got (he hasn't got) She has not got (she hasn't got) It has not got (it hasn't got) We have not got (we haven't got) You have not got (you haven't got) They have not got (they haven't got)
Have I got? Have you got? Has he got? Has she got? Has it got? Have we got? Have you got? Have they got?
Complete the following sentences using have got or has got. Examples: I_____ a pet. I have got a pet. He___ some coffee. He has got some coffee. 1. George and Mary ___a new flat.___________________________________________________________________
2. My uncle ___a cat. _____________________________________________________________________________
3. He ___a hat. ___________________________________________________________________________________
4. He ___very few friends.__________________________________________________________________________
5. I___a car. _____________________________________________________________________________________
6. I___a little furniture.____________________________________________________________________________
7. I___a lot of books.______________________________________________________________________________
8. She___some chocolate.__________________________________________________________________________
9. I___some shirts.________________________________________________________________________________
10. My brother___a new book._______________________________________________________________________
11. My father___a lot of tools._______________________________________________________________________
12. My mother ___a lot of dresses.___________________________________________________________________
13. My sister ___a little time_________________________________________________________________________
14. Mary ___some fruit.____________________________________________________________________________
15. Soma students ___some soup.____________________________________________________________________
16. ohn ___three brothers.__________________________________________________________________________
17. She ___two children.____________________________________________________________________________
18. She___a rabbit.__ ______________________________________________________________________________
19. They ___a new house.___________________________________________________________________________
20. Mary and John ___two houses.___________________________________________________________________
21. They___a lot of money.__________________________________________________________________________
22. We ___a nice school.____________________________________________________________________________
23. We ___an old car._______________________________________________________________________________
24. We ___some relatives.___________________________________________________________________________
55 – JB
HAVE GOT-HAS GOT Joan is talking about the things in her bag. Read the paragraph and complete with the correct form of “have got” or “has got” Joan: “Let’s see. OK, here I have got a pen. Look, I -----many keys. These are my car keys and those over there are my house keys. I -----my identity card, credit card and my phone card. I __a mobile phone but I __phone cards. I -----a comb and a tube of lipstick. Oh, I __a camera with me! You see, I__a big bag! My friend Julie __a small bag and she -----many things in her bag! She only-----her identity card, credit card, a hairbrush and her keys, that’s all! What about you? __you __many things in your bag?” ______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
56 – JB
HOW MANY - HOW MUCH
(have got – has got)
Ask questions beginning with How many or How much. Examples: Pet: How many pets have you got? He has got some coffee. How much coffee has he got?
1. milk______________________________________________________________________________
2. student___________________________________________________________________________
3. bottle_____________________________________________________________________________
4. bus_______________________________________________________________________________
5. money____________________________________________________________________________
6. car_______________________________________________________________________________
7. brother___________________________________________________________________________
8. chocolate __________________________________________________________________________
9. friends____________________________________________________________________________
10. hat_______________________________________________________________________________
11. water_____________________________________________________________________________
12. soup______________________________________________________________________________
57 – JB
HAVE: possessive In British English, have meaning possess is not normally conjugate with do except when there is an idea of habit. I haven't (got) a watch, (present possession)
How many corners has a (a characteristic rather than a habit cube? He doesn 't usually have time (habit) to study.
In the past, did is used for habit; otherwise either form is possible: Did you have/Had you an umbrella when you left the house?
In other English-speaking countries, however, the do forms are used almost exclusively. It would therefore be possible to use do/did forms throughout the following exercises (except in no. 27), but students are asked to use have not/have you forms where they could be used. Where both are equally usual this will be noted in the key. Fill the spaces with the correct forms of have, adding got where possible. Only one space will be left in each clause, but note that got may be separated from have by another word. When a negative form is required '(negative)' will be placed at the end of the example. 1. He is standing there in the rain and --- even the sense to put up his umbrella, (negative)
He is standing there in the rain and HASN’T EVEN GOT the sense to put up his umbrella, (negative) 2. He --- a cold in the head. ~ That's nothing new; he always --- a cold.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. I --- brainwaves very often, but I --- one now. (1st verb negative)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. It is no good arguing with someone who --- a bee in his bonnet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Why don't you say something? You --- an excuse? (negative)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. You --- this toothache yesterday?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. How many letters --- the alphabet?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. The houses in your country --- flat roofs?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. You --- the time? ( = Do you know the time?) No, I --- a watch, (negative)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. You ever --- an impulse to smash something?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. He --- $1,000 a year when his father dies.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Air passengers usually --- much luggage, (negative)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. You --- any objection to sitting with your back to the engine?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. Oysters --- always pearls in them. (negative)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. Your door --- a little hole through which you can peep at callers? (negative)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. You --- a match on you? ~ No, I don't smoke so I never --- matches.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. What is your opinion? ~ I --- an opinion? (negative)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. 19. That cup --- a crack in it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. You --- any suspicion who did it? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. This desk --- a secret drawer? ~ No, modern desks ever --- secret drawers. (negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. When you go to a place for the first time, you ever --- a feeling that you've been there before? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
58 – JB
23. Babies --- teeth when they're born? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. How many sides --- a pentagon? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Our cat --- kittens every year. ~ How many she --- each time? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. They say that if children --- complete freedom when they are young, they --- inhibitions when they grow up. (2nd verb negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. You --- mosquitoes in your country in summer? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. You --- children?~ Yes, I --- two, a boy and a girl. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. You --- a motor cycle? ~ No, I only --- an ordinary bicycle, but I --- a motor cycle next year. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Why do you suddenly want to back out? You --- cold feet? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. Customer: You --- any mushrooms today? Shopkeeper: We usually --- them but I'm afraid we --- any at the moment. (last verb negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. I think I know the man you mean. He --- one blue eye and one brown one? (negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Children nowadays --- far too much pocket money. I --- any when I was at school. (2nd verb negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. We were always getting lost in the desert. ~ You --- compasses? (negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. Red-haired people always --- bad tempers? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. Do you think we should eat this meat? It --- a very nice smell. (negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. The stairs are on fire! You --- a long rope? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
59 – JB
HAVE: various uses have can mean
take (a meal/lesson/bath, etc.) entertain (guests) encounter (difficulty, etc.) enjoy (a time/journey, etc.). When used in these ways: (a) have usually forms its negative and interrogative with do. (b) have can be used in the continuous tenses. Put the correct form of have into the following sentences. Use am having, is having, etc., as a future form.
1. We --- some friends in for dinner tomorrow night. We ARE HAVING some friends in for dinner tomorrow night.
2. You --- a good journey yesterday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Don't disturb him; he --- a rest. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. We --- lunch early tomorrow. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. How many lessons he --- a week? ~ He usually --- four. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. You --- earthquakes in your country? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What time you --- breakfast? ~ We usually --- it at 8.00. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. What you --- for breakfast? ~ We --- toast and coffee. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Why you --- a cooked breakfast? (negative) ~ It's too much trouble. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Why were they making such a noise? They --- an argument. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You --- a thunderstorm yesterday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Come in, we --- a debate. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. You --- a cup of coffee? ~ Yes, please. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. We --- a meeting tomorrow to discuss safety precautions. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The tree just missed the roof, we --- a very lucky escape. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. How did you damage your car? You --- an accident? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I --- a look at that house tomorrow. If I like it I'll buy it. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. We --- very bad weather just now. 1 ____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I --- a very interesting conversation with the milkman when my neighbour interrupted me. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. English people always --- roast beef for lunch on Sundays? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. It is difficult to learn a foreign language when you --- an opportunity of speaking it. (negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The farmers --- a lot of trouble with foxes at present. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. On the whole women drivers --- so many accidents as men drivers. (negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. You --- anything to eat before you left home? ~ Oh yes, I --- bacon and eggs. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
60 – JB
25. You --- any difficulty getting into your flat last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Are you enjoying yourself? ~ Yes, I --- a wonderful time. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. How often he --- a singing lesson? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. You --- a good night? ~ No, I slept very badly. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Why were they late? ~ They --- a puncture. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. We --- a party here next week. Would you like to come? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. Why didn't you speak to her? ~ I --- a chance. (negative) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. We --- a lecture next Monday. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. I --- tea with her tomorrow. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. He --- an operation next week. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. He ever --- nightmares? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. When he got tired of it I --- a try. ~ You --- any luck? ~ Yes, I caught a great big fish. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
61 – JB
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
Positive Question Negative I am eating ... Am I eat ...? I am not eating... You are eating… Do you eat ....? You are not eating ... He is eating … Is he eating...? He is not eating ... She eats ..... Does she eat ....? She doesn't eat ... It eats ..... Does it eat ....? It doesn't eat ... We eat ..... Do we eat ....? We don't eat ... They eat ..... Do they eat ....? They don't eat ...
Use A. We use the present continuous for a present action over a period of time, something that we are in
the middle of now. The action has started, but it hasn't finished yet. Someone is following us. What are you doing? ~ I'm thinking. It's a lovely day, and we're all sitting in the garden.
Some typical time expressions with the present continuous are now, at the moment, at present, just, already, and still.
The train is leaving Victoria now. We're having tea at the moment. I won't be long. I'm just ironing this shirt. The customer is still waiting to be served.
The action does not need to be going on at the moment of speaking. I'm reading an interesting book at the moment. ( I do not have the book in my hands. ) Is anyone sitting here? ~ No, it's free. ( asking permission to take a seat ) The important thing is that the action has started but not finished.
B. We also use the present continuous for a temporary routine, something that will last only a short time. We've got builders at the office, so I'm working at home this week. They're living in a rented flat until they find somewhere to buy.
Typical time expressions are this week, these days, nowadays, at/for the moment, at present, and still.
TIP We use the present continuous to talk about things that are developing or changing over a long period, e.g. The earth is getting warmer.
62 – JB
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
(Affirmative/Positive Form)
Make sentences in present CONTINUOUS tense using the cues. Examples: a) Ali - write a letter. Ali is writing a letter. b) We - listen to the teacher. We are listening to the teacher.
1. Ali - talk to the teacher.__________________________________________________________________________
2. Fatima - clean the blackboard. ____________________________________________________________________
3. He - carry an umbrella. _________________________________________________________________________
4. He - have a bath. _______________________________________________________________________________
5. He - look at his watch. _________________________________________________________________________
6. He - read a book. _______________________________________________________________________________
7. I - have breakfast._______________________________________________________________________________
8. I - learn French._________________________________________________________________________________
9. John - listen to the radio._______________________________________________________________________
10. She - cook. ___________________________________________________________________________________
11. She - study English. ____________________________________________________________________________
12. She - watch TV.________________________________________________________________________________
13. The baby - sleep.____ __________________________________________________________________________
14. The dog - run after the cat._______________________________________________________________________
15. The girl - buy a newspaper._______________________________________________________________________
16. The policeman - look for the man.__________________________________________________________________
17. The students - do homework.___________ __________________________________________________________
18. The teacher - ask some questions. _________________________________________________________________
19. The tourists - visit the museum.___________________________________________________________________
20. They – drank tea. ______________________________________________________________________________
21. They - learn German.____________________________________________________________________________
22. They - run. _______________________________________________________________________________
23. We - play football. ____________________________________________________________________________
63 – JB
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
(Question/Negative Form)
Put the sentences below first to question then to negative. Example: Ali is writing a letter. Is Ali writing a letter? Ali isn't writing a letter. 1. Ali - talk to the teacher.__________________________________________________________________________
2. Fatima - clean the blackboard. ____________________________________________________________________
3. He - carry an umbrella. _________________________________________________________________________
4. He - have a bath. _______________________________________________________________________________
5. He - look at his watch. _________________________________________________________________________
6. He - read a book. _______________________________________________________________________________
7. I - have breakfast._______________________________________________________________________________
8. I - learn French._________________________________________________________________________________
9. John - listen to the radio._______________________________________________________________________
10. She - cook. ___________________________________________________________________________________
11. She - study English. ____________________________________________________________________________
12. She - watch TV.________________________________________________________________________________
13. The baby - sleep.____ __________________________________________________________________________
14. The dog - run after the cat._______________________________________________________________________
15. The girl - buy a newspaper._______________________________________________________________________
16. The policeman - look for the man.__________________________________________________________________
17. The students - do homework.___________ __________________________________________________________
18. The teacher - ask some questions. _________________________________________________________________
19. The tourists - visit the museum.___________________________________________________________________
20. They – drank tea. ______________________________________________________________________________
21. They - learn German.____________________________________________________________________________
22. They - run. _______________________________________________________________________________
23. We - play football. ____________________________________________________________________________
64 – JB
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE (Question/Negative Form) Answer the questions as in the example. Examples: a) Is Ali running or walking? He isn't running. He is walking. b) Are they laughing or crying? They aren't laughing. They are crying. 1. Are the students listening to the teacher or reading their books?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Are they carrying the tables or the chairs?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Are they drinking tea or coffee?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Are they talking or thinking?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Are they waiting for a bus or a mini-bus?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Are they watching TV or sleeping?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Are you buying a newspaper or a magazine?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Are you closing the door or the window?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Are you eating an apple or an orange?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Are you looking for your pen or your pencil?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Are you opening your books or your notebooks?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Are you playing basketball or volleyball?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Are you reading a book or a newspaper?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Is Ahmet having lunch or dinner?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Is Betty dancing or singing?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Is Bob learning Arabic or Turkish?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Is Hasan listening to the radio or studying?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Is Mary cooking or making tea?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Is Osman writing a letter or doing his homework?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Is she drawing a picture or writing something?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Is she laughing or smiling?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Is the dog barking or eating something?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
65 – JB
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE (Question/Negative Form) Ask questions and give answers in present CONTINUOUS tense Example: Mary – run - walk. A: Is Mary running? B: No, she isn't. A: What is she doing? B: She is walking. 1. George – sleep - watch TV. _______________________________________________________________________
2. Hasan - drink tea - coffee. ________________________________________________________________________
3. Sally - write a letter - do homework. _______________________________________________________________
4. Fatima - watch TV - listen to the radio.______________________________________________________________
5. Bob - read a story - make a speech. ________________________________________________________________
6. your mother – cook - wash the dishes.______________________________________________________________
7. the doctor - write a prescription - examine a patient.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. the teacher - ask a question - write a sentence.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. the secretary – type - talk on the telephone.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Ahmet - wash his car - paint his car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. your brother - learn French - English.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. the students – read - write. _______________________________________________________________________
13. Osman – swim - run. ____________________________________________________________________________
14. Paul and Bill – work - have a rest.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. the children – sleep - have breakfast.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. the taxi driver – drive - wait for a customer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. you - wait for a bus - a friend. ____________________________________________________________________
18. the women – talk - laugh. ________________________________________________________________________
19. the policemen - look for the car - the gun.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Selma – talk - think. ____________________________________________________________________________
21. Ali - listen to the concert - the news.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. the cat – sleep - run after a mouse. ________________________________________________________________
23. Bob – help his father - mother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. the children - play tennis - volleyball.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
66 – JB
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
(WH question form ) Ask information questions in present CONTINUOUS tense. Examples: He is writing something. What is he writing? Somebody is sleeping. Who is sleeping?
1. He is doing something. _________________________________________________________________________
2. He is drinking something._________________________________________________________________________
3. He is looking at something._______________________________________________________________________
4. He is phoning somebody. ________________________________________________________________________
5. He is taking the books somewhere. ________________________________________________________________
6. He is waiting for somebody. ___________________________________________________________________
7. I am looking for something._______________________________________________________________________
8. She is buying something. _________________________________________________________________________
9. She is cooking something.________________________________________________________________________
10. She is eating something._________________________________________________________________________
11. She is going somewhere._________________________________________________________________________
12. She is staying somewhere.________________________________________________________________________
13. Some people are standing by the door.______________________________________________________________
14. Somebody is following us.________________________________________________________________________
15. Somebody is helping the teacher.__________________________________________________________________
16. Something is moving.____________________________________________________________________________
17. The police are following somebody.________________________________________________________________
18. They are carrying something. _____________________________________________________________________
19. They are coming from somewhere. ________________________________________________________________
20. They are doing something. ______________________________________________________________________
21. They are helping somebody.______________________________________________________________________
22. They are reading something.______________________________________________________________________
23. We are talking to somebody.______________________________________________________________________
67 – JB
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE –REVISION –L2 Put the verbs in brackets into the present CONTINUOUS tense. 1. She (not work), she (swim) in the river.
She ISN’T working, she is swimming in the river. 2. He (teach) his boy to ride.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Why Ann (not wear) her new dress?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. The airplane (fly) at 2,000 metres.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. What Tom (do) now? He (clean) his shoes.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. This fire (go) out. Somebody (bring) more coal?
______________________________________________________________________________________ 7. It (rain)? ~ Yes, it (rain) very hard. You can't go out yet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Why you (mend) that old shirt?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. You (not tell) the truth. ~ How do you know that I (not tell) the truth?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. Who (move) the furniture about upstairs? ~ It's Tom. He (paint) the front bedroom.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. Mrs Jones (sweep) the steps outside her house.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. What you (read) now? I (read) Crime and Punishment.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. It is a lovely day. The sun (shine) and the birds (sing).
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. Someone (knock) at the door. Shall I answer it? ~ I (come) in a minute. I just (wash) my hands.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. She always (ring) up and (ask) questions.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Why you (make) a cake? Someone (come) to tea?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. Where is Tom? ~ He (lie) under the car.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. Can I borrow your pen or you (use) it at the moment?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. You (do) anything this evening? ~ No, I'm not. Well, I (go) to the cinema. Would you like to come with me?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. We (have) breakfast at 8.00 tomorrow as Tom (catch) an early train.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Ann usually does the shopping, but I (do) it today as she isn't well.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Why you (type) so fast? You (make) a lot of mistakes.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Mother (rest) now. She always rests after lunch.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
68 – JB
24. They (dig) an enormous hole just outside my gate. ~ What they (do) that for? ~ I don't know. Perhaps they (look)
for oil.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. The children are very quiet. Go and see what they (do). They (cut) up some Ј5 notes.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. What you (wait) for? I (wait) for my change; the boy just (get) it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. I can't hear what you (say); the traffic (make) too much noise.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. She always (lose) her glasses and (ask) me to look for them.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Mother: What you (look) at? Something (happen) in the street?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Child: Yes. The house opposite is on fire! Come and look. Mother: I can't. I (bath) the babies. Is the Fire Brigade
here?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. Child: Yes. Fire engines (rush) up and the firemen (jump) out and (unroll) their hoses.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Smoke (pour) from the windows! People (stop) to watch. A policeman (try) to move them on.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. An old man (climb) out of a first floor window! A fireman (help) him! Two boys (slide) down a rope!
____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. A woman (wave) from the attic and a fireman (go) up a ladder to help her!
____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. Now he (come) down again! He (carry) a baby! The crowd (cheer!
____________________________________________________________________________________________
69 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE Form Positive Question Negative I eat ..... Do I eat .... I don't eat ... You eat ..... Do you eat ....? You don't eat ... He eats ..... Does he eat ....? He doesn't eat ... She eats ..... Does she eat ....? She doesn't eat ... It eats ..... Does it eat ....? It doesn't eat ... We eat ..... Do we eat ....? We don't eat ... They eat ..... Do they eat ....? They don't eat ...
A. The present simple is the base form of a verb, e.g. know, take. You know the answer. I usually take the bus. The third person singular has -s or -es.(she, he, it) Tom knows the answer. This colour matches my jacket.
B. In the negative we use do not or don't + base form. I just do not know the answer. The instructions don't make sense.
C. In the third person singular we use does not or doesn't + base form. (she, he, it) Tom does not know the answer. The journey doesn't take long. NOT ... no takes long. AND NOT ... doesn't takes long.
D. In questions we use do + base form. Do you know the answer? What do the instructions say?
E. In the third person singular we use does. (she, he, it) Does Tom know the answer? How long does the journey take? NOT How long takes the journey?
We do not use do with be but we sometimes use it with have . Basic uses
F. We use the present simple for a present state, e.g. a feeling, an opinion, or the fact that something belongs to someone. My lfriend likes hiphop. Do you think it's a good idea? This MP3 player belongs to my brother.
We also use the present simple for facts such as what or where things are. Silicon is a chemical element. York lies on the River Ouse.
G. We also use the present simple for repeated actions such as routines, habits, jobs, hobbies, and things that always happen. The old man walks his dogs every day. I work in Oxford. I usually drive to work. We play volleyball on Wednesdays. I don't see my cousins very often.
Typical time expressions with the present simple are always, often, usually, sometimes,ever/never; every day/week, etc; once/twice a week, etc; on Friday(s), etc; in the morning(s)/evening(s), at ten o'clock, etc.
70 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
FREQUENCY ADVERB
SPELLING and PRONOUNCIATION of
–S , -ES, -IES
71 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT – VERB –S,-ES Put the words in 3
rd person singular.
Example: get - gets 1. arise ___________________
2. become ___________________
3. break ___________________
4. bring ___________________
5. bring ___________________
6. build ___________________
7. burst ___________________
8. carry ___________________
9. catch ___________________
10. choose ___________________
11. come ___________________
12. cook ___________________
13. cut ___________________
14. do ___________________
15. dream ___________________
16. drink ___________________
17. drive ___________________
18. eat ___________________
19. fight ___________________
20. find ___________________
21. finish ___________________
22. fly ___________________
23. forget ___________________
24. forgive ___________________
25. give ___________________
26. go ___________________
27. have ___________________
28. hear ___________________
29. hit ___________________
30. kiss ___________________
31. let ___________________
32. lie ___________________
33. like ___________________
34. live ___________________
35. lose ___________________
36. make ___________________
37. mistake ___________________
38. mix ___________________
39. mow ___________________
40. need ___________________
41. pay ___________________
42. plan ___________________
43. play ___________________
44. practice ___________________
45. read ___________________
46. ride ___________________
47. rise ___________________
48. say ___________________
49. see ___________________
50. sell ___________________
51. send ___________________
52. set ___________________
53. shake ___________________
54. shine ___________________
55. shoot ___________________
56. show ___________________
57. shut ___________________
58. sleep ___________________
59. speak ___________________
60. speed ___________________
61. spend ___________________
62. study ___________________
63. swim ___________________
64. take ___________________
65. teach ___________________
66. tell ___________________
67. think ___________________
68. upset ___________________
69. use ___________________
70. wake ___________________
71. write ___________________
72 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
(Third Person Singular) Rewrite the following sentences by changing the subject of the sentences to the third person singular. Use my brother, my mother, my sister, she etc. (All of the (e)s endings in this exercise are pronounced /s/) Example: a) I work in Rome. My father works in Rome. b) I rarely cough. He rarely coughs.
1. I get up early. __________________________________________________________________________________
2. I work in an office. ______________________________________________________________________________
3. I start work at 9. _______________________________________________________________________________
4. I write letters every week.________________________________________________________________________
5. I eat lunch at home._____________________________________________________________________________
6. I keep my money in my wallet. ____________________________________________________________________
7. I stop talking when the bell rings.__________________________________________________________________
8. I like ice cream. ________________________________________________________________________________
9. I want to be a teacher.___________________________________________________________________________
10. I ask my father questions.________________________________________________________________________
11. I visit my grandfather every Friday._________________________________________________________________
12. I lock the door every evening._____________________________________________________________________
13. I post my letters in the afternoon.__________________________________________________________________
14. I repeat what the teacher says. ____________________________________________________________________
15. I sometimes laugh. _____________________________________________________________________________
16. I speak English and French._______________________________________________________________________
17. I put on my uniform when I go to school.____________________________________________________________
18. I sleep eight hours a day. _________________________________________________________________________
19. I sometimes break a glass.________________________________________________________________________
20. I sometimes make mistakes.______________________________________________________________________
21. I help my mother. ______________________________________________________________________________
22. I walk every morning.____________________________________________________________________________
23. I always talk seriously.___________________________________________________________________________
24. I rarely smoke. _________________________________________________________________________________
73 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
(Third Person Singular) Rewrite the following sentences by changing the subject of the sentences to the third person singular. Use my brother,
my mother, she etc. (All of the (e)s endings in this exercise are pronounced /z/) Examples: I live in Rome. My brother lives in Rome. I listen to folk music. She listens to folk music. 1. I answer the questions easily. _____________________________________________________________________
2. I arrive home at 5.30. ___________________________________________________________________________
3. I begin work at 8.30. ____________________________________________________________________________
4. I buy a newspaper every morning. _________________________________________________________________
5. I clean my room every day. _______________________________________________________________________
6. I come to school by bus. _________________________________________________________________________
7. I enjoy reading. ________________________________________________________________________________
8. I go to work on foot. ____________________________________________________________________________
9. I leave home at 8 o'clock. ________________________________________________________________________
10. I need some stamps. ____________________________________________________________________________
11. I never cry. ____________________________________________________________________________________
12. I phone my father in the evening. __________________________________________________________________
13. I play with my friends. ___________________________________________________________________________
14. I prefer tea to coffee. ___________________________________________________________________________
15. I read a book every week. ________________________________________________________________________
16. I run in the morning. ____________________________________________________________________________
17. I sometimes borrow money from my friends. ________________________________________________________
18. I sometimes send postcards to my friends. _________________________________________________________
19. I stand up when the teacher comes in. ______________________________________________________________
20. I stay at home when it rains. ______________________________________________________________________
21. I tell them stories. ______________________________________________________________________________
22. I learn new words every day. _____________________________________________________________________
23. I turn off the TV when I go to bed. I always lose my keys.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. I brush my teeth every evening. ___________________________________________________________________
25. I catch the 8.30 bus every morning. ________________________________________________________________
26. I change my clothes before I go to bed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. I choose the presents myself. _____________________________________________________________________
28. I close the shop at 6 o'clock. ______________________________________________________________________
29. I dress very quickly. _____________________________________________________________________________
30. I finish work at 5.30. ____________________________________________________________________________
31. I fix radios. ____________________________________________________________________________________
32. I manage a hotel. _______________________________________________________________________________
33. I memorize the new words. ______________________________________________________________________
34. I pass my class every year. ________________________________________________________________________
35. I polish my shoes every week. _____________________________________________________________________
36. ractice my English. ____________________________________________________________________________
74 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
(Adverbs of Frequency)
The most common frequency adverbs in English are: Always Frequently 100 % the time about 90% the time Usually about 80% of the time Often about 70% of the time Sometimes about 50% of the time Occasionally about 40% of the time Seldom about 20% of the time Rarely about 10% of the time Never about 0% of the time
75 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
(Adverbs of Frequency) Insert adverbs of frequency in the following sentences like always, usually, sometimes, never, rarely, generally, occasionally, Examples: a) I drink coffee. I never drink coffee. b) I visit my parents. I often visit my parents. 1. I watch TV. ___________________________________________________________________________________
2. I go to the cinema. _____________________________________________________________________________
3. I study English. _________________________________________________________________________________
4. I get angry. ____________________________________________________________________________________
5. I play football. _________________________________________________________________________________
6. I drink apple juice.______________________________________________________________________________
7. I go to school by bus. ____________________________________________________________________________
8. I sleep after lunch. ______________________________________________________________________________
9. I get up early. __________________________________________________________________________________
10. I go to bed early. _______________________________________________________________________________
11. I have breakfast at home. ________________________________________________________________________
12. I have soup for breakfast. ________________________________________________________________________
13. I sing songs. ___________________________________________________________________________________
14. I write letters. _________________________________________________________________________________
15. I listen to the radio. _____________________________________________________________________________
16. I buy a newspaper. _____________________________________________________________________________
17. I make tea. ____________________________________________________________________________________
18. I do the washing up. ____________________________________________________________________________
19. I play the guitar. ________________________________________________________________________________
20. I run in the morning. ____________________________________________________________________________
21. I smoke. ______________________________________________________________________________________
22. I go to the mosque. _____________________________________________________________________________
23. I speak English. ________________________________________________________________________________
24. I have breakfast in bed. __________________________________________________________________________
76 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (Adverbs of Frequency) Rewrite the sentences using your father, mother, brother or a friend. Example: a) I drink coffee. My father never drinks coffee. b) I visit my parents. My friend sometimes visits his parents. 1. I watch TV. ____________________________________________________________________________________
2. I go to the cinema. ______________________________________________________________________________
3. I study English. _________________________________________________________________________________
4. I get angry. ____________________________________________________________________________________
5. I play football. _________________________________________________________________________________
6. I drink apple juice. ______________________________________________________________________________
7. I go to school by bus. ____________________________________________________________________________
8. I sleep after lunch. ______________________________________________________________________________
9. I get up early. __________________________________________________________________________________
10. I go to bed early. _______________________________________________________________________________
11. I have breakfast at home. ________________________________________________________________________
12. I have soup for breakfast. ________________________________________________________________________
13. I sing songs. ___________________________________________________________________________________
14. I write letters. _________________________________________________________________________________
15. I listen to the radio. _____________________________________________________________________________
16. I buy a newspaper. _____________________________________________________________________________
17. I make tea. ____________________________________________________________________________________
18. I do the washing up. ____________________________________________________________________________
19. I play the guitar. ________________________________________________________________________________
20. I run in the morning. ____________________________________________________________________________
21. I smoke. ______________________________________________________________________________________
22. I go to the mosque. _____________________________________________________________________________
23. I speak English. ________________________________________________________________________________
24. I have breakfast in bed. __________________________________________________________________________
77 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (Negative Sentence)
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (Negative Sentence) Change the sentences above to negative. Examples: My friend visits his parents. My friend doesn’t visit his parents.
1. _____________________________________________________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________________________________________________
6. _____________________________________________________________________________________
7. _____________________________________________________________________________________
8. _____________________________________________________________________________________
9. _____________________________________________________________________________________
10. _____________________________________________________________________________________
11. _____________________________________________________________________________________
12. _____________________________________________________________________________________
13. _____________________________________________________________________________________
14. _____________________________________________________________________________________
78 – JB
15. _____________________________________________________________________________________
16. _____________________________________________________________________________________
17. _____________________________________________________________________________________
18. _____________________________________________________________________________________
19. _____________________________________________________________________________________
20. _____________________________________________________________________________________
21. _____________________________________________________________________________________
22. _____________________________________________________________________________________
23. _____________________________________________________________________________________
24. _____________________________________________________________________________________
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (Questions)
Change the following sentences to question. Example: a) I live in Rome. Do you live in Rome? b) She runs every morning. Does she run every morning? 1. Ali eats beans. _________________________________________________________________________________
2. Bill has lunch at. ________________________________________________________________________________
3. Doctors examine patients. _______________________________________________________________________
4. He gets up late. ________________________________________________________________________________
5. He reads a newspaper every day. __________________________________________________________________
6. He speaks Chinese. _____________________________________________________________________________
7. He swims every summer. ________________________________________________________________________
79 – JB
8. He wears a watch. ______________________________________________________________________________
9. I get up early. __________________________________________________________________________________
10. I like coffee. ___________________________________________________________________________________
11. I speak English and German. ______________________________________________________________________
12. She goes home by bus. __________________________________________________________________________
13. She takes sugar in her coffee. _____________________________________________________________________
14. They drink tea every day. ________________________________________________________________________
15. They live in South Street. ________________________________________________________________________
16. They play cricket. ______________________________________________________________________________
17. They study chemistry every day. ___________________________________________________________________
18. They walk to school every morning.________________________________________________________________
19. We go to school at 8. ____________________________________________________________________________
20. We play football. _______________________________________________________________________________
21. We study at the library. _________________________________________________________________________
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (WH questions)
Answer the following questions. Example: Where does a chemist work? A chemist works in a drugstore. What does a tailor do? A tailor makes clothes.
1. What do secretaries do? ____________________________________________________________________
2. What do singers do? ________________________________________________________________________
3. What does a barber do? ______________________________________________________________________
4. What does a butcher do? _____________________________________________________________________
5. What does a dentist do? _____________________________________________________________________
6. What does a doctor do? ______________________________________________________________________
7. What does a grocer sell? _____________________________________________________________________
8. What does a mechanic do? ___________________________________________________________________
9. What does a pianist do? ______________________________________________________________________
80 – JB
10. What does a porter do?______________________________________________________________________
11. What does a teacher do? ____________________________________________________________________
12. What does an English teacher do? _____________________________________________________________
13. Where do doctors work? _____________________________________________________________________
14. Where do nurses work? ______________________________________________________________________
15. Where do teachers work? ____________________________________________________________________
16. Where does a mechanic work? ________________________________________________________________
17. Where does a secretary work? ________________________________________________________________
18. Where does a typist work? ___________________________________________________________________
19. Where does a waiter work? ___________________________________________________________________
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (WH questions) Ask information questions beginning with the words in brackets. Example: a) I get home at 7 o'clock. (What time) What time do you get home? b) She types carefully. (How) How does she type?
1. The students study very hard. (How)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He speaks English fluently. (How)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. They drive dangerously. (How)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. She goes to work by bus. (How)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The milkman comes at 7.30. (What time)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
6. My father goes to work in the morning. (When)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Mr. and Mrs. Smith live on the third floor. (Who)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Bill runs very fast. (Who)_____________________________________________________________________
9. My brother runs every morning. (What)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He buys a newspaper every day. (What)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. He doesn't like chocolate. (What)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. He doesn't drink coffee in the morning. (What)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. He goes to the theatre once a month. (How often)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. She drinks a lot of tea. (How much)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. He speaks three languages. (How many)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
81 – JB
16. He has two brothers. (How many) _____________________________________________________________
17. I prefer the blue shirt. (Which)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The policeman wants to see you. (Whom)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I don't like him because he talks a lot. (Why)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He gets up early because he starts work early. (Why)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. He goes skiing in the winter. (When)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I like Hasan's bicycle. (Whose)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
23. My parents work in a hospital. (Where)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
24. Ali lives in a flat. (Where) _____________________________________________________________________
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (WH questions)
Read the answers about ALAN and ask questions.
1. Alan’s a lorry driver.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He’s twenty-five years old.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He works five days a week.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. He gets up at six o’clock every day.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He eats an enormous breakfast.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. He drinks two cups of tea.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. 8.He leaves for work at half past six.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He has lunch in a transport café.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. He comes home at five o’clock.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He goes to bed at ten o’clock.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
82 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (WH questions) Answer the following questions. Write long answer. 1. Do you ever listen to baseball games on the radio?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Do you feel too busy sometimes?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Do you like life at school?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Do you need to use your foreign languages at work?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Do you often use the Internet?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Do you think teaching is easy?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Do you think teaching is easy?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
8. How do you study English or your subject?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
9. How many languages do you speak?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
10. How do you use the Internet to learn English?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
11. How often do you exercise?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
12. What computer do you use to access the Internet?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
13. What do you like about your classroom?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
14. What do you like to do more than anything else in the world?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
15. What do you think is the most popular sport in the world?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
16. What do you think is the most serious problem in the world? Why do you think so?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
17. What sport do you think is the most dangerous?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
18. What sport do you think is the most expensive?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
19. What sports do you like watching on TV?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
20. What teaching materials do you want your teachers to use?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Where do you usually go when you eat out?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Who do you think has more free time: men or women? Why do you think so?
83 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE Write the correct form of the given verb. Use only the SIMPLE PRESENT. Examples: a) My alarm clock rings at seven every morning. (ring)
b) There are a lot of sheep in the field. (be) 1. One of my friends ----a goldfish bowl on her kitchen table. (keep)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Sensitivity to other people's feelings ----him a kind and understanding person, (make)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Each penny, nickel, dime, and quarter ----counted carefully by the bank teller, (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. My driver's license ----in my wallet, (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. ----John's uncle live in the suburbs? (do)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. ----most of the students live in the dormitories? (do)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. An orange and black bird ----sitting in that tree. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. An orange bird and a black bird ----sitting in that tree. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The insurance rates on our car ----high because we live in a city. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. ----January and February the coldest months of the year? (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Almost two-thirds of the land in the southwestern areas of the country ----unsuitable for farming. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The economic and cultural center of the United States ----New York City. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Two hours of skiing ----plenty of exercise. (provide)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. In many respects, this magazine article on wild animals in North America ----the very real danger of extinction that many species face. (oversimplify)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. A car with poor brakes and. no brake lights----dangerous. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. A number of people from the company----to attend the conference. (plan)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Most of the news on the front pages of both daily newspapers----the progress of the peace conference. (concern)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The northernmost town in the forty-eight contiguous states----Angle Inlet, Minnesota. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The number of human skeletons found at the archaeological site ----seven. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Almost all the information in those texts on the Aztec Indians and their civilization----to be well researched. (appear)
84 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE &
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE VS.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS Change the following sentences to simple present tense. Add every day. Examples: I am writing a letter. I write a letter every day. We are going to work. We go to work every day. 1. I am drinking milk. ______________________________________________________________________________
2. I am buying a newspaper. _______________________________________________________________________
3. I am driving a book. _____________________________________________________________________________
4. I am going shopping.____________________________________________________________________________
5. I am phoning my mother._________________________________________________________________________
6. I am polishing my shoes. _________________________________________________________________________
7. I am washing my hands. _________________________________________________________________________
8. I am writing a report. ____________________________________________________________________________
9. My brothers are going to school.___________________________________________________________________
10. My sisters are listening to the radio. ________________________________________________________________
11. The boys are playing chess. ______________________________________________________________________
12. The children are playing basketball. ________________________________________________________________
85 – JB
13. The doctors are examining the patients_____________________________________________________________
14. They are asking questions. _______________________________________________________________________
15. They are having lunch. __________________________________________________________________________
16. They are reading the newspapers. _________________________________________________________________
17. They are studying English. ________________________________________________________________________
18. They are waiting for the bus.______________________________________________________________________
19. We are cleaning the classroom.____________________________________________________________________
20. We are drinking tea. ____________________________________________________________________________
21. We are eating bread and butter.___________________________________________________________________
22. We are reading a book. __________________________________________________________________________
23. We are washing up. _____________________________________________________________________________
24. We are watching TV.____________________________________________________________________________
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE VS.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS Change the following sentences to simple present tense. Examples: a) I am writing a letter. (every week) I write a letter every week. b) She is listening to the radio. (every day) She listens to the radio every day. 1. She is cooking dinner. (every evening)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. They are playing table tennis. (every week)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He is helping his mother. (sometimes)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I am drinking tea. (in the morning)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He is doing his homework. (at home)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. She is going to school. (at 8)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. We are studying English. (in the evening)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He is washing his car. (once a week)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Is he reading a newspaper? (every day)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Are they walking? (every day)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. She isn't having breakfast. (every morning)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. He is having lunch. (at 1 o'clock)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. We aren't going to work. (on Sunday)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
86 – JB
14. Is she doing her homework? (every day)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. It isn't raining. (in July)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Are you typing a letter? (every day)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. He is watching TV. (every evening)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He isn't teaching English. (every day)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The boys are running. (every morning)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I am staying at home. (when it rains)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. He is doing a crossword puzzle. (every Sunday)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. She is typing the letters. (every day)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Are they fishing? (every weekend)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE VS. PRESENT CONTINUOUS Make sentences as in the example. Examples: a) He - drink tea – coffee He usually drinks tea but now he is drinking coffee.
b) I - play golf – tennis I usually play golf but now I am playing tennis. 1. she - wear a skirt - a dress
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. he - eat steak – fish
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. they - play football – basketball
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. we - travel by bus - train.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I - study science - English
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. he – run – walk
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. she - help her mother – father
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. he - read slowly – fast
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. they - watch TV - listen to the radio
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I - have tea – milk
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. he - have a shower – bath
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. the cat - drink milk – water
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Mr. Smith - wear a uniform – suit
87 – JB
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. she - have lunch at home – restaurant
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. he - play the guitar – violin
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. they - stay in a hotel – tent
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. we - study in the evening - watch TV
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. she - teach English – Persian
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I - write a letter to my parents – postcard
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. he - speak German – French
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. he - drive to school – walk
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. we - speak Turkish – English
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. they - eat chicken – fish
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. the baby – laugh – cry
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE VS.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
Write sentences. Use the PRESENT SIMPLE or the PRESENT CONTINUOUS:
Example: (Usually she / work / at the office, but this week she / work / at home.) Usually she works at the office, but this week she’s working at home.
1. (You / not / eat / very much at the moment. Are you ill?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. (She / know / three words in Italian!)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. (I / take / the bus to work this week, but usually I / walk)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. (I / study / Japanese this year. It’s very difficult.)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. (you / watch / the television at the moment?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. (I / not / remember / the name of the hotel.)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. (She / speak / three languages.)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
88 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE VS. PRESENT CONTINUOUS Supply a suitable present tense of the verbs in brackets. Use simple present or present CONTINUOUS tense. Examples: a) I English now. (study) I am studying English now. b) He never watch. (wear) He never wears a watch 1. I sometimes TV (watch)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. My brother never tea in the morning. (drink)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He coffee now. (drink)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. What the children in the kitchen? (do)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. They something. (eat)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I usually up at seven o'clock. (get)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He because he is late. (run)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He usually a blue shirt but today he a green one (wear)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. My father in an office. (work)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Look at that man! He something. (steal)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Don't make any noise! Somebody us. (follow)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The sun in the east. (rise)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. It never in Saudi Arabia. (snow)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The manager on the telephone now. (talk)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. My mother very well. (cook)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. My father every day. (work)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. She at present. (work)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. What a driver? (do)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. How you to school? (go)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. you ever your parents? (miss)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Listen! Somebody a song. (sing)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I always people (help)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
89 – JB
23. My father is a doctor. What your father? (do)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. They dinner at the moment. (have)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. I it now. (understand)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. He a cup of tea now (want)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. He to you now. (listen)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. I them very well now. (hear)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. I he is very rich now. (think)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. He about his parents now. (think)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. I that man very well now. (know)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. He me a story now. (tell)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. She in the kitchen now. (cook)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. My father my new friend very much now. (like)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. I you now. (believe)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. He her some questions now. (ask)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. They the football match now. (watch)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. He a new car now. (need)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. He his homework now. (do)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
40. I it now. (remember)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. Those flowers wonderful now. (smell)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
42. I him now. (recognize)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. This house to my brother now. (belong)
44. I him very much now. (love)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. He a new car now. (have)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
46. He dinner row. (have)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
47. She me now. (hate) ____________________________________________________________________________
90 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE VS.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
Complete the sentences with SIMPLE PRESENT or PRESENT CONTINUOUS. Copy the text exactly.
Susan usually ___1____ (go) to school by bus, but now she ___2____ (go) to school by train. Mary
often_____3______ (read) in bed, but today she is very tired and she ________4___ (not / read). The boys usually
___5______ (ride) their bikes to school. They____6___(like / ride) their bikes. They ____7______ (be) very naughty
boys. They always ___8____ (go) to school late. Today their teacher____ 9_______ (be) very angry, because
they____10____ (be) late again. Mary ____ _11______ (like / eat) sweets. Every morning she _____12_______ (have)
coffee with a lot of sweets and chocolate. For lunch she and her friends often____ 13_______ (eat) sweets or ice-
cream. She____ 14_______ (not /
like / eat) fruit or vegetables. She ____ 15____ (eat / never) eggs or cheese. Today she ____16 _______ (be) sick.
She___17___ (sleep) in her room now.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
91 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT and PRESENT CONTINUOUS-Revision – L2 Put the verbs in brackets into the simple present or present continuous tense. 1. What Tom (think) of the Budget? He (think) it most unfair. ~ I (agree) with him.
What DOES TOM THINK of the Budget? He THINKS it most unfair. ~ I AGREE with him. 2. What this one (cost)?It (cost) forty pence.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. You (hear) the wind? It (blow) very strongly tonight.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. You (see) my car keys anywhere? No, I (look) for them but I (not see) them.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. He never (listen) to what you say. He always (think) about something else.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. This book is about a man who (desert) his family and (go) to live on a Pacific island.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. You (understand) what the lecturer is saying? ~ No, I (not understand) him at all.
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. What you (have) for breakfast usually? ~ I usually (eat) a carrot and (drink) a glass of cold water.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. When the curtain (rise) we (see) a group of workers. They (picket) factory gate.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. Why you (walk) so fast today? You usually (walk) quite slowly. ~ I (hurry) because I (meet) my mother at 4 o'clock
and she (not like) to be kept waiting. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I (wish) that dog would lie down. He (keep) jumping up on my lap. ~ I (think) he (want) to go for a walk. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You (recognize) that man? ~ I (think) that I have seen him before but I (not remember) his name ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Look at that crowd. I (wonder) what they (wait) for. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. This message has just arrived and the man (wait) in case you (want) to send a reply. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Stop! You (not see) the notice? ~ I (see) it but I can't read it because I (not wear) my glasses. What it (say)? ~ It (say) 'These premises are patrolled by guard dogs'. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. She always (borrow) from me and she never (remember) to pay me back. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
17. You (need) another blanket or you (feel) warm enough? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. It (save) time if you (take) the path through the wood? ~ No, it (not matter) which path you take. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I (save) up because I (go) abroad in July. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I (think) it is a pity you don't take more exercise. You (get) fat. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The plane that you (look) at now just (take) off for Paris, ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Tom never (do) any work in the garden; he always (work) on his car.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. What he (do) to his car now? ~ I (think) he (polish) it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. That film (come) to the local cinema next week. You (want) to see it?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
92 – JB
25. How Peter (get) on at school? ~ Very well. He (seem) to like the life.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. Why Mrs Pitt (look) so angry? ~ Mr Pitt (smoke) a cigarette and (drop) the ash on the carpet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. This is our itinerary. We (leave) home on the 8th, (arrive) in Paris on the 9th, (spend) the day in Paris, and (set)
out that night for Venice. ~ That (sound) most interesting. You must tell me all about it when you (get) back.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. This story is about a boy who (make) friends with a snake which he (find) in his garden. Then he (go) away but he
(not forget) the snake and some years later he (return) and (look) for it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. He (find) the snake who (recognize) its old friend and (coil) round him affectionately.
But, unfortunately, the snake is by now a full-grown boa-constrictor and its embrace (kill) the poor boy. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. The snake (feel) sorry about this? I (not know). The story (end) there.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 31. How you (end) a letter that (begin), 'Dear Sir'? ~ I always (put), 'Yours truly', but Tom (prefer) 'Yours faithfully'.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 32. What the word 'catastrophe' (mean)? ~ It (mean) 'disaster'.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 33. What you (wait) for?I (wait) for the shop to open. But it (not open) till 9.00. I (know) but I (want) to be early, as
their sale (start) today.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. Why you (smoke) a cigar, Mrs Pitt? You (not smoke) cigars as a rule. ~ I (smoke) it because I (want) the ash. This
book (say) that cigar ash mixed with oil (remove) heat stains from wood.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. Who (own) this umbrella? ~ I (not know). Everybody (use) it but nobody (know) who (own) it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 36. You (mind) if I (ask) you a question? ~ That (depend) on the question. ~ It (concern) your brother. ~ I (refuse) to
answer any question about my brother.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
93 – JB
SIMPLE PRESENT AND PRESENT CONTINUOUS Put the verbs in brackets into the correct present tense. 1. I Mrs Jones: My daughter never (write) to me so I never (know) what she (do). Your son (write) to you, Mrs
Smith? Mrs Smith: Yes, I (hear) from him every week. He (seem) to like writing letters. I Mrs Jones: My daughter never WRITES to me so I never KNOW what she IS DOING. DOES your son
WRITE to you, Mrs Smith? Mrs Smith: Yes, I HEAR from him every week. He SEEM to like writing letters. 2. These apples (cost) 40p a bag. You (think) that is expensive? ~ It (depend) on the size of the bag.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I (see) my solicitor tomorrow (/ have arranged this)', I (change) my will. ~You always (change) your will. Why you (not leave) it alone? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You (look) very thoughtful. What you (think) about? ~ I (think) about my retirement. ~ But you're only 25. You only just (start) your career. ~ I (know); but I (read) an article which (say) that a sensible man (start) thinking about retirement at 25. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. 5 My next door neighbour always (knock) on my door and (ask) me lend her lOp pieces. ~ What she (do) with them? ~ She (put) them in her gas meter. I really (not mind) lending her a few l0p pieces but what (annoy) me is that she (know) how many she (need) each week but never (take) the trouble to bring the right number home. ~ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What she (do) if she (run out) of them when you are away? ~ Oh, she (borrow) from her other neighbour, Mr
White; but this (take) longer because he always (want) her to stay and chat and she (find) quite hard to get away
from him. ~
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. How much she (owe) you now? ~ I (not know); I (not keep) an account. Anyway she (leave) next week; she (get)
married. I (try) to think of a suitable wedding present, ~
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Why you (not offer) to cancel her debt? ~ That (sound) rather a mean sort of present. Anyway she probably (not
realize) that she (owe) me money. ~
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. My brother (say) that people who (owe) him money always (seem) forget about it, but people he (owe) money to
always (remember) exactly.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I (not think) your brother (enjoy) the party. He (keep) looking at his watch. ~ Oh, I'm sure he (enjoy) it. He always
(enjoy) your parties. But I (know) he (want) to be home early tonight because he (expect) an important telephone
call.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Jack: How much longer you (stay) in England? Paul: Only one more day. I (leave) tomorrow night. I (go) to
Holland for two weeks.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
94 – JB
12. Jack: And you (come) back to England after that or you (go) home? Paul: It (depend) on my father. But if he
(agree) to let me go on studying here, I'll certainly come back. And I (expect) he will agree.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Paul: By the way, Jack, Ann (see) me off at Victoria tomorrow. Why you (not come) too? You could have coffee
with her afterwards. (Paul is advising/inviting Jack to come and see him off.)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. You (see) that man at the corner of the street? He is a private detective. He (watch) No. 24. ~ How you (know) he
(watch) No. 24? ~ Because whenever anyone (come) out of, or (go) into, the house he (make) a note in his little
book.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. What all those people (do) in the middle of the street? And why they (wear) such extraordinary clothes? ~ They
(make) a film. Most of the crowd are local people who (work) as extras. ~
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. It (sound) great fun. You (think) I could get a job as a film extra? ~ I (not know) but I (see) Ann over there; when
they (finish) this scene I'll ask her if they still (take) on extras. ~
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Ann (act) in the film? ~ She has a small part. She (not act) very well. I (imagine) she got the part because she
(know) the director.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. My brother (live) next door and his two children (come) and (see) me every day. The boy (not bother) to knock at
the door; he just (climb) in through the window; but the girl always (knock).
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Tom: We (move) into our new house tomorrow. Bill: But why you (leave) your present house? It (suit) you all.
Tom: Yes, I (know) it (do); but the Council (pull down) all the houses on this side. They (widen) the road. They
(say) it's a bottleneck.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. If you (ask) a friend if she (like) your new dress she usually (say) 'Yes'; so you (not know) whether she really
(think) it (suit) you or whether she merely (be) polite.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. If you (want) a candid opinion you'd better ask my sister. She never (tell) white lies; she always (say) exactly what
she (think).
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Your sister's frankness (annoy) people? ~ Yes, it (do). The average person (not want) a truthful answer; he (want)
you to say something agreeable.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I (hear) that you have bought a new house. ~ Yes, but I (not live) in it yet. They still (work) on it, and the work
(take) longer than I expected. ~
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
95 – JB
24. I (think) repair jobs always (take) longer than one (expect). What they (do) now? ~ They (put) in new electric
points. They (seem) competent electricians but they (smoke) at their work and this (slow) them down.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. They always (hammer) next door. ~ Yes, that house (keep) changing hands and the new owner always (begin) by
putting in a new fireplace, and their fireplace is just on the other side of this wall so we (hear) everything. The
wall (shake), too.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Ann (stir) something in a saucepan and Mary (stand) beside her holding a cookery book. Mary: It (say) 'simmer',
and you (boil) it, Ann. Ann: I (not think) it (matter) if you (cook) it quickly; but I (not know) why it (not get) thick. It
usually (thicken) at once.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. 27 The hall (be) painted at the moment, so it (not look) its best. ~ But where are the painters? They (stop) work at
3.00? ~ No, they are in the kitchen. They (have) a tea break.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. What the word 'Establishment' (mean)? My dictionary (not give) an explanation. ~ It roughly (mean) the
government and people who (have) power and authority.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. If we (say) that Mr Brown (belong) to the Establishment we also (imply) that he (accept) the existing system. He
(not try) to overthrow it. ~
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. All rich men (belong) to the Establishment? ~ Middle-aged rich men probably (do) but rich young men like pop
singers always (jeer) at the Establishment. The word (be used) chiefly in a pejorative sense.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. The house opposite the college (be pulled) down. That's why we (use) the back entrance at present. If you (go)
out by the front door you (get) covered with dust.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Tom: I (smell) something burning! Jack: So (do) 1. I (think) it (come) from the kitchen. Ann probably (iron). She
usually (iron) and (watch) TV at the same time and if she (get) very interested in a programme she (forget) that
she (press) a hot iron on to somebody's shirt. Mother (think) of selling the TV set.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Mrs Jones: What you (look) for, Tom? Mr Jones: I (look) for the garage key. I always (look) for the garage key,
because nobody ever (put) it back on its hook. Mrs Jones: I always (put) it back on its hook. Why you (not try)
your pockets? (I advise you to try your pockets).
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
96 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (Regular Verbs) - ed
Change the following sentences to simple past tense. (All of the -ed endings in this exercise are pronounced /t/.) Examples: a) I wash my face. I washed my face. b) He passes quickly. He passed quickly.
1. They help their teacher. _________________________________________________________________________
2. We work in a factory. _________________________________________________________________________
3. They laugh a lot. ______________________________________________________________________________
4. I watch TV. ______________________________________________________________________________
5. I practice my English.____________________________________________________________________________
6. She types the letters. ____________________________________________________________________________
7. He walks in the park. ____________________________________________________________________________
8. The dogs bark loudly.____________________________________________________________________________
9. He smokes heavily. ____________________________________________________________________________
10. They ask questions. ____________________________________________________________________________
11. He locks the door. ____________________________________________________________________________
12. She looks at her watch.__________________________________________________________________________
13. They kidnap children. ___________________________________________________________________________
14. I brush my teeth. _______________________________________________________________________________
15. He coughs a lot. ________________________________________________________________________________
16. They discuss politics.____________________________________________________________________________
17. He hopes to see you. ____________________________________________________________________________
18. She talks a lot. _________________________________________________________________________________
19. He drops everything.____________________________________________________________________________
20. He relaxes in the evening.________________________________________________________________________
21. She cooks delicious meals.________________________________________________________________________
22. The program finishes at 11 o'clock._________________________________________________________________
23. They publish new books. ________________________________________________________________________
24. The bus stops at the bus stop._____________________________________________________________________
97 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (Regular Verbs – Question & Negative Forms) Change the sentences to question and answer in the negative. Example: I wash my face. Did you wash your face? No, I didn't wash my face. 1. They help their teacher. _________________________________________________________________________
2. We work in a factory. _________________________________________________________________________
3. They laugh a lot. ______________________________________________________________________________
4. I watch TV. ______________________________________________________________________________
5. I practice my English.____________________________________________________________________________
6. She types the letters. ____________________________________________________________________________
7. He walks in the park. ____________________________________________________________________________
8. The dogs bark loudly.____________________________________________________________________________
9. He smokes heavily. ____________________________________________________________________________
10. They ask questions. ____________________________________________________________________________
11. He locks the door. ____________________________________________________________________________
12. She looks at her watch.__________________________________________________________________________
13. They kidnap children. ___________________________________________________________________________
14. I brush my teeth. _______________________________________________________________________________
15. He coughs a lot. ________________________________________________________________________________
16. They discuss politics.____________________________________________________________________________
17. He hopes to see you. ____________________________________________________________________________
18. She talks a lot. _________________________________________________________________________________
19. He drops everything.____________________________________________________________________________
20. He relaxes in the evening.________________________________________________________________________
21. She cooks delicious meals.________________________________________________________________________
22. The program finishes at 11 o'clock._________________________________________________________________
23. They publish new books. ________________________________________________________________________
24. The bus stops at the bus stop._____________________________________________________________________
98 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE
(Regular Verbs – From Simple Present Tense to Simple Past) Change the following sentences to simple past tense. (All of the -ed endings in this exercise are pronounced /id/.) Examples: a) He wants a new car. He wanted a new car. b) They plant flowers. They planted flowers. 1. He accepts her gifts._____________________________________________________________________________
2. He adds up figures.______________________________________________________________________________
3. He expects to find it.____________________________________________________________________________
4. He intends to stay for a month.____________________________________________________________________
5. He interrupts us.________________________________________________________________________________
6. He invites his friends to dinner.____________________________________________________________________
7. He mends shoes. _______________________________________________________________________________
8. He paints the house.____________________________________________________________________________
9. He recommends good hotels._____________________________________________________________________
10. He reminds me the dates.________________________________________________________________________
11. He reports the accidents. ______________________________________________________________________
12. He shouts at his son. ____________________________________________________________________________
13. He trusts me.__________________________________________________________________________________
14. He waits for us. ________________________________________________________________________________
15. I collect stamps. ______________________________________________________________________________
16. I need a lot of money.___________________________________________________________________________
17. I post the letters in the morning.___________________________________________________________________
18. She decorates the houses.________________________________________________________________________
19. She dusts the tables.____________________________________________________________________________
20. The lesson starts at 8.30._________________________________________________________________________
21. The plane lands at 5 o'clock. ______________________________________________________________________
22. They invent stories._____________________________________________________________________________
23. They repeat after the teacher._____________________________________________________________________
99 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (Irregular Verbs) Change the following sentences to simple past tense. Examples: a) I sleep well. I slept well. b) She speaks French. She spoke French. 1. He leaves home at 7 o'clock.______________________________________________________________________
2. I have breakfast at 7.30.__________________________________________________________________________
3. He sweeps the rooms.___________________________________________________________________________
4. He goes to work by bus.__________________________________________________________________________
5. I eat lunch at 12 o'clock.__________________________________________________________________________
6. She sends letters._______________________________________________________________________________
7. He builds houses._______________________________________________________________________________
8. We spend a lot of money.________________________________________________________________________
9. I run in the morning._____________________________________________________________________________
10. Work begins at 9 o'clock._________________________________________________________________________
11. He speaks fluently. _____________________________________________________________________________
12. He steals things.________________________________________________________________________________
13. She writes letters._______________________________________________________________________________
14. They win the games.____________________________________________________________________________
15. I read a lot. ____________________________________________________________________________________
16. I lose my pen.__________________________________________________________________________________
17. He sings nice songs._____________________________________________________________________________
18. He shuts the doors. _____________________________________________________________________________
19. He sees me. __________________________________________________________________________________
20. They choose the presents. ______________________________________________________________________
21. The wind blows hard. ___________________________________________________________________________
22. I catch the 8.10 train. _________________________________________________________________________
23. He does his homework. _________________________________________________________________________
24. He feels ill. __________________________________________________________________________________
100 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE
(Yes/No Question / Negative)
Change the sentences to question and answer in the negative. Examples: a) I sleep well. Did you sleep well? No, I didn't sleep well. b) She speaks French Did she speak French? No, she didn't speak French. 1. He leaves home at 7 o'clock.______________________________________________________________________
2. I have breakfast at 7.30.__________________________________________________________________________
3. He sweeps the rooms.___________________________________________________________________________
4. He goes to work by bus.__________________________________________________________________________
5. I eat lunch at 12 o'clock.__________________________________________________________________________
6. She sends letters._______________________________________________________________________________
7. He builds houses._______________________________________________________________________________
8. We spend a lot of money.________________________________________________________________________
9. I run in the morning._____________________________________________________________________________
10. Work begins at 9 o'clock._________________________________________________________________________
11. He speaks fluently. _____________________________________________________________________________
12. He steals things.________________________________________________________________________________
13. She writes letters._______________________________________________________________________________
14. They win the games.____________________________________________________________________________
15. I read a lot. ____________________________________________________________________________________
16. I lose my pen.__________________________________________________________________________________
17. He sings nice songs._____________________________________________________________________________
18. He shuts the doors. _____________________________________________________________________________
19. He sees me. __________________________________________________________________________________
20. They choose the presents. ______________________________________________________________________
21. The wind blows hard. ___________________________________________________________________________
22. I catch the 8.10 train. _________________________________________________________________________
23. He does his homework. _________________________________________________________________________
101 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (WH Questions) Ask an “or” question with the given prompts in the past tense. Then give an affirmative answer for the first item and a
negative answer for the second one. Example: he - buy a car - a bicycle Did he buy a car or a bicycle? He bought a car. He didn't buy a bicycle. 1. you - drink tea - coffee.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. they - go to Syria - Iran
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. she - read a magazine - a newspaper
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. he - drive a car - a bus.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. the cat - eat the fish - the meat
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. the children - play football - basketball.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. she - learn French - German.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. we - leave home at 8 - 9
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. he - speak Persian – Arabic
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. she - write a letter – postcard
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. he - walk quickly – slowly
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. they - travel by plane - train.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. the lecture - begin at 3 - 4.30
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. he - bring a book - a dictionary
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
102 – JB
15. she - give you a pen - a pencil
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. they - paint the walls – doors
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. she - sing well – badly
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. you - meet at the station – airport
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. the dog - bite your arm – leg
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. the car - hit the tree - the lamp post
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. the man - sell his car - his flat
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. the girl - wear a necklace - a bracelet
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. the woman - wash the dishes - the windows
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. they - stay at a hotel - an inn
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
103 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE
Yesterday, last, ago- (Simple Present to Simple Past)
104 – JB
SIMPLE PAST: Yesterday, last, ago Change the following sentences to simple past tense. Change the time expressions, too. Examples: a) He goes to work every day. He went to work yesterday. b) I study English every night. I studied English last night. 1. He comes to school at 8.30. ______________________________________________________________________
2. He does his homework every night. ________________________________________________________________
3. I clean my room every week.______________________________________________________________________
4. He buys a new car every year._____________________________________________________________________
5. They play football every Sunday.___________________________________________________________________
6. I teach English every day._________________________________________________________________________
7. We swim every summer._________________________________________________________________________
8. He sells old books every Sunday. __________________________________________________________________
9. They drink tea every morning. ____________________________________________________________________
10. They have a rest every afternoon. _________________________________________________________________
11. She sleeps after lunch every day. __________________________________________________________________
12. He flies to America every month.___________________________________________________________________
13. He falls ill every winter.__________________________________________________________________________
14. I drive to work every morning._____________________________________________________________________
15. I telephone my parents every week. ________________________________________________________________
16. They build a hotel every year. ____________________________________________________________________
17. He travels to Europe every summer.________________________________________________________________
18. He watches TV every night._______________________________________________________________________
19. She has dinner at 7.30 every evening._______________________________________________________________
20. He buys a new car every year._____________________________________________________________________
21. The baby cries every night._______________________________________________________________________
22. He catches the 8 o'clock train every morning.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. He gives me something every morning.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
105 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (WH Questions)
106 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (WH Questions) Answer the following sentences. Examples: a) What did you drink this morning? I drank tea. b) How did you sleep last night? I slept well. 1. How did you come here?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. How many cups of tea did you drink yesterday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. How many letters did you write last month? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. How much money did you spend yesterday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. What did you buy yesterday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What did you do after breakfast? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What did you do after dinner last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. What did you do last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. What did you do last Sunday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. What did you eat last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. What did you have for breakfast this morning? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. What did you read yesterday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. What time did the first lesson start today? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. What time did you get up this morning? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. What time did you go to bed last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. What time did you have breakfast this morning? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. When did you begin to learn English? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. When did you last take an examination? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Where did you go last Saturday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Where did you go yesterday? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Where did you have dinner last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Where did you sleep last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Where were you last night? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. Why did you begin to learn English? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
107 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (WH Questions) Ask information questions for the underlined words. Example: I wrote a letter. What did you write? He went to Ankara. Where did he go?
1. The teacher wrote something on the board.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The cat caught a mouse. _____________________________________________________________________
3. I telephoned my father. _______________________________________________________________________
4. The police arrested the robbers. ________________________________________________________________
5. The police arrested the robbers.__________________________________________________________________
6. Sue typed three letters. ________________________________________________________________________
7. He went to England last year. ___________________________________________________________________
8. The film finished at 2 o'clock. ____________________________________________________________________
9. They ran very fast. ____________________________________________________________________________
10. He rang the bell.______________________________________________________________________________
11. They swam in the lake._________________________________________________________________________
12. She had bread and butter for breakfast.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
13. He drank a little water. _________________________________________________________________________
14. They started to build a new house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. They played football once a week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. He came late because of the traffic.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I saw something very interesting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He wanted the blue one. _______________________________________________________________________
19. The meeting started late._______________________________________________________________________
20. Three people wanted to see you yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. He didn't come because he was ill.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. He made war films. ___________________________________________________________________________
23. I saw Mr. White last night. ______________________________________________________________________
24. The tall man stole the car. ______________________________________________________________________
108 – JB
SIMPLE PAST TENSE (Reading)
Fill in the blanks with the PAST form of the verbs in the parenthesis. Rewrite the story.
Benjamin Franklin …… was born ….. (be born) in Boston in 1706. He (be) the fifteenth of the seventeen children of a poor candle maker. He (go ) to school only one year. He … (begin) to work when he was twelve. At the age of fourteen he (decide) to be a writer. He (copy) the great stories of famous writers and later he (become) the best known writer in his time. When he.. (be) seventeen, he (leave) Boston and (arrive) in Philadelphia with only a few pennies in his (spend) the next forty years for his government. He (play) an important role in the founding of the USA. Franklin (be) also an important scientist and inventor. He (draw) electricity from a cloud on a kite string. He (write) one of the first text books on electricity. He (invent) a simple lightning rod and many other practical tools. He (make) a study of water and (discover) many principles of hydrodynamics. He even (invent) bifocal glasses when he was seventy-eight and (need) them himself. Franklin (do) all these things and many more because he (believe) he (can).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
109 – JB
Change the following sentences to past CONTINUOUS tense. Add past time expressions like at 9 o'clock, at 5 o'clock,
last night, etc, Examples: a) He is sleeping. He was sleeping at 5 o'clock. b) She is running. She was running at 8 o'clock this morning. 1. She is cooking. _____________________________________________________________________________
2. The policeman is directing the traffic. __________________________________________________________
3. I am reading a story. ________________________________________________________________________
4. We are drinking tea._________________________________________________________________________
5. He is answering some questions. ______________________________________________________________
6. The postman is delivering the letters. _________________________________________________________
7. The typist is typing something._________________________________________________________________
8. The teacher is writing a sentence on the board.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They are carrying the suitcases.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She is watching TV. _________________________________________________________________________
11. The sun is shining.___________________________________________________________________________
12. I am listening to the radio. ____________________________________________________________________
13. They are studying.___________________________________________________________________________
14. The dog is barking.__________________________________________________________________________
15. The guide is taking the tourists to the Blue Mosque.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
16. He is polishing his shoes.______________________________________________________________________
17. They are playing football. ____________________________________________________________________
18. The secretary is answering the telephone. _______________________________________________________
19. He is washing his hands.______________________________________________________________________
20. We are waiting for a bus._____________________________________________________________________
21. He is repairing the switch. ____________________________________________________________________
22. They are working hard. ______________________________________________________________________
23. She is talking on the phone. ___________________________________________________________________
SIM
PLE
PA
ST
verb + -ed or 2nd form
He worked as a lorry driver.
yesterday, last week, last month, last .... Before(conj.)....
The "simple past " gives expression to an action that started in the past and finished in the past
PA
ST C
ON
TIN
UO
US was / were + -ing
(I/she/he/it was working. You/we/they were working.
While father was doing the washing up Mum was phoning Granny.
at ten o'clock last night when while When= at that time While= during that time
The "past CONTINUOUS" gives expression to apparently continuous uninterrupted actions in the past (perhaps suddenly interrupted by an action in "simple past")
110 – JB
PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
(Affirmative – Positive Form) WHEN - WHILE WHILE
WHEN
PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE Rewrite the following sentences by using past CONTINUOUS forms of the verbs in brackets. Examples: a) She (cook) when the man came. She was cooking when the man came. b) I (have) breakfast at 7.30. I was having breakfast at 7.30. 1. Alice hurt herself while she (skate).
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. As I (come) home, I met an old friend. __________________________________________________________________________________________
3. At nine o'clock last night I (read) a book. __________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Bob stepped on Jane’s feet while they (walk) together. __________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He (drive) to Bolu when his car broke down. __________________________________________________________________________________________
6. He (sleep) when we arrived. __________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He still (sleep) at 9 o'clock. __________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I (cross) the street when the car hit me. __________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I (have) breakfast when the telephone rang. __________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I (not do) anything when the teacher came. __________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I cut myself while I (shave). __________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I met her when I (walk) to school. __________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I met my neighbor while I (walk) home from work. __________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Mr. and Mrs. Brown burned themselves while they (bake) cookies. __________________________________________________________________________________________
111 – JB
15. My father (read) the newspaper while we (watch) TV. __________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Peter fell asleep while he (study). __________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Sally saw a friend while she (ride) her bicycle along Park St. __________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The car (do) 90 when the accident happened. __________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The man (sweep) the room while the woman (wash) the dishes. __________________________________________________________________________________________
20. The postman came just as I (leave) home. __________________________________________________________________________________________
21. They (play) tennis when the rain started. __________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Tommy had a nightmare while he (sleep) at a friend’s house. __________________________________________________________________________________________
23. What you (do) when it started to rain? __________________________________________________________________________________________
24. What the judge (do) while the lawyer (speak) ? _________________________________________________________________________________________
25. When I saw him, he (eat) fish and chips. __________________________________________________________________________________________
26. When my father came in, I (smoke) a cigarette. __________________________________________________________________________________________
27. When the lights went out, I (shave) . __________________________________________________________________________________________
28. When the teacher came in, we (make) a lot of noise. __________________________________________________________________________________________
29. When you came in, I (write) a report. __________________________________________________________________________________________
30. While Selma (study) , Mehmet (play) . __________________________________________________________________________________________
31. While you were at work, we (sleep) . __________________________________________________________________________________________
32. You (look) at the road when the car hit the boy? __________________________________________________________________________________________
112 – JB
PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE Put the verbs in brackets into the past continuous tense. 1. Detective: I'm afraid I must ask you both what you (do) yesterday at 10.20 p.m.
Mr X: I (play) chess with my wife. Mr Y: I (listen) to a play on the radio. Detective: I'm afraid I must ask you both what you WERE DOING yesterday at 10.20 p.m. Mr X: I WAS PLAYING chess with my wife. Mr Y: I WAS LISTENING to a play on the radio.
2. The children were frightened because it (get) dark. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. It was a fine day and the roads were crowded because a lot of people (rush) to the seaside.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. The airplane in which the football team (travel) crashed soon after taking off.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. He usually wears sandals but when I last saw him he (wear) boots.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. The house was in great disorder because he (redecorate) it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. The director didn't allow the actors to travel by air while they (work) on the film.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. The car had nobody in it but the engine (run).
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Two children (play) on the sand and two fishermen (lean) against an upturned boat.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I was alone in the house at that time because Mr Jones (work) in the garage and Mrs Jones (shop).
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. He said that he was the captain of a ship which (sail) that night for Marseilles.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Are you going to Rome? I thought that you (go) to Milan.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. My wife and I (talk) about you the other day.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. When I first met him he (study) painting.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. There was a strong smell and the sound of frying. Obviously Mrs Jones (cook) fish.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Tom ate nothing for lunch because he (diet). He said that he (try) to lose 10 kilos.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. Who you (talk) to on the telephone as I came in? I (talk) to Mr Pitt.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. As she (climb) the ladder it slipped sideways and she fell off it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. When I first met him he (work) in a restaurant.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He watched the children for a moment. Some of them (bathe) in the sea, others (look) for shells, others (play) in the sand. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Where he (live) when you saw him last? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. She (stand) at the bus stop. I asked her what bus she (wait) for. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. From the sounds it was clear that Mary (practise) the piano.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
113 – JB
24. There had been an accident and men (carry) the injured people to an ambulance.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. Two men (fight) at a street comer and a policeman (try) to stop them. ~ What they (fight) about? ~ Nobody
seemed to know.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. Tom (sit) in a corner with a book. I told him that he (read) in very bad light.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. I went into the garden to see what the boys (do). James (weed) and Alexander (cut) the grass.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 28. They had taken off the wheel of the car and (mend) the puncture. I asked when it would be ready.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 29. When I arrived at the meeting the first speaker had just finished speaking and the audience (clap),
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 30. The traffic (make) so much noise that I couldn't hear what he (say).
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 31. While he (learn) to drive he had twenty-five accidents.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 32. He had a bad fall while he (repair) his roof.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 33. He was a little mad. He always (try) to prove that the earth was flat.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 34. While we (fish) someone came to the house and left this note.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 35. The exam had just begun and the candidates (write) their names at the top of their papers.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 36. Just as I (wonder) what to do next, the phone rang.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
114 – JB
PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE - SIMPLE PAST TENSE (Affirmative – Positive Form)
Complete the sentences with the words in parentheses using the SIMPLE PAST or the PAST CONTINUOUS. Rewrite the sentences exactly. Example: a) When you (come) in, I (do) the crossword puzzle. When you came in, I was doing the crossword puzzle. b) As I (come) home, I (meet) an old friend. As I was coming home, I met an old friend. 1. He (paint) the doors and the windows while I (paint) the walls. __________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He (sleep) soundly when they (arrive) . __________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He (talk) with Mary, when Mrs. Smith came in. __________________________________________________________________________________________
4. He (wear) a big strange hat when I first (meet) him. __________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Her husband never (remember) her birthday. __________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I (have) a dream last night.I (dream) about my friends. I (sleep) for eight hours. __________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I (go) to a movie last night, but I (enjoy / not) it. __________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I (listen) to the radio when I (hear) the explosion. __________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I (write) a letter to my friend yesterday, but I (write / not) a letter to her last week. __________________________________________________________________________________________
115 – JB
10. I began to study at seven last night. Fred (come) at seven- thirty. I (study) when Fred (come). __________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Jane (stand / not) up right now. She (sit) down. __________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Jim and I (eat) lunch at the cafeteria two hours ago. __________________________________________________________________________________________
13. John usually (sit) in the back of the room, but yesterday he (sit) in the front row. Today he (be) absent. __________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Just as I (pick) up the receiver, the telephone (ring) . __________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Mariann (do) her homework last night. __________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Mark (talk) to John on the phone last night. __________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Mark (talk) to John on the phone right now. __________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Mary and I (go / not) shopping yesterday. We (go) shopping last Monday. __________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Mrs. White (drive) past a house in Main Street when she (see) the ground floor on fire. __________________________________________________________________________________________
20. My husband (come / not) home for dinner last night. He (stay) at his office. __________________________________________________________________________________________
21. My mother called me around five. My husband came home a little after five. When he (come) home, I (talk) to my mother on the phone.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
22. My roommate (study) Spanish last year. __________________________________________________________________________________________
23. My roommate’s parents (call) him last night while we (watch) TV. __________________________________________________________________________________________
24. My wife (come) home around five every day. __________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Our teacher (stand) in the middle of the room right now. __________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Our teacher (stand) in the front of the room yesterday. __________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Sally (eat) dinner last night when someone knock) on the door. __________________________________________________________________________________________
28. She (run) when she hurt her ankle. __________________________________________________________________________________________
29. The children (go) to bed a half an hour ago. They (sleep) now. __________________________________________________________________________________________
30. The customer (pay) his cheque when he dropped his credit card. __________________________________________________________________________________________
31. The fireman (fight) the fire on a balcony below when he (hear) someone’s shouts. __________________________________________________________________________________________
32. The plane (crash) while it (land). __________________________________________________________________________________________
33. The weather (be / not) cold today, but it (be) cold yesterday. __________________________________________________________________________________________
34. They (study) two hours last night. __________________________________________________________________________________________
35. We (be) late for the movie last night. The movie (start) at 7:00, but we (arrive / not) until 7:15.
116 – JB
__________________________________________________________________________________________
36. We (have) dinner when the electricity (go) off. __________________________________________________________________________________________
37. We (watch) TV last night. __________________________________________________________________________________________
38. We (eat) lunch at the cafeteria every day. __________________________________________________________________________________________
39. We (have) a flat tire while we (drive) to Ankara. __________________________________________________________________________________________
40. We (watch) a film on television at the moment. __________________________________________________________________________________________
41. What you (do) when I (see) you yesterday? __________________________________________________________________________________________
42. When I (be) in Germany, I (work) in a coal mine. __________________________________________________________________________________________
43. When the driver (see) the policeman, he suddenly (stop) . __________________________________________________________________________________________
44. When the storm (break) , I (water) the garden. __________________________________________________________________________________________
45. When the war (begin) , they (live) in Austria. __________________________________________________________________________________________
46. When the war (begin) , they (move) to the USA. __________________________________________________________________________________________
47. When you (call) , I (sleep) . __________________________________________________________________________________________
48. Where you (go) when I (see) you last night? __________________________________________________________________________________________
49. While he (fly) off the Miami Coast, the pilot (see) sharks approaching the swimmers. __________________________________________________________________________________________
50. While he (talk) , I (finish) reading the book. __________________________________________________________________________________________
51. While I (study) last night, Fred (drop by) to visit me. __________________________________________________________________________________________
52. While the teacher (talk), the students (look) at an insect on the ceiling. __________________________________________________________________________________________
53. While they (travel) to China, Marco (keep) a diary. __________________________________________________________________________________________
54. While you (watch) TV, I (do) my homework. __________________________________________________________________________________________
55. Yesterday I (see) Dick at the library. __________________________________________________________________________________________
56. Yesterday she (come) home at 5:15. __________________________________________________________________________________________
57. Yesterday Tom and Janice (go) to the zoo around one. They (see) many kinds of animals. __________________________________________________________________________________________
58. They stayed at the zoo for two hours. While they (walk) home, it (begin) to rain, so they (stop) at a small cafe and (have) a cup of coffee.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
59. Yesterday afternoon I (go) to visit the Parker family. When I (get) there around two o’clock, Mrs. Parker (be) in the yard. She (plant) flowers in her garden. Mr. Parker (be) in the garage. He (work) on their car. He (change) the oil.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
117 – JB
SIMPLE PAST and PAST CONTINUOUS Put the verbs in brackets into the simple past or past continuous tense. Mr Smith never (wake) up in time in the mornings and always (get) into trouble for being late; so one day he (go) to town and (buy) an alarm clock.
Mr Smith never WOKE up in time in the mornings and WAS ALWAYS GETTING/ALWAYS GET into trouble for being late; so one day he WENT to town and BOUGHT an alarm clock.
1. To get home he (have to) go through a field where a bad-tempered bull usually (graze). 2. This bull normally (not chase) people unless something (make) him angry. Unfortunately, as Mr Smith (cross) the
field, his alarm clock (go) off. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. This (annoy) the bull, who immediately (begin) to chase Mr Smith. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Mr Smith (carry) an open umbrella as it (rain) slightly. He (throw) the umbrella to the ground and (run) away as fast as he could. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The bull (stop) and (begin) to attack the umbrella. While he (do) this Mr Smith escaped. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. When he (awake) she (sit) by the window. She (look) at something in the street, but when he (call) her she (turn) and (smile) at him. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Why you (interrupt) me just now? I (have) a very interesting conversation with Mr Pitt. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The murderer (carry) the corpse down the stairs when he (hear) a knock on the door. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. When I (look) through your books I (notice) that you have a copy of Murder in the Cathedral. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. As they (walk) along the road they (hear) a car coming from behind them. Tom (turn) round and (hold) up his hand. The car (stop). ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. When I (arrive) at the station Mary (wait) for me. She (wear) a blue dress and (look) very pretty. As soon as she (see) me she (wave) and (shout) something, but I couldn't hear what she (say) because everybody (make) such a noise. ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The prisoner (escape) by climbing the wall of the garden where he (work). He (wear) blue overalls and black shoes. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. She said that the car (travel) at 40 k.p.h. when it (begin) to skid. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. She said that she (not like) her present flat and (try) to find another. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. While he (make) his speech the minister suddenly (feel) faint. But someone (bring) him a glass of water and after a few minutes he (be able) to continue. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. When I (see) him he (paint) a portrait of his wife. ~ You (like) it? ~ He only just (start) when I (see) it, so I couldn't judge. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I (take) my friend to a murder trial the other day. ~ Who (be) tried? A man called Bill Sykes. ~ Was he acquitted? — I don't know. They still (listen) to the evidence when we (leave). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I (be) sorry that I (have to) leave the party early, because I (enjoy) myself. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
118 – JB
REVISION
SIMPLE PRESENT – PRESENT CONTINUOUS - PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE - SIMPLE PAST
SIMPLE PRESENT – PRESENT CONTINUOUS- PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE - SIMPLE PAST-FUTURE Rewrite the following sentences using the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Use SIMPLE PRESENT, SIMPLE PAST, PRESENT CONTINUOUS, PAST CONTINUOUS or FUTURE TENSE. Examples: a) He (sleep) now. He is sleeping now. b) I (see) him yesterday. I saw him yesterday. 1. He usually (wake) up at 6 o'clock.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. They (have) breakfast at the moment.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He (buy) a new bicycle yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. When I (see) him, he (study) English.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. We (live) in Fatih.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I (do) my English homework tonight.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
119 – JB
7. Be careful! Somebody (follow) us.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. My father never (drink) the before he (go) to bed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Where you (go) last Sunday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I hate him. I (not talk) to him again.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Don't worry. I (phone) you when he (come) .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I (not see) them last night.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. While the man (repair) my radio, his son (play) with the tools.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He (go) mosque every Friday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I (have) lunch with the new director tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. As I (swim) , it (start) to rain.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Please (call) me when the news (start) .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. he (pack) his suitcases yesterday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. he always (start) work so late?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. they still (wait) for me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. He (sell) his car last Sunday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. He never (have) breakfast at home.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I (visit) my grandparents next week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. She (not drink) tea in the evening.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
120 – JB
TIME EXPRESSIONS
121 – JB
Change the following sentences to going to future. Example: a) I drink tea every morning. I am going to drink tea tomorrow morning. b) I get up early every morning. I am going to get up early tomorrow morning. 1. He writes an essay every week.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He washes office every Saturday.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I have lunch at a restaurant every day.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. They play table tennis every afternoon.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. We go to England every summer.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
6. He shaves every morning.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. She runs every morning.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He listens to the news at 8 o'clock.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They start work at 9 o'clock.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She watches TV every evening.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I listen to the radio every day.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The teacher tells us a joke every week.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The milkman comes at 7 o'clock every morning.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. We have an exam every week.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I study English every night.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
16. She washes the dishes every night.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
GOING TO FUTURE (Question Form) Ask questions and give answers in going to future tense as in the example. Example: you – sleep – study
Are you going to sleep? No, I am not. What are you going to do? I am going to study. 1. you - watch TV - read the newspaper.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. you – shave - have a haircut.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. she – run - play tennis.
122 – JB
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. he - drink tea - coffee.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. they - play table tennis - football.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. you - brush your teeth - wash the dishes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. he - eat a sandwich - a hamburger.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. she - type the letter - answer the telephone.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. you - wash your car - paint the doors.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. they – ski - skate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. she - ride her bicycle - a horse.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. he - buy a car - a bike.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. you – walk - have a rest.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. they - win the match - lose the match.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. dog – bark - sleep.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. they - listen to the radio - study English .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
GOING TO FUTURE
Rewrite each sentence or question with GOING TO: Example: Joe plans to buy a new computer next year.
Joe is going to buy a new computer next year.
1. We don’t plan to play tennis this weekend.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Does Nick plan to join the sports club?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. What are your plans for next summer?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Look! That tree is about to fall over!
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Do you plan to work hard this year?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I don’t intend to get a new car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. The forecast for tomorrow is rain.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Do Mike and Pat plan to make sandwiches for the party?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I think it’s about to snow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
123 – JB
(Positive) A- Change the following sentences to future tense with will. Examples: a) He goes to work at 8 o'clock every morning. He will go to work at 8 o'clock tomorrow morning. b) They stay up late every evening. They will stay up late this evening. every morning - tomorrow morning - every evening - this evening/tomorrow morning 1. Joseph does his homework every afternoon. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 2. My father pays the bills. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 3. My brother plays computer games every night. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 4. David washes his car. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 5. I phone my uncle every week. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 6. My sister combs her hair every morning. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 7. She helps my mother. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 8. She listens to the radio every evening. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 9. She types the letters in the afternoon. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 10. The baby goes to bed at 9 every night. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 11. The bus leaves at 10.50. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 12. The car goes fast. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 13. The children play in the playground. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 14. The film starts after the news. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 15. The job is easy. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 16. The photographer takes pictures. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 17. They are in Paris. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 18. They go to France every year. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 19. They go to school. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 20. They sit in the sun every afternoon. _______________________________________________________________________________________
124 – JB
FUTURE TENSE Will (Negative/Questions) B- Change the sentences to question and negative. Example: He goes to work at 8 o'clock every morning. Will he go to work at 8 o'clock tomorrow morning? He won't go to work at 8 o'clock tomorrow morning. every morning - tomorrow morning - every evening - this evening/tomorrow morning 1. Joseph does his homework every afternoon.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
2. My father pays the bills.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
3. My brother plays computer games every night.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
4. David washes his car.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
5. I phone my uncle every week.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
6. My sister combs her hair every morning.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
7. She helps my mother.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
8. She listens to the radio every evening.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
9. She types the letters in the afternoon.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
10. The baby goes to bed at 9 every night.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
11. The bus leaves at 10.50.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
12. The car goes fast.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
13. The children play in the playground.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
14. The film starts after the news.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
125 – JB
WILL VERSUS BE GOING TO
To express a PREDICTION—either WILL or BE GOING TO is used;
(a) According to the weather report, it will be cloudy tomorrow.
(b) According to the weather report, it is going to be cloudy tomorrow.
(c) Be careful! You'll hurt yourself!
(d) Watch out! You're going to hurt yourself!
When the speaker is making a prediction (a statement about something s/he thinks will be true or will occur in the future), either will or be going to is possible.
There is no difference in meaning between (a) and(b).
There is no difference in meaning between (c) and (d).
To express a PRIOR PLAN—only BE GOING TO is used;
(e) A: Why did you buy this paint?
B: I'm going to paint my bedroom tomorrow.
(f) I talked to Bob yesterday. He is tired of taking the bus to work. He's going to buy a car. That's what he told me.
When the speaker is expressing a prior plan (something the speaker intends to do in the future because in the past s/he has made a plan or decision to do it), only be going to is used.*
In (e): Speaker B has made a prior plan. She decided to paint her bedroom last week. She intends to paint her bedroom tomorrow.
In (f): The speaker knows Bob's intention to buy a car. Bob made the decision in the past and he intends to act on this decision in the future. Will is not appropriate in (e) and (f).
To express WILLINGNESS—only WILL is used:
(g) A: The phone's ringing.
B: I'll get it.
(h) A: I don't understand this problem.
B: Ask your teacher about it. She'll help you.
In (g): Speaker B is saying: “I am willing, I am happy to get the phone.” He is not making a prediction. He has made no prior plan to answer the phone. He is, instead, volunteering to answer the phone and uses will to show his willingness.
In (h): Speaker B feels sure about the teacher's willingness to help. Be going to is not appropriate in (g) and (h).
Fill in WILL or BE GOING TO:
Example: A: Why do you need so much sugar? B: I’m going to make a cake.
1. A: Oh no! I’ve left my purse at home and I haven’t got any money on me! B: Don’y worry. I ____ lend you some.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
2. A: I don’t know how to use this mixer. B: That’s OK. I___ show you.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A: Why are all these people gathered here? B: The Prime Minister ___ open the new hospital ward.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
4. A: Did you remember to buy the magazine I asked for? B: Sorry, I didn’t. I ___ buy it when I go out again.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A: What’s that on your curtains? B: It’s a stain. I ____ take them to the dry cleaner’s tomorrow.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
6. A: These bags are very heavy. I can’t lift them. B: I ___ carry them for you.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
7. A: I hear you’re going to Leeds University in September. B: Yes, I ___ study French and German.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
8. A: Why don’t you tidy your room? B: I ___ play football in ten minutes, so I haven’t got time.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
9. A: How can we get all this home? B: I ____ ask James to come and help.
126 – JB
______________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She has bought some wool. She___ knit a sweater.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. A: This problem is very difficult. B: I ___ help you to solve it.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
12. A: Why are you taking down all the pictures? B: I ____ paint the room.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I___ climb that mountain one day.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Look at that young man. He looks very pale. He ___ faint.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
15. A: Why are buying that spade? B: I ___ plant some trees in my garden at the back of the house.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
16. She ____ get better. There are positive signs.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I’m hungry. I ___ have something to eat. I ___ be 38 years old next week.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
18. A: Why are you turning on the television? B: I ___ (watch) the news.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
19. A: Oh, I’ve just realized. I haven’t got any money. B: Don’t worry. That’s no problem. I ___ (lend) you some.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Those clouds are very black, aren’t they? I think it___ (rain).
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
21. A: I’ve got a terrible headache. B: Have you? Wait here and I ___ (get) an aspirin for you.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
22. A: Why are you filling that bucket with water? B: I ___ (wash) the car.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
23. A: I’ve decided to re-paint this room. B: Oh, have you? What colour___ (you / paint) it?
________________________________________________________________________________________________
24. A: Look! There’s smoke coming out of that house. It’s on fire! B: Good heavens! I ___ call the fire-brigade
immediately.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
25. A: The ceiling in this room doesn’t look very safe, does it? B: No, it looks as if it ____ (fall) down.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
26. A: Where are you going? Are you going shopping? B: Yes, I ____ (buy) something for dinner.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
27. A: I can’t work out how to use this camera. B: It’s quite easy. I___ (show) you.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
28. A: What would you like to drink – tea or coffee? B: I ___. (have) tea, please.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
29. A: Has George decided on what to do when he leaves school? B: Oh yes. Everything is planned. He ___ (have) a
holiday for a few weeks and then he _____ (start) a computer programming course.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
127 – JB
HAVE BEEN
128 – JB
PRESENT PERFECT TENSE Write PAST and PAST PARTICIPLE forms of the given verbs.
SIMPLE FORM SIMPLE PAST PAST PARTICIPLE 1. finish finished finished
2. be _____________________________ _____________________________________
3. become _____________________________ _____________________________________
4. begin _____________________________ _____________________________________
5. bite _____________________________ _____________________________________
6. break _____________________________ _____________________________________
7. bring _____________________________ _____________________________________
8. build _____________________________ _____________________________________
9. buy _____________________________ _____________________________________
10. call _____________________________ _____________________________________
11. catch _____________________________ _____________________________________
12. choose _____________________________ _____________________________________
13. come _____________________________ _____________________________________
14. cost _____________________________ _____________________________________
15. cut _____________________________ _____________________________________
16. cut _____________________________ _____________________________________
17. do _____________________________ _____________________________________
18. drink _____________________________ _____________________________________
19. drive _____________________________ _____________________________________
20. eat _____________________________ _____________________________________
21. fall _____________________________ _____________________________________
22. feel _____________________________ _____________________________________
23. find _____________________________ _____________________________________
24. fly _____________________________ _____________________________________
25. fly _____________________________ _____________________________________
26. forget _____________________________ _____________________________________
27. forgive _____________________________ _____________________________________
28. get _____________________________ _____________________________________
29. have _____________________________ _____________________________________
30. know _____________________________ _____________________________________
31. meet _____________________________ _____________________________________
32. read _____________________________ _____________________________________
33. see _____________________________ _____________________________________
34. stay _____________________________ _____________________________________
35. study _____________________________ _____________________________________
36. write _____________________________ _____________________________________
129 – JB
PRESENT PERFECT Ask questions and give answers in present perfect tense as in the example.
Examples: a) you - open the door What have you just done? I have just opened the door. b) she - type the letter What has she just done? She has just typed the letter. 1. Ali - come in
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2. Hasan - turn off the TV
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3. they - finish eating
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4. she - read a story
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5. we - arrive home
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6. the teacher - ask us some questions
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7. your father - give me some money
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 8. you - take out my pen
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 9. Bob - study French
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 10. the milkman – leave
__________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 11. they - have lunch
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 12. she - have a cup of tea
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 13. Bill - pay a bill
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 14. Selma - make a sentence
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 15. Mehmet - eat a sandwich
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 16. your parents - watch a film
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 17. the postman - deliver some letters
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 18. the player - leave the field
__________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 19. the secretary - answer the telephone
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 20. they - get on a bus
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 21. she - lose her handbag
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 22. he – shave
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 23. you - sign the contract
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 24. the police - arrest the murderer __________________________________________ _________________________________________________
130 – JB
PRESENT PERFECT (Have you ever…?)
PRESENT PERFECT
(Have you ever…? ) Answer the questions. 1. Have you ever been to Romania? (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Has your father ever helped you do your English homework? (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Have you ever tried to learn how to drive a car? (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Has your English teacher ever shouted at you? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Have your English teachers ever organized a picnic for you? (+/-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Has your father ever taken you to the theatre? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Has your deskmate ever made you get angry? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Has your father ever bought an expensive present on your birthday? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Have you ever been to California? (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. Has your father ever helped you do your English homework? (+ / 1)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. Has your brother ever had a traffic accident? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Have you ever tried to learn how to drive a car? (+ / 1)
131 – JB
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. Has your English teacher ever shouted at you? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. Have you ever met a famous politician? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. Has your mother ever cooked "fried fish with mayonnaise" for you?(-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Have your English teachers ever organized a picnic for you? (-)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. Have you ever watched a lion eating an animal in its cage? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. Have you ever won any money on the National Lottery? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. Has your father ever taken you to the theatre? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. Has your deskmate ever made you get angry? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. Have you ever got the best point from the quizzes in English?(+ / many)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. Has your father ever bought an expensive present on your birthday? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. Have you ever tried to do something dangerous? What?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
PRESENT PERFECT
(Positive- Negative – Question form) Rewrite the following sentences using the present perfect forms of the verbs in brackets.
Example: a) The bell just (ring). The bell has just rung. b) I (not talk) to him yet. I haven't talked to him yet. 1. I (speak) to him several times. ____________________________________________________________________
2. I (lose) the key to the door. _______________________________________________________________________
3. He (be) here before._____________________________________________________________________________
4. They (not visit) us for a long time.__________________________________________________________________
5. She (be) to England._____________________________________________________________________________
6. We (not watch) any good films recently.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I already (wash) the dishes._______________________________________________________________________
8. He (repair) the radio yet?________________________________________________________________________
9. She just (set) the table. __________________________________________________________________________
132 – JB
10. The teacher (not arrive) yet. ______________________________________________________________________
11. They (travel) all over the world.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I (read) that book before._________________________________________________________________________
13. you ever (be) to Germany?_______________________________________________________________________
14. I never (meet) you before.________________________________________________________________________
15. He (build) five houses so far.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. you (see) him lately? ____________________________________________________________________________
17. How long she (be) a secretary?____________________________________________________________________
18. He (not write) to me since last year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I (learn) many new words this week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. you (hear) form your parents?_____________________________________________________________________
22. I (not see) them for a long time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
PRESENT PERFECT
(Have you ever…? Yes/No –Questions) Ask questions. Example: Have you ever bought an expensive gift? Yes, I have. I bought an expensive gift for her. 1. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I have. I bought a bottle of expensive perfume for her on her birthday 2. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
No, I haven't. 3. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, once. I was there two years ago. 4. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I have. I shouted at him yesterday. 5. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I have. I got angry with him when he broke my pencil. 6. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
No, she has never helped me do it. 7. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, he has. He was late for school two days ago. 8. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
No, never. 9. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
No, I haven't. 10. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, once. I was there two years ago. 11. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I have. I shouted at him yesterday. 12. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I have. I got angry with him when he broke my pencil. 13. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
No, she has never helped me do it. 14. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, he has. He was late for school two days ago.
133 – JB
YET - ALREADY ALREADY:
a) Already is used to say that something has been done before or before a particular time and does not need doing again
Mary has already eaten dinner. b) Already is used to say that something has happened too soon or before the expected time
Have you eaten all that food already? Is it 5 o'clock already?
c) Already is used to say that a situation exists and it might get worse, greater, etc Hurry up, we're already late.
YET: use yet in questions and negative sentences to say that something has not happened up to the present time and a situation has started to exist
a) I haven't asked him yet (=but I will) . b) Has Mary arrived yet? c) A: Have you finished your homework? B: Not yet . d) Has the new washing machine arrived yet? e) I haven't been to the new exhibit yet, but I hope to this weekend. f) The potatoes aren't quite ready yet.
ALREADY (Present Perfect) Give answers with ALREADY. (Use the words in the parentheses.)
Examples: a) Clean your room. I have already cleaned it.
b) When is he going to leave? He has already left.
1. Sweep the rooms. (My mother) ___________________________________________________________________
2. Wash your hands. (The children) __________________________________________________________________ 3. When are you going to do your homework? (I)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. When is he going to mend the bike? (He)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. When are they going to start studying? (They)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Paint the kitchen window. (My father)______________________________________________________________
7. Telephone your parents (We)_____________________________________________________________________
8. When is she going to send the parcel? (She)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Vacuum the room. (They)________________________________________________________________________
10. When is he going to repair his car? (He)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. When is she going to do the washing?(She)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Wake your father up. (I)__________________________________________________________________________
13. Tell him not to be late again. (I)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. When are you going to talk to him? (We)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Peel the potatoes. (Mary )________________________________________________________________________
16. Cut the meat. (The butcher)_______________________________________________________________________
134 – JB
17. When are they going to choose the presents? (They)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. When is he going to fix his car? (He)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Have some tea. (Joseph and I)_____________________________________________________________________
20. Change the light bulbs. (The electrician)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. When are you going to pay the telephone bill? (We)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. When is she going to iron the shirts? (She)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Open the boxes. (Mark)__________________________________________________________________________
24. Type the letters. (The secretary) ___________________________________________________________________
YET (Present Perfect) - QUESTION FORM
Follow the example and do the same using YET: Example: She has been in the shop. (buy anything)
She has been in the shop but she hasn’t bought anything YET. 1. I’ve written to them three times. (not reply) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. I’ve asked you again and again. (not do it) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. I lent him $10 last month. (not give it back) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. He lost his pen a week ago. (not find it) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. He borrowed my book last year. (not give it back) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. She went to New York six months ago. (not come back) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. She gave me $2 a week ago. (not return it) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. I finished reading my library books a long time ago. (not change them) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. She went to the bus-stop half an hour ago. (the bus / not come) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. He’s still studying that lesson. (not learn it) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
135 – JB
YET – (Present Perfect) - QUESTION FORM
Put the words in order to make meaningful sentence. Example: Susan and Mike have yet arrived? Have Susan and Mike have arrived yet? 1. has Tom his sold car yet ?________________________________________________________________________
2. in touch have yet been you?______________________________________________________________________
3. started your new job yet have ?___________________________________________________________________
4. the yet has plane landed ?_______________________________________________________________________
5. informed have his parents the accident yet about? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. yet they have finished meal their ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. this morning yet any coffee had he has? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Lee his parents asked have yet?___________________________________________________________________
9. report yet you done haven't the Why ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. where to go decided yet you have ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. made any friends at have school you yet ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. asked have Sara to help you yet you ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. eaten you at that restaurant yet have you ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. your brother has found job a new yet ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. on holiday have been you this year yet? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
YET – ALREADY (Present Perfect)
Fill in the blanks with yet or already. Example: He has already visited a great number of different places. 1. He hasn’t called us ---.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. They have --- sent the letter. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. John has --- bought the tickets for the football match. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. We have --- been to Mexico three times. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Has John bought a new car ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. The plane has --- left. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Has she done it ---? No, not ---. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. A: Haven’t they arrived ---? B: Oh, yes. They have arrived. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Hurry up! The class has --- started. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
136 – JB
10. Be careful! They have --- painted the door. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. Haven’t you read the book ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. You haven’t visited Tokyo ---. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. As I have --- mentioned, we need to raise more political support. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. Have they said anything about the money ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. Was the apartment empty when you moved in or was it --- furnished? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Has the new washing machine arrived ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. I can't believe I --- forgot his phone number! _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. Don't buy any more toys for the kids. They've got plenty ---. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. I haven't been to the new exhibit ---, but I hope to this weekend. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. The show has --- started. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. The potatoes aren't quite ready ---. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. "Do you want a cup of coffee?" "No thanks, I --- have some." _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. "Should I tell Kay?" "She --- knows." _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. I haven’t seen the new play ---. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. Mark, haven’t you got up ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. Sorry, I haven’t finished ---. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
137 – JB
JUST (Present Perfect)
Follow the example and do the same using JUST:
Example: he / go out
What has he JUST done?
He has JUST gone out.
1. She / leave the room
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
2. they / watch the news
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
3. I / finish homework
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
4. he / put on the jacket
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
5. she / catch a fish
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
6. he / call a taxi
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
7. you / write a letter
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
8. the girl / burn the cake
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
9. the teacher / walk out
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
10. the dog / see the cat
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
11. Jane / turn the TV off
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
12. the boys / eat dinner
__________________________________________ _________________________________________________
138 – JB
SINCE/FOR (Present Perfect)
Use “since” and “for” 1. -- two months ______________________________
2. – September ______________________________
3. – 1988 ______________________________
4. -- last year ______________________________
5. -- two years ______________________________
6. -- last Friday ______________________________
7. -- 9:30 ______________________________
8. -- three days ______________________________
9. -- the first of January ______________________________
10. --the beginning of the term______________________________
11. -- the semester ______________________________
12. -- the first day of January ______________________________
13. -- fifteen minutes ______________________________
14. -- the semester started ______________________________
15. -- a couple of hours ______________________________
16. – yesterday ______________________________
139 – JB
SINCE/FOR (Present Perfect) Make sentences in present perfect tense with since or for.
Examples: a) he - not come here - last week He hasn't come here since last week.
b) I - be a teacher - six years I have been a teacher for six years.
1. he - be there - two years_______________________________________________________________________
2. I - live in Rome - I was born_____________________________________________________________________
3. I - not see you - 1988_________________________________________________________________________
4. She - not write to me - last year_________________________________________________________________
5. I - work in that factory – 1987 __________________________________________________________________
6. they - not visit us - last February________________________________________________________________
7. it - not snow in our town - three years
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. my father - be ill - five months__________________________________________________________________
9. he - be in prison - last month___________________________________________________________________
10. I - study French - a long time___________________________________________________________________
11. he - have that car - ages_______________________________________________________________________
12. I - wear this tie - over a year____________________________________________________________________
13. she - work as a teacher - two years
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. they - not play football - a fortnight
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. we - be in the classroom - half an hour
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. nothing – happen - three days
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I - not hear from him - last November
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I - not eat anything – yesterday
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. nobody - come to our house - last Wednesday
_________________________________________________________________________________________
20. he - be a manager - three years
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. she - not call me - last week
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I - know him - my childhood
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. we - be sad - he died
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. he - not have an accident - three years
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
140 – JB
SINCE/FOR (Present Perfect) Make sentences in present perfect tense with since or for.
Example: I haven’t seen you. (Friday / 3 days)
a) I haven‟t seen you SINCE Friday.
b) I haven‟t seen you FOR 3 days.
1. We’ve been here. (an hour / 4 o’clock)
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
2. She hasn’t spoken to me. (2 weeks / last week)
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
3. They’ve lived in this street. (1970 / a long time)
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
4. I haven’t had time to do it. (last Monday / a few days)
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
5. We haven’t bought a new one. (ages / many years)
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
6. I lived in Beykent in 1996, and I live in Beykent now.
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
7. I was at school in October, and I am at school now.
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
8. She liked him in 1991, and she likes him now.
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
9. I needed a new apartment in December, and I need one now.
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
10. My grandfather was sick last year, and he is still sick.
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
11. I knew him in 1990, and I still know him.
(since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
(for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
12. He wore jeans on Tuesday, and he’s wearing jeans now (Saturday)
13. (since) _____________________________________________________________________________________
14. (for) ______________________________________________________________________________________
141 – JB
SINCE/FOR/YET/JUST (Present Perfect) Fill in the blanks with JUST, YET, SINCE, or FOR. 1. He has _ done the washing up. __________________________________________________________________
2. I have been ill_ a week. ________________________________________________________________________
3. Tim hasn't called me_. _________________________________________________________________________
4. She has_ signed the contract. __________________________________________________________________
5. He has been in the teachers' room_ almost an hour. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. We haven’t been to the theatre_ a year _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. It hasn't rained in Turkiye_ June. ________________________________________________________________
8. She has worked as a secretary_ ten years.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I haven't seen my aunt_ last year. ________________________________________________________________
10. I haven't had lunch_. _________________________________________________________________________
11. I haven't met her_ ages. _______________________________________________________________________
12. He hasn't posted the letter_. ___________________________________________________________________
13. My penfriend hasn't written to me_ a long time.
14. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. It's a long time_ I saw her. _____________________________________________________________________
16. It's ages_ he left his job. _______________________________________________________________________
17. My mother has_ left home. ___________________________________________________________________
18. My father has worked for that firm_ 1967.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. My cat hasn't eaten anything_ the weekend.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Has your uncle found his stolen car_?
21. They have lived in Ankara_ their first child was born.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. 3. The plane has_ left the airport. ________________________________________________________________
23. I haven't smoked a cigarette_ two days. _________________________________________________________
142 – JB
HOW LONG (Present Perfect)
Answer the questions. 1. How long have you had your bike? (since)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. How long have your parents lived in __? (since)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. How long have you studied English? (since)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. How long has your father repaired the roof? (since)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. How long have you waited for the bus? (ten minutes)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. How long have you been at school? (four hours)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. How long have you been a student at this school? (1993)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. How long have you stayed in Marmaris? (two months)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. How long have you had your school uniform? (start this school)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. How long have you been in your hometown? (you were born)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. How long have you known me? (a long time)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. How long have you cleaned your house? (two hours)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. How long has your uncle been abroad? (1990)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. How long have your parents been married? (1967)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. How long have you collected stamps? (8 years old)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. How long has she watched TV? (she got up)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. How long have you had driving lessons? (the beginning of March)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
143 – JB
WH QUESTIONS (Present Perfect)
Ask questions.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
I've had my car for ten years.
2. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
She has worked as a teacher since 1979.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
She has been in hospital for a week.
4. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
They have been friends since high school.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
They have lived in New York since they bought a firm in Izmir.
6. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A friend of mine has translated a story book into English for a week.
7. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
I haven't had a holiday since I became a teacher.
8. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
Richard has been a teacher at primary school for more than ten years.
144 – JB
Rewrite the following sentences using the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Use either simple past tense or present perfect
tense. Examples: a) I (call) him last night. I called him last night. b) He (be) ill since last night. He has been ill since last night. 1. The lesson (start) ten minutes ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. We (move) here last month.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I (drink) coffee yesterday afternoon.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The postman just (leave).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. She never (ride) a camel before.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I (travel) with him several times.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. In the end I (find) the key to the door.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I (read) that book twice.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. What time you (get) up this morning?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. you (see) my pen? I (lose) it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The children (not return) from school yet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. He (talk) to him on Thursday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I (not) see him since he (get) married.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. How long ago the game (begin) ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. How long you (know) him?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. you (see) him recently?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. How long she (be) a nurse?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He (not write) to me since last year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I can't find my dictionary. you (see) it?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He (run) two hours yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
145 – JB
PRESENT PERFECT - SIMPLE PAST TENSE Ask questions and give answers as in the example. Example: ride a bicycle - five years ago A: Have you ever ridden a bicycle? B: Yes, I have.
A: When did you ride a bicycle? B: I rode a bicycle five years ago.
1. use a computer - last month
A:____________________________________________________________________________________________
B:____________________________________________________________________________________________
A:____________________________________________________________________________________________
B:____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. drive a car - yesterday
A:____________________________________________________________________________________________
B:____________________________________________________________________________________________
A:____________________________________________________________________________________________
B:____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. visit the Blue Mosque - last month
A:____________________________________________________________________________________________
B:____________________________________________________________________________________________
A:____________________________________________________________________________________________
B:____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. read an English story - two weeks ago
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
5. eat strawberries - last year
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. drink coffee with milk - last week
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
146 – JB
7. watch a Japanese film - two years ago
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
8. write a composition in English - last week
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
9. play table tennis – yesterday
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ______________________________________________________________________________________
10. draw a picture - last Tuesday
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
11. catch a fish - three months ago
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
12. dig a grave - last summer
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
13. run in a race - last week
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
147 – JB
PRESENT PERFECT – SIMPLE PAST
Put the verbs in the correct tense. Use the SIMPLE PAST or the PRESENT PERFECT:
1. __Tim-----(finish) his work yet?
_________________________________________________________________
2. __ he-----(finish) it
yesterday?__________________________________________________________________
3. They-----(just / go) out. _______________________________________________________________________
4. They-----(go) out a minute ago. __________________________________________________________________
5. __Ann-----(study) yesterday afternoon?____________________________________________________________
6. __ you-----(send) the letters yet? _________________________________________________________________
7. __she__ (call) him a week ago? _______________________________________________________________
8. They__ (not / see) the film yet. _______________________________________________________________
9. The train__ (just / arrive)._____________________________________________________________________
10. __you__ (ever / be) in a TV studio?________________________________________________________________
11. __you and Tom-----(enjoy) the party last night?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. __ you__ (not / finish) school last year?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I-----(lose) my dictionary. I can’t find it anywhere.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. His hair looks short. He-----(have) a haircut.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. When-----(he / give up) smoking?_________________________________________________________________
16. Jane-----(buy) her car two weeks ago. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. My bicycle isn’t here. Somebody ----- (take) it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Why ----- (Jim / not want) to play tennis last Friday? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
PRESENT PERFECT – SIMPLE PAST
Use THE SIMPLE PAST or THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE to fill in the blanks:
1. The young man----- (never / be) to Paris, but he-----(read) a book about this city last year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. __ you----- (decide) where to go yet?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A: Have some tea, please. B: No, thank you. I-----(just / have) two cups of tea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
148 – JB
4. Susan-----(do) her homework before 10 o’clock but Jane __ (not /write) a word until now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A: __ the plane----- (land)? B: Yes, it----- (land) ten minutes ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. It----- (not / rain) for a long time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. __ you-----(see) my dog? It__ (run away) this morning.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. We-----(meet) at a party a long time ago, but I-----(not / see) her since then.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I-----(see) an interesting book in a bookshop yesterday, but I-----(not / buy) it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. My friend-----(fall) from the bicycle because he-----(not / ride) one for ages.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. His father-----(die) in 1970, but he----- (never / visit) his father’s grave since that time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. They-----(go) to America years ago, but none of them-----(come) back since then.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
__
13. A:-----you__ (speak) to an Englishman? B: Yes, I__(have) a short conversation with one last night.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. A:-----you ever-----(be) to Tatilya? B: Yes, I__ (go) there two years ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Her mother-----(buy) her a pair of new shoes yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. The Prime Minister-----(leave) for the USA an hour ago.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
17. A:-----you-----(see) Jane recently? B: No, I-----(see) her for a long time.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
PRESENT PERFECT and SIMPLE PAST – Revision L3 Put the verbs in brackets into the present perfect or simple past tense. Fill the spaces by repeating the auxiliary used in the preceding verb.
You (see) Mary on Monday? ~Yes, I... Did you see Mary on Monday?' ~Yes, I did.
1. Where is Tom? I (not see) him today, but he (tell) Mary that he'd be in for dinner. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I (buy) this in Bond Street. ~ How much you (pay) for it? ~ I (pay) $100. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Where you (find) this knife? ~ I (find) it in the garden. ~ Why you (not leave) it there? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I (lose) my black gloves. You (see) them anywhere?
149 – JB
~ No, I'm afraid I.... When you last (wear) them? ~ I (wear) them at the theatre last night. ~ Perhaps you (leave) them at the theatre. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Do you know that lady who just (leave) the shop? ~ Yes, that is Miss Thrift. Is she a customer of yours? ~ Not exactly. She (be) in here several times but she never (buy) anything. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. He (leave) the house at 8.00. ~ Where he (go)? ~ I (not see) where he (go). ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He (serve) in the First World War. ~ When that war (begin)? ~ It (begin) in 1914 and (last) for four years. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Who you (vote) for at the last election? ~ I (vote) for Mr Pitt. ~ He (not be) elected, (be) he? ~ No, he (lose) his deposit. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You (like) your last job? ~ I (like) it at first but then I (quarrel) with my employer and he (dismiss) me. ~ How long you (be) there? ~ I (be) there for two weeks. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I (not know) that you (know) Mrs Pitt. How long you (know) her? ~ I (know) her for ten years. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. That is Mr Minus, who teaches me mathematics, but he (not have) time to teach me much. I only (be) in his class for a week. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You (hear) his speech on the radio last night? ~ Yes, I ---. ~ What you (think) of it? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I (not know) that you (be) here. You (be) here long? ~ Yes, I (be) here two months. ~ You (be) to the Cathedral? ~ Yes, I (go) there last Sunday. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. You ever (try) to give up smoking? ~ Yes, I (try) last year, but then I (find) that I was getting fat so I (start) again. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
150 – JB
15. You (see) today's paper? ~ No, anything interesting (happen)? Yes, two convicted murderers (escape) from the prison down the road. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Mary (feed) the cat? ~ Yes, she (feed) him before lunch. ~ What she (give) him? ~ She (give) him some fish. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. How long you (know) your new assistant? ~ I (know) him for two years. ~ What he (do) before he (come) here? ~ I think he (be) in prison. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I (not see) your aunt recently. ~ No. She (not be) out of her house since she (buy) her colour TV. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The plumber (be)here yet? ~ Yes, but he only (stay) for an hour. ~ What he (do) in that time? ~ He (turn) off the water and (empty) the tank. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Where you (be)? I (be) out in a yacht. ~ You (enjoy) it? ~ Yes, very much. We (take) part in a race. ~ You (win)? ~ No, we (come) in last. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. How long that horrible monument (be) there? ~ It (be) there six months. Lots of people (write) to the Town Council asking them to take it away but so far nothing (be) done. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I just (be) to the film War and Peace. You (see) it? ~ No, I.... Is it like the book? ~ I (not read) the book. ~ I (read) it when I (be) at school. ~ When Tolstoy (write) it? ~ He (write) it in 1868. ~ He (write) anything else? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Hannibal (bring) elephants across the Alps. ~ Why he (do) that? ~ He (want) to use them in battle. ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
151 – JB
PRESENT PERFECT AND SIMPLE PAST Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: present perfect or simple past. (In some cases the present perfect continuous is also possible. This is noted in the Key.) 1. Paul: I (play) football since I was five years old. Tom: You (play) since you (come) to England? Paul: Oh yes. I (play)
quite a lot. I (join) a club the day after I (arrive). Paul: I HAVE PLAYED/HAVE BEEN PLAYING football since I was five years old. Tom: HAVE you
PLAYED since you CAME to England? Paul: Oh yes. I HAVE PLAYED quite a lot. I JOINED a club the day after I ARRIVED.
2. Tom: You (play) any matches? Paul: We (play) about ten. We have two more to play. We (have) a very good
season, we (win) all our matches so far, though we (not really deserve) to win the last one.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Tom: I (play) football when I (be) at school but when I (leave) school I (drop) it and (take) up golf.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Ann: Hello, Jack! I (not see) you for ages! Where you (be)? Jack: I (be) in Switzerland. I (mean) to send you a
postcard but I (not have) your address with me. Ann: Never mind. You (have) a good time in Switzerland? How
long you (be) there? Jack: I (be) there for a month. I only just (get) back. Yes, I (enjoy) it thoroughly. I (ski) all day
and (dance) all night.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Ann: I (ski) when I (be) at the university, but I (break) a leg five years ago and since then I (not do) any.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. When I first (come) to this house, it (be) a very quiet area. But since then a new housing estate (be) built and it
(become) very noisy.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. My son (not start) work yet. He's still at the High School. ~ How long he (be) at school? ~ He (be) at the High
School for six years; before that he (spend) five years at the Primary School in Windmill Street.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I just (hear) that Peter is in Australia. ~ Oh, you (not know)? He (fly) out at the beginning of the month. ~ You
(hear) from him? Does he like the life? ~ Yes, I (get) a letter last week. He (tell) me about his job. But he (not say)
whether he (like) the life or not. Perhaps it's too soon to say. He only (be) there three weeks.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I (not know) you (be) left-handed. ~ I'm not left-handed; but my oil-heater (explode) yesterday and I (burn) my
right hand, so I have to use my left.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. This bicycle (be) in our family for fourteen years. My father (use) it for the first five years, my brother (ride) it for
the next five, and I (have) it for the last four.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I hear that your MP, Mr Simpson, (make) a very clever speech last night. How long he (be) your MP?~ Oh, we
only (have) him since January. His predecessor Mr Alien (resign) suddenly because of ill-health and there (be) a
by-election.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
152 – JB
12. I hear that Mr Jones (leave). ~ Yes, he (leave) last week. ~ Anybody (be) appointed to take his place? ~ I believe
several men (apply) for the job but so far nothing (be) decided.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Peter (meeting Ann at the airport): Hello, Ann. You (have) a good trip? Ann: The actual flight (be) lovely, one of
the best I (have) ever, but it (take) ages to get into the plane. First they (think) that one of us (be) a hijacker and
they (search) us all for firearms; then they (announce) that one of the engines (be) faulty. We finally (take off) an
hour later.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Peter: How you (spend) this extra hour before take-off)? Ann: Oh, they (take) us to the restaurant and (feed) us
and we (walk) about and (buy) things we (not need). The time (pass) all right.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. You (book) your hotel room yet? ~ Well, I (write) to the hotel last week but they (not answer) yet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Peter (meeting Paul unexpectedly in London): Hello, Paul! I (not know) you (be) here. Paul: Oh, I (be) here nearly
two months. I (arrive) on the 6th of January.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Peter: When we last (meet) you (say) that nothing would induce you to come to England. What (make) you
change your mind? Paul: I (find) that I (need) English for my work and this (seem) the quickest way of learning it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Peter: You (know) any English when you first (arrive) here? Paul: No, I (not know) a word.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. Ann (to Yvonne, who is going to English classes): How long you (learn) English? Yvonne: I (learn) off and on for
about five and a half years. (Use the continuous form.)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I (begin) English at secondary school and (do) it for three years. Then I (drop) it for a year and (forget) most of it.
Then I (spend) two years at a secretarial college, where I (study) commercial English, and for the last six months I
(study) in London.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. At 4 p.m. my neighbour (ring) up and (say), is Tom with you?' Tom, her son, (spend) most of his time in my
garden playing with my children, so whenever she (not be able) to find him she (ring) me. I'm afraid I (not see)
him today,' I (say). 'But my children (go) to the beach this morning and (not come) back yet. Perhaps he (go) with
them.'
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I just (have) my first driving lesson. ~ How it (go)? You (enjoy) it? ~ Well, I not actually (hit) anything but I (make)
every other possible mistake.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
153 – JB
PAST PERFECT
(a) My parents had already eaten by the rime I got home.
(b) Until yesterday, I had never heard about it.
(c) The thief simply walked in. Someone had forgotten to lock the door.
The past perfect expresses an activity that was completed before another activity or time in the past.
(d) Sam had already left when we got there.
(e) Sam had left before we got there.
(f) Sam left before we got there. (g) After the guests had left, I went to bed.
(h) After the guests left, I went to bed.
In (d): First: Sam left.
Second: We got there.*
If either before or after is used in the sentence, the past perfect is often not necessary because the time relationship is already clear. The simple past may be used, as in (f) and (h). Note: (e) and (f) have the same meaning; (g) and (b) have the same meaning.
Combine the following sentences using simple past and past perfect tense. Use the conjunctions in brackets, too. Examples: a) I finished school in 1987. I started to work in 1988. (after) I started to work after I had finished school. b) We got to the cinema at 9. The film started at 8.30. (when) When we got to the cinema the film had started. 1. We arrived home at 9. She fell asleep at 8.45. (when)
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He sold his house. Then he moved to another city. (after)
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He had a shave. Then he left home. (before)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The policeman arrived at 9.15. The robbers ran away at 9.10. (when)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The bell rang. The students started to run. (as soon as)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The teacher came in when the bell rang. We cleaned the board before the bell. (when)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He left the army in 1987. He went abroad in 1988. (after)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
8. We got to the station at 11.05. The train left at 11.00. (by the time)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The secretary typed the letter. Then she put it in an envelope. (after)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The student wrote the dialogue. Then he memorized it. (before)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The dentist pulled out the tooth. The man said it was the wrong tooth. (after)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The lesson finished. Everybody stopped writing before the bell. (when)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The doorkeeper opened the door. Everybody rushed in. (as soon as)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The policeman made the man talk. They found out everything. (once)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I went to bed. The telephone rang. (the moment after)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
16. I told them not to be late. They came late again. (although)
154 – JB
________________________________________________________________________________________________
17. The driver stopped. The policeman ordered him to stop. (because)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I finished military service. I started to work for a newspaper. (after)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The cat saw the mouse. It started to chase the mouse. (as soon as)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
20. She finished answering the questions at 9. Everybody else did later. (before)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The man started the car. Then he drove off. (after)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The police put the man in prison. The man robbed a bank. (because)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
23. He talked to the manager in the morning. He sent the goods in the afternoon. (before)
________________________________________________________________________________________________
24. The film ended. He turned off the TV. (as soon as)
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
PAST PERFECT TENSE Combine the following sentences by using AFTER / BEFORE:
1. My mother took her umbrella. She went out.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Frank called me. I went to school.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I washed the dishes. I watched TV.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
4. She washed her hands. She had lunch.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The boys bought a ball. They played football.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. My mother made a cake. The guests came.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He put sugar in his tea. He drank it.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I got up. I had breakfast.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The children ran away. They broke the window.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I fastened my seat belt. The plane took off.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
155 – JB
WH QUESTIONS – How much /How many 1. _ apples did you buy?____________________________________________________________________________
2. ___ do you weigh?______________________________________________________________________________
3. _ does it cost to fly to America?____________________________________________________________________
4. _ does it cost to fly to America?____________________________________________________________________
5. _ brothers and sisters do you have?________________________________________________________________
6. _ was your computer?___________________________________________________________________________
7. _ photos did you take?__________________________________________________________________________
8. _water did he drink?____________________________________________________________________________
9. _ people did you invite?__________________________________________________________________________
10. _ We need some tea. _ do we need?_______________________________________________________________
11. We need some eggs. _do we need?________________________________________________________________
12. We need some paper. _do we need?_______________________________________________________________
13. We need some money. _do we need?______________________________________________________________
14. _cigarettes do you smoke a day?__________________________________________________________________
15. _packets of cigarettes do you have?_______________________________________________________________
16. _work have you got to do?_______________________________________________________________________
17. _sleep did you get last night?_____________________________________________________________________
18. _children have you got?_________________________________________________________________________
19. _bottles of wine are there in the cellar?____________________________________________________________
20. _English grammar do you know?__________________________________________________________________
21. _Americans do you know?_______________________________________________________________________
22. _sugar do you take in your tea?___________________________________________________________________
23. _apples do you eat in an average week?____________________________________________________________
24. _fruit do you eat in an average week?______________________________________________________________
25. _real friends do you have?_______________________________________________________________________
26. _chairs are there in your house?__________________________________________________________________
27. _furniture do you have?_________________________________________________________________________
28. _traffic was there on the motorway today?_________________________________________________________
29. _times must I tell you?__________________________________________________________________________
30. _mistakes did you make on the test?_______________________________________________________________
156 – JB
WH QUESTIONS – How much /How many According to the given answers, use How many - plural noun or How much – uncountable noun.
Example: _ is this house? It’s 22 years old. How many years is this house? It’s 22 years old. 1. A:_ have we got? B: We’ve got only one bottle.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. A:_ are there? B:Three.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A:_ is there? B:We have got two steaks.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. A:_ have we got? B:We haven’t got any.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A:_ have we got? B: Enough.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
6. A:_ have we got? B: Some.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. A:_ are in your bag? B: Six.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
8. A:_ have we got? B:We haven’t got a lot.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. A:_ are there in the garden? B:Two.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. A:_ have they got? B:Two girls and a boy.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. A:_ have we got? B:About one and a half litre.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
WH QUESTIONS Ask information questions beginning with the words in brackets. Examples: a) He is running. (What) What is he doing? b) She went to Germany. (Where) Where did she go? 1. They are eating something. (What) ________________________________________________________________
2. She is going to sleep. (What) ____________________________________________________________________
3. He got up at 7.30. (What time) ____________________________________________________________________
4. He sometimes plays tennis. (How often) ___________________________________________________________
5. She is going to buy some tea. (How much) ___________________________________________________________
6. They were at home. (Where) _________________________________________________________________
7. He sold his car last year. (When)___________________________________________________________________
8. They are going to come next week. (When) __________________________________________________________
9. They ran very fast. (How) ______________________________________________________________________
10. She visits her grandparents every week. (Whom)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The police found the stolen car. (Who)______________________________________________________________
12. He bought three books. (How many)________________________________________________________________
13. He didn't come because he was ill. (Why) ___________________________________________________________
14. The children are playing a game. (What)
157 – JB
______________________________________________________________________________________
15. He usually drinks tea. (What) _____________________________________________________________________
16. She came home at 5.30. (What time) _______________________________________________________________
17. There were some cars in front of the house. (How many)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He needs some time. (How much)__________________________________________________________________
19. The cat is under the table. (Where) ________________________________________________________________
20. He sent the letters. (What)_______________________________________________________________________
21. He is going to have dinner at home. (Where)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The boy is crying. (Who) ____________________________________________________________________
WH QUESTIONS (Information questions) Ask information questions for the underlined words. Examples: a) They work in a factory. Where do they work? b) He bought a hat. What did he buy? 1. The teacher came at 8.30. ____________________________________________________________________
2. They will come back tomorrow. ________________________________________________________________
3. The dog is barking.___________________________________________________________________________
4. She types 90 words a minute. _________________________________________________________________
5. He will be in Ankara tomorrow. _______________________________________________________________
6. He has been married for ten years. _____________________________________________________________
7. The pictures are on the wall. ________________________________________________________________
8. The lesson began ten minutes ago. _____________________________________________________________
9. My parents live in a small village. ______________________________________________________________
10. I was sleeping when the alarm clock went off.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. He is going to do it very quickly.________________________________________________________________
12. She needs some sugar._______________________________________________________________________
13. I have got two brothers. _____________________________________________________________________
14. The game has just started. ____________________________________________________________________
15. He walks ten kilometers every Sunday.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
16. It takes me ten minutes to walk to school.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
17. It took him two hours to answer the questions.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He does homework every evening.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. They play football on Saturday.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He sold his car because he didn't have any money.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. He phoned his father. _______________________________________________________________________
22. George often has a bath. _____________________________________________________________________
23. He ate three hamburgers. ____________________________________________________________________
24. He fell asleep during the lecture.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
158 – JB
25. He had dinner at 8:00. _______________________________________________________________________
26. He left the restaurant at 9:00. _________________________________________________________________
27. He was looking for his passport. _______________________________________________________________
28. I baked an apple pie. ________________________________________________________________________
29. I came home by train. _______________________________________________________________________
30. I can’t understand Hans because I don‟t know German.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
31. I lost my wallet while I was skating.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
32. She wrote a letter to her mother.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
33. The teacher is writing some examples on the board.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
34. They covered their eyes because they were scared.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
35. They spoke Russian. _________________________________________________________________________
36. They studied all morning. ____________________________________________________________________
37. They swam in the ocean. _____________________________________________________________________
38. Tom is watching a film now.___________________________________________________________________
39. We sent a postcard to our teacher.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
40. We talked about my job. _____________________________________________________________________
41. We took a lot of photographs.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
WH/INFORMATION QUESTIONS Ask information questions for the underlined words. Examples: a) He is sleeping. What is he doing? b) They stayed at home. Where did they stay? 1. I used to live in America. _____________________________________________________________________
2. He has been ill for three days. _________________________________________________________________
3. I'll call him tomorrow.________________________________________________________________________
4. He couldn't finish it because he was busy.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. She has breakfast at home. ___________________________________________________________________
6. They go to the library twice a week.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He ran ten kilometers. _______________________________________________________________________
8. I'd like to be a dentist. _______________________________________________________________________
9. They were studying when the bell rang.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She can type 75 words a minute. _____________________________________________________________
11. He has been learning English since 1990.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. When I got to the station, the train had left.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. They are going to paint the house.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
159 – JB
14. You mustn't smoke at a gas station.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. He has to work hard. ________________________________________________________________________
16. It took me half an hour to get to the airport.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
17. The manager dismissed the secretary.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The Whites live on the second floor.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. They had to cancel the meeting. _______________________________________________________________
20. The customs officer is searching my suitcase.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. A lot of people died of cancer. _________________________________________________________________
22. She needs a lot of coffee. _____________________________________________________________________
23. I lost a few keys. ____________________________________________________________________________
24. They will be working this time tomorrow.
WH QUESTIONS (Question & Answer) Ask questions.
Example: What do you like doing in your free time?
Writing poems. 1. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Five times a week.
2. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?The Sun does.
3. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Before I go to bed. 4. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
I did. 5. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Forty-five minutes. 6. ___________________________________________________________________________________________?
sister can. 7. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
To buy a ticket for the coach. 8. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Since I was born. 9. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
For ages. 10. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Yes, I have bought a new tie yesterday.
160 – JB
11. ____________________________________________________________________________________________? Ten days ago.
12. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
It is four years since I started to learn English. 13. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
No, thank you. I can manage. 14. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Yes, it makes me happy. 15. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Dangerously. 16. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
In 1938. 17. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
I can't lift this basket. (offer) 18. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
While I was sleeping. 19. ____________________________________________________________________________________________?
Because of his illness.
20. ____________________________________________________________________________________________? Yes, she does. She likes diet cola.
21. ____________________________________________________________________________________________? No, he isn’t. He isn’t Spanish.
22. ___________________________________________________________________________________________? No, they don’t. They don’t go swimming every day.
23. __________________________________________________________________________________________? She is my mother.
24. __________________________________________________________________________________________? I am studying for my final examination.
25. ___________________________________________________________________________________________? We’re going to meet at seven o’clock.
26. ___________________________________________________________________________________________? I want to go to school at Anaheim University.
27. ___________________________________________________________________________________________? Because I like to eat tacos.
28. ___________________________________________________________________________________________?
Renee, the baby, is sneezing. 29. ___________________________________________________________________________________________?
My students write composition five times a week. 30. ___________________________________________________________________________________________?
Mary is sitting in the classroom.
161 – JB
WH QUESTIONS – READING PASSAGE
Read the text. Write the questions below about Tamsin‟s holiday:
Last September Tamsin went to Bali. She went by plane and stayed in a big hotel. It was very hot, so she swam every
day. In the evenings she went to different restaurants, the food was very good. She met some nice people and every
night she talked about different subjects. She was happy because she wasn’t alone.
Example: Where did she go?
Bali.
1. _________________________________________________________________________________________ Last September.
2. _________________________________________________________________________________________ By plane.
3. _________________________________________________________________________________________ In a big hotel.
4. _________________________________________________________________________________________ It was very hot.
5. _________________________________________________________________________________________ She swam.
6. _________________________________________________________________________________________ It was very good.
7. _________________________________________________________________________________________ Some nice people.
WH QUESTIONS – READING PASSAGE
Answer / Question Read the passage and ask questions:
Janet Johnson is a film actress. She made several animal films. She is talking about an elephant called HEKIMA.
“I met Hekima when I went to Africa seven years ago. We were in Tanzania and we were making a film about
elephants. When we arrived, we saw three young elephants. They were playing together. Hekima was small, friendly
and intelligent. We called her Hekima because it means “wisdom”. Hekima was a great actress, and the film made her
famous. After we finished the film we left Africa. I thought I’d never see Hekima again. But she left Africa, too. She
came to a zoo in the USA. I was working in New York when I heard about that. She was happy when she saw me. She
was playing happily. I think she remembered me.”
1. __________________________________________________________________________________________ ?
Janet went to Africa seven years ago.
2. ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ?
Janet was making a film in Tanzania.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ?
The elephants were playing when they arrived.
4. __________________________________________________________________________________________ ?
Because Hekima was an intelligent elephant.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ?
It means “wisdom”.
6. __________________________________________________________________________________________ ?
Hekima was in a zoo in the USA while Janet was working in New York.
7. __________________________________________________________________________________________ ?
Hekima was playing when Janet went to see her.
162 – JB
WH QUESTIONS - MIXED Answer the questions. Write long answers to the questions. Example: A: Aren't you thirsty? (- / just) B: No, I am not. I have just drunk a glass of water.
1. Can you lend me your ruler? (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Did you see anyone on your way home last night? (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Do you think I could borrow your English dictionary? (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Do you think you could give me some money? (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Does collecting stamps interest you? (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Does collecting stamps interest you? (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Have you ever fallen asleep in class? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Have you ever visited one of your teachers? Who? When?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. How can a housewife keep fit?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. How can you travel without paying any money?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. How did you finish doing your homework in ten minutes?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. How did you spend your day yesterday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. How did you spend your free time last weekend?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. How do students have to behave each other at school?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. How do you feel when you see a snake?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. How do you speak your language?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. How do you think you can be very rich?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. How heavy are you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. How long ago did you first meet your deskmate?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. How long ago did you get married? (ten years)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. How long ago were you a student at primary school?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. How long can your father stay out at nights?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
163 – JB
23. How long did it take you to write the invitation cards?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. How long did you have to study English yesterday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. How long did you play with your toys last night?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. How long do you have to study at school in a day? (seven hours)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. How long does the compulsory education last in your country? (8)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. How long have you been interested in playing the piano? (since)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. How long have you had your watch? (since)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. How long would you like to watch TV?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. How many questions did your teachers ask you in the last quiz? (120 / in passive)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. How many words can a person type in a minute? (120)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. How much did you spend on your books last week? (A lot of money / in passive)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. I always feel excited before an exam. What do you advise me to do?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. I have a terrible headache. What shall I do?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. May I use your scissors? (-)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. Must you have a haircut every day?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. My eyesight isn't good. What shall I do? (advice)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. Shall we have a hot drink? (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
40. She is very fat. What would you do in her position?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. Was the radio invented by Marconi? (active)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
42. What are they doing in the kitchen at the moment? (passive)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. What are you doing at the weekend?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
44. What are you responsible for?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. What can't a student do on schooldays?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
46. What can't you afford to buy? Why? (too)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
47. What can't you do without a dictionary?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
164 – JB
48. What caused you to get excited a few minutes ago?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
49. What caused you to go back home? (gerund)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
50. What causes a student to fail an exam?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
51. What causes the traffic accidents in the world most? (gerund)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
52. What couldn't you do when you were five years old?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
53. What did they buy for the party? (passive)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
54. What did you have for dinner last night?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
55. What did you use to do when you were five years old?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
56. What did your father give you this money for? (infinitive of purpose)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
57. What do they make a carpet from? (wool)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
58. What do you hate doing on Saturdays?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
59. What do you need to make a cake?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
60. What do you think how your parents felt when they got married?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
61. What do you think is the best hobby for a housewife?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
62. What do you want your parents let you do? (in passive)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
63. What does the board in the classroom need?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
64. What does your best friend look like?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
65. What does your mother stir the soup with while cooking?(ladle)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
66. What does your teacher say to you before he starts the lesson?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
67. What excites you? (gerund)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
68. What happened to your sister? ( in passive)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
69. What have you been doing at this school for a long time?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
70. What haven't you done for a long time?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
71. What if the police didn't come on time?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
72. What if you forgot the address you want to write on the envelope?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
165 – JB
Complete the sentences. Use the correct tense of the verbs given: Examples:
a) He (stop / smoke) since he (have) a heart attack. b) He have stopped smoking since he had a heart attack.
1. As soon as she (finish / change) the baby’s nappy, she (take) the children to school.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He said his car ___ already (mend).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. She said she (open) her first exhibition the following month.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Mary and Joe want (go) to the shore which (sound) like a good idea to me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He (not / wake up) on time unless he (use) an alarm clock.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I (play) the piano since I (be) six.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. (not / look) behind you. I think, someone (follow) us.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. They (wait) right in front of the hospital (hear) a piece of news, at the moment.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Linda (look) very happy now, because her boyfriend (just / give) her an engagement ring.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Dinner (must / cook) before we (go) out.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The old man (be) in prison for twenty years, by the time he (die) last year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. When Jane (arrive) late for the interview, she (realize) that the Director (leave).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. __ you (see) Ann this morning? (It’s still morning.)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. __ you (see) Ann this morning? (It’s evening.)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I (try) to learn English for three years but I (not / succeed).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. After he (decide / give up) smoking, he (begin / carry) a pocket of sweets in his pocket (prevent) him from
smoking.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. He must have a break. He (drive) for hours.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
166 – JB
18. My cousin, Tom (just / finish) his military service.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. He (look) for a good job since then. Yesterday he (receive) a letter from his old boss. In his letter, he says he
needs him again, but Tom (not / want / work) with him. Because they (have) some problems before he (leave) his
job.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. After they (learn) the new words last term, they (start) the course book.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Please don’t disturb us, we (record) the Director’s conversation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Just as I (get up) my brother (take) a photo of me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. We are quite anxious about Jane now. She (leave) home a fortnight ago to spend her vacation with her friends but
she (write) to us yet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. They (live) in bad conditions since the war (start).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Before I (come) to the USA, I (study) English in my own country.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. I (not / have) any trouble with my car so far.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. The building at the top of the hill (build) in 1920. A number of changes (make) since then.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. When the boss (come) in the office, the letters (type) by the secretary.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Barbara is a writer. She ___already (write) several novels.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. A few years ago, she (give) the Pulitzer Prize.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. Tom’s father (go / swim) everyday. He says swimming (be) really good to keep fit.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Everybody (know) him as an honest man since he (start / live) here.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. A: What is the crowd?
B: A little boy (kidnap) by two men and the police (look) for them along the river since then.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. All dinner. (eat) before they (finish) the conversation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. As it (rain), a car accident (happen) on Main Street.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
167 – JB
TENSE REVISION
Complete the sentences meaningfully. Example: I usually feed the neighbor’s cat while she's away. 1. A pencil-sharpener is used ___. __________________________________________________________________
2. A mechanic is someone who____. _________________________________________________________________
3. A person who___ is called "TROUBLE MAKER".
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. A screwdriver is a tool which is used for turning screws. We use___
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A train is___ than a___. __________________________________________________________________________
6. Do you think___ tomorrow?______________________________________________________________________
7. Don't forget to put on your raincoat when___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. English is difficult but Chinese____._________________________________________________________________
9. Having to do a lot of homework makes____.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He ___invented electricity.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. He fell off the tree while___.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. He left the hotel without___.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. He started smoking when he was at university. He has been___.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. How about____? _______________________________________________________________________________
15. I am bored with my school. My school____.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. I couldn't do my homework because of_______.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I have never seen ____ than___.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I have no idea what time___.______________________________________________________________________
19. I last went to the seaside two months ago. I haven't...
____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I sometimes make my brother___.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I think learning a language is__ to ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
168 – JB
22. I wish I___ less yesterday. _______________________________________________________________________
23. I'm afraid of ___. _______________________________________________________________________________
24. In the past, my biggest ___. ______________________________________________________________________
25. Is that the woman whose ___?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. It took___.___________________________________________________________________________________
27. It was such a cold day that we had to stay at home. (because)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. My mother sometimes___ when she ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. My sister_____ fond of____ to music, but she ____anymore.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Neither my father nor __.________________________________________________________________________
31. Nobody likes him because __. _____________________________________________________________________
32. She feeds her baby when ____.____________________________________________________________________
33. She is interested in knitting. Knitting ____.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. The girl__ is my friend.__________________________________________________________________________
35. The knife which ___.____________________________________________________________________________
36. The Mississippi is __ in the World.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. The teacher got angry with you. I think he wants you _____.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. The teacher wanted us to ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. There was__ the wallet which ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
40. They make carpets by hand. Carpets ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. They need a tool which ___. ______________________________________________________________________
42. This is the__ I've ever had.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. We must___ when we ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
44. We use a hairdryer to dry hair. A hairdryer is ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. We ___on the mothers' day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
169 – JB
TENSE REVISION Rewrite the following sentences using the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Examples: a) The children (sleep) ___now. The children are sleeping now. b) I (sell) __my car last week. I sold my car last week. 1. My brother rarely (drink) _coffee.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I (not hear) __from him for two years.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I (live) __in Rome since I was born.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The play (start) ..in five minutes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Just as I (leave) __home, the telephone (ring) __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Whenever it (rain) __, the secretary (come) __late.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Don't worry. As soon as they (come) _, I (phone) __you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. As soon as the thief (see) ___the landlord, he (start) ___to run away.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Hurry up! The train (leave) __soon.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. How long you (wait) __for the bus? -Since 9.30.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. When they (catch) __the murderers? -Last night.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I (understand) __it now.________________________________________________________________________
13. The earth (go) __round the sun.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He said he just (finish) __work when we (arrive) __.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
15. They asked me why I (want) __to be a teacher.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Last night after (do) __my homework, I (go) straight to bed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I last (go) __to the movies two years ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
170 – JB
18. You (see) __my pen? It (be) on the desk a minute ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Listen! I (think) __somebody (ring) __the doorbell.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I (hope) __I (see) __you again.____________________________________________________________________
21. They (repair) __my car at the moment.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. He (be) __very ill recently.________________________________________________________________________
23. ___you (sleep) __when the telephone (ring) __?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. She never (drink) __coffee in the morning.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
171 – JB
Prepositions of Place Choose the correct preposition to complete the sentence. 1. I am standing (in the middle of, in front of) --- the door.
______________________________________________________________________________________
2. The book is (outside, on top of) --- the table.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Jenny sits (in the middle of, beside) --- me in clas.
______________________________________________________________________________________
4. Carlos lives (at, on) ---Maple Street.
______________________________________________________________________________________
5. My car keys are (inside, around) ---the car.
______________________________________________________________________________________
6. Nick has a house (below, in) --- Miami Lakes.
______________________________________________________________________________________
7. Manny’s job with a cosmetic industry takes him (outside, far away from) --- home.
______________________________________________________________________________________
8. Don’t look (behind, between) --- you. Someone is coming.
______________________________________________________________________________________
9. We need to be (on, at) ---the airport by five this afternoon.
______________________________________________________________________________________
10. Who sits (inside, in back of) --- you in the grammar class?
______________________________________________________________________________________
11. Who sits (in back of, in the back of) --- the room in the grammar class?
______________________________________________________________________________________
12. Right now, I cannot help you. I am (near, in the middle of) --- a difficult project.
172 – JB
PREPOSITIONS
at, to; preposition/adverb Insert suitable prepositions in the following. 1. Could I speak --- Tom, please? ~ I'm afraid Tom's --- work. But Jack's .... Would you like to speak --- him?
Could I speak TO Tom, please? ~ I'm afraid Tom's AT work. But Jack's IN. Would you like to speak TO him?
2. How do I get ...the air terminal? Turn right --- the end of this street and you'll see it --- front of you.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. He started going --- school --- the age of five. So now he's been --- school for ten years. He's leaving --- the end of
this year.
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. He goes --- his office every day except Sunday. On Sundays he stays --- home and works --- the garden.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. I think I left my umbrella --- the bus. I'd better write --- the Lost Property Office.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. We arrived --- the airport --- good time for the plane.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Can I look up a word --- your dictionary? I left mine --- home.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Our train arrived --- York --- 6.30. Paul met us --- the station.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Have you been --- the theatre recently? ~ Yes, I was --- the Old Vie last night.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I'm returning --- France --- the end of this term. ~ Are you coming back --- England after the holidays?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. He isn't living --- home now, but if you write --- his home they'll forward the letter --- his new address.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. I went --- bed early but I couldn't get --- sleep because the people --- the next room were talking so loudly.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. --- first I found the work very tiring, but --- a few weeks I got used ... it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. There was an accident --- the crossroads --- midnight last night. Two men were taken --- hospital. I believe one of
them is still --- hospital.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. --- the daytime the streets are crowded but --- night they are quite deserted.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. --- first her father refused to allow her to go back --- work; but --- the end he agreed.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. --- the beginning of a textbook there is a preface, and --- the end there is an index.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. He went --- sea --- 18, and spent all his working life --- sea. He retired --- 56 and went to live --- the country.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I saw Tom --- the bus stop this morning but couldn't speak --- him because we were standing --- a queue and he
was --- the front of it and I was --- the back.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I'll leave some sandwiches --- the fridge in case you are hungry when you come in.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. We'd better start --- six, because climbing up --- the gallery takes some time. I hope you don't mind sitting --- the
gallery. ~ No, of course not. When I go --- the opera I always go --- the gallery.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
173 – JB
22. He is always --- a hurry. He drives --- a tremendous speed.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. When he began speaking --- English, she looked --- him --- amazement.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. Write --- ink and put your name --- the top of the page.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. We start serving breakfasts --- 7.30. Shall I send yours up --- your room, or will you have it --- the restaurant?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. He's always --- a bad temper --- breakfast time.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. According --- the guidebook there are three hotels --- the town.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 28. The pilot climbed --- 5,000 metres and flew --- that height till he got --- the coast. Then he came down --- 1,000
metres and began to take photographs.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. I'm interested --- chess but I'm not very good --- it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 30. Who is the girl --- the blue dress, sitting --- the head of the table?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 31. I couldn't offer him a room --- my flat because --- that time my mother-in-law was staying with us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 32. The train stopped --- all the stations, and long before we got --- London every seat was taken and people were
standing --- the corridors.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Shall we discuss it --- my room, or shall I come --- your office?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 34. --- my astonishment I was the only person --- the bar. Everyone else had gone --- the Casino.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 35. The Loch Ness Monster is supposed to live --- the bottom of the Loch and come --- the surface from time --- time.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 36. You can't say that he lives --- luxury. There's hardly any furniture --- his room. He hasn't even got a desk to write
....
174 – JB
REPOSITIONS -TIME
PREPOSITIONS - LOCATION
175 – JB
Fill in the blanks with correct prepositions, if necessary. Write the sentences completely
Example: Jane goes to work --- bus.
Jane goes to work …on.. bus.
1. My birthday is --- March. ___________________________________________________________________
2. We are going to m --- . 4:00 p.m. ______________________________________________________________
3. Students must go to school --- weekdays. ______________________________________________________
4. Do you do play tennis --- the weekend? ______________________________________________________
5. His birthday is --- November 5th . _____________________________________________________________-
____________________________
6. We have art lesson --- Mondays. ______________________________________________________________
7. Columbos discovered America --- 1492. ________________________________________________________
8. You can see the stars --- night, if the sky is clear.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Tom isn’t here --- the moment. He’ll be back --- five minutes.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The course begins --- 7 January and ends ….. 10 March.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Tom’s grandmother died --- 1977--- the age of 79.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The price of electricity is going up--- October.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Ann works hard during the week, so she likes to relax --- weekends.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I can’t be at home --- the morning. Can you phone me--- the afternoon instead?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Jack’s brother is an engineer but he’s out of work --- the moment.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
16. --- Sunday afternoons I usually go for a walk in the country.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Tom doesn’t see his parents very often these days- usually only --- holidays and sometimes --- the summer for
few days.
________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The telephone and the doorbell rang --- the same time.
___________________________________________________________________-
____________________________
19. I walk up a lot of stairs everyday. My flat is --- the third floor and there is no lift.
________________________________________________________________________________________
20. We went to the theatre last night. We had seats --- the front row.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. It can be dangerous when children play football--- the street.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I can’t find Tom --- this photograph
__________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Do you take sugar---- your coffee?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
24. You can find the sports results ---- back page of the newspaper.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Sue and Dave got married .... Manchester four years ago.
176 – JB
__________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Paris is ---- the river Seine.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Mr. Boyle’s office is ---- the first floor. When you come out of the lift, it’s the third floor ---- your left.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
28. Turn left ---- the traffic lights.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
29. In most countries people drive ---- the right.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Last year we had a lovely skiing holiday .... the Swiss Alps.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
31. She spends all day sitting ----. the window and watching what is happening outside.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Cenk lives ---- 810 İstiklal Street.
________________________________________________________________________________________
33. The course begins ---- 8 June and ends ---- October.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
34. Peter is ---- class 2 B.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
35. Peter goes to school ---- Monday ---- Friday.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
36. Students haven’t got any lessons ---- the weekends.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
37. Sheila gets up ---- 6.30 every morning.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
38. Mike and his family go for a walk ---- the evenings.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
39. Michael has got a lot of posters and pictures ---- cars ---- the wall ---- his room.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
40. I go to school ---- bus, not ---- foot.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
41. I went to bed ---- midnight and got up---- 10.00 ---- the morning.
________________________________________________________________________________________
42. Mozart was born ---- Salzburg ---- 1756.
________________________________________________________________________________________
43. There is a car in ---- ---- our house.
________________________________________________________________________________________
44. Who is sitting ---- to you?
________________________________________________________________________________________
45. There is a light .... the table.
________________________________________________________________________________________
46. Hurry up! We are going to the cinema .... five minutes.
________________________________________________________________________________________
47. I haven’t seen Ann for a few days. I last saw her ---- Tuesday.
________________________________________________________________________________________
48. Jack’s brother is an engineer but he’s out of work ---- the moment.
________________________________________________________________________________________
49. Why didn't you apologize---- your friend---- _ hitting him?
________________________________________________________________________________________
50. Please, take these books ---- the library; I am busy---- my homework.
________________________________________________________________________________________
177 – JB
SUBJECTS AND OBJECTS Describe the grammatical structure of the following sentences as shown in item 1. Example: Mary dances techno music in the disco.
Mary dances techno music in the disco Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
1. Betty is studying science at home.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
2. Jerry doesn’t like hamburgers with onions.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
3. My dog eats Puppy Chow.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
4. Susana is sending a picture to Andrea.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
5. Patty plays the guitar.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
6. Julia and Bob are practicing English with the teacher.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
7. It’s raining in Miami.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
8. We’re learning new topics in class.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
9. They’re singing in the theater.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________
Subject Verb Object Preposition Object of Preposition
178 – JB
ADJECTIVES
179 – JB
ADJECTIVES Vocabulary Building with Adjectives Fill in the blanks using the correct word from the list. Use the word only once. hungry angry thirsty sleepy young friendly healthy shy lazy nervous homesick married 1. By ten o’clock at night, I am -- . ________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Suzy is 17. She is very --. ________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. When I eat, I am not -- anymore. ________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Pete does not like to work. He is --. ________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. When I speak in front of people, I am -- . ________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. My mom and dad are --. ________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. My doctor says I am -- . ________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Pat wants to see her family. She is -- . ________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Jim doesn’t have many friends. He is --. ________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. You talk to everybody all the time. You are very --. ________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. We want water. We are -- . ________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Claire and David are not talking. They are -- . ________________________________________________________________________________________
ADJECTIVES - OPPOSITE Transform the following sentences as in the examples. Examples: a) This car is fast. Yes. It is a fast car. b) These books are cheap. Yes. They are cheap books.
1. This chair is hard. _______________________________________________________________________________
2. The man is old. _______________________________________________________________________________
3. The woman is tall. ______________________________________________________________________________
4. Those shoes are new. ___________________________________________________________________________
5. This shirt is expensive. ___________________________________________________________________________
6. This exercise is easy. ____________________________________________________________________________
7. That boy is very clever.___________________________________________________________________________
8. These rooms are small. __________________________________________________________________________
9. That bottle is full. _______________________________________________________________________________
180 – JB
10. The city is large. _______________________________________________________________________________
11. That girl is intelligent.____________________________________________________________________________
12. The suitcases are heavy.__________________________________________________________________________
13. The man is very fat. _____________________________________________________________________________
14. This man is rich. ________________________________________________________________________________
15. That elephant is very large.______________________________________________________________________
16. That room is very clean. _________________________________________________________________________
17. That car is old. _________________________________________________________________________________
18. These dictionaries are cheap._____________________________________________________________________
19. This question is very difficult. ____________________________________________________________________
20. This armchair is soft. ___________________________________________________________________________
21. The armchair is comfortable.______________________________________________________________________
22. These sentences are short. _______________________________________________________________________
23. These pictures are very nice. ______________________________________________________________________
24. Those animals are very dangerous._________________________________________________________________
OPPOSITES of the ADJECTIVES Answer the following questions by using the opposites of the adjectives. Examples: a) Is John rich? No, he isn't. He is poor. b) Is that book new? No, it isn't. It is old.
1. Are the streets dirty? ___________________________________________________________________________
2. Are these men young?__________________________________________________________________________
3. Are these questions difficult?____________________________________________________________________
4. Are those books cheap? ________________________________________________________________________
5. Are those bottles full? _________________________________________________________________________
6. Are those people rude? _________________________________________________________________________
7. Is Bill strong? _________________________________________________________________________
8. Is Mary lucky? ______________________________________________________________________________
9. Is Mr. Smith old? _______________________________________________________________________________
10. Is that book useless? ____________________________________________________________________________
11. Is that chair soft? _______________________________________________________________________________
12. Is that driver careful? _________________________________________________________________________
13. Is that girl happy?_______________________________________________________________________________
14. Is that river long?_______________________________________________________________________________
15. Is that road narrow?____________________________________________________________________________
16. Is that table heavy? _________________________________________________________________________
17. Is the food bad? ____________________________________________________________________________
181 – JB
18. Is the girl sad? _________________________________________________________________________
19. Is the program interesting?_______________________________________________________________________
20. Is the soup hot? _________________________________________________________________________
21. Is the train slow? _________________________________________________________________________
22. Is the woman tall? _________________________________________________________________________
23. Is your brother thin? _________________________________________________________________________
ADJECTIVES ENDING -ed AND –ing (Vocabulary List) Fill in the blanks with the correct words. VERB Adjectives ending-ing Adjectives ending-ed
1. amaze ________________________ ________________________
2. amuse ________________________ ________________________
3. annoy ________________________ ________________________
4. astonish ________________________ ________________________
5. bore ________________________ ________________________
6. confuse ________________________ ________________________
7. depress ________________________ ________________________
8. disappoint ________________________ ________________________
9. embarrass ________________________ ________________________
10. excite ________________________ ________________________
11. exhaust ________________________ ________________________
12. fascinate ________________________ ________________________
13. horrify ________________________ ________________________
14. interest ________________________ ________________________
15. please ________________________ ________________________
16. shock ________________________ ________________________
17. surprise ________________________ ________________________
18. terrify ________________________ ________________________
19. tire ________________________ ________________________
20. worry ________________________ ________________________
182 – JB
ADJECTIVES ENDING (-ed , –ing) Choose the correct words. Examples: Everyone finds the circus_ amusing __. (amusing/ amused)
The audience was___ bored__. (boring / bored)
1. Mick's jokes are always__ (boring / bored)
_______________________________________________________________________________________
2. Basketball is an__ game. (interesting / interested)
________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Do you easily get__ while you are dancing? (embarrassing / embarrassed)
4. _______________________________________________________________________________________
5. We were all __ when we heard the explosion. (terrifying / terrified)
_________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I can't do it; it is too__ for me. (confusing / confused)
________________________________________________________________________________________
7. It was a really___ work. (tiring / tired)
________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I am__to see you again. (surprising / surprised)
________________________________________________________________________________________
9. She felt__ when I__ at her. (excite) (look)
________________________________________________________________________________________
10. My deskmate sometimes__ me__ (make) (feel / bore)
________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I__ quite __ that he got the highest mark. (be) (surprise)
________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Is your life really so_? (bore/bored)
________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I often visit art galleries. I___ in art. (interest/interesting)
________________________________________________________________________________________
14. They were very____ when they heard the news. (shock/shocked)
________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Getting low marks makes me__ (depress/depressed)
________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Did you meet anyone__ at the party? (amuse/amused)
________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I enjoyed the book. It was very interested / interesting.
________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Are you interested / interesting in art?
________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I thought the story was quite amused / amusing.
________________________________________________________________________________________
20. They were shocked / shocking when they heard the news.
________________________________________________________________________________________
21. We were all very worried / worrying when he didn’t come home.
________________________________________________________________________________________
22. It was surprised / surprising that she didn’t come to the meeting.
________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I usually find football rather bored / boring.
________________________________________________________________________________________
24. Noise pollution in crowded cities makes me__ (depressing / depressed)
________________________________________________________________________________________
183 – JB
ADJECTIVES ENDING (-ed , –ing)
Complete the sentences. Use adjectives formed by adding –ING or –ED to the words in brackets.
1. I find it quite - (embarrass) to talk in front of a group of people.
________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I think reading newspapers is . (depress)
________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I find walking in the countryside very (relax)
________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I think learning a language is very (interest)
________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I get (annoy) when people smoke in restaurants.
________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I don’t normally get (frighten) when I watch horror films.
________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I don’t get (embarrass) very easily.
________________________________________________________________________________________
ADJECTIVES ENDING -ed AND –ing (WH questions) Answer the questions.
1. What bores your mother most?
________________________________________________________________________________________
2. What kind of people do you think are always tired?
________________________________________________________________________________________
3. What makes you feel fascinated?
________________________________________________________________________________________
4. What is amazing to see in hospitals?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. What is embarrassing for a student to do at school?
________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What made you feel exhausted?
________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What caused your teacher to get worried?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
8. What is tiring for a housewife to do at home?
________________________________________________________________________________________
9. What caused your deskmate to get disappointed?
________________________________________________________________________________________
10. What tires you most?
________________________________________________________________________________________
11. What kind of job do you think is boring?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. What makes you feel annoyed?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. What kind of students worries the teachers most?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. What frightens you?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
184 – JB
Definition
Adverbs are words that modify
• a verb (He drove slowly. — How did he drive?)
• an adjective (He drove a very fast car. — How fast was his car?)
• another adverb (She moved quite slowly down the aisle. — How slowly did she move?)
happy happily,
bad badly,
careful carefully,
quick quickly,
sleep sleepily,
sudden suddenly ........ etc.
Write adverbs of these adjectives.
1. bad ________________________________
2. beautiful ________________________________
3. careful ________________________________
4. cold ________________________________
5. complete ________________________________
6. day ________________________________
7. dry ________________________________
8. easy ________________________________
9. extreme ________________________________
10. happy ________________________________
11. nice ________________________________
12. normal ________________________________
13. possible ________________________________
14. quick ________________________________
15. quiet ________________________________
16. soft ________________________________
17. sudden ________________________________
18. tired ________________________________
19. usual ________________________________
20. warm ________________________________
185 – JB
ADVERBS
Complete the sentences.
1. A : There was some heavy rain last night.
B : Yes, it rained very ..HEAVILY....
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. A : Aren’t the children quiet!
B : Yes, they are working very ........................
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A : David has a loud voice.
B : Yes, he always talks very ........................
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. A : Isn’t the teacher angry!
B : Yes, he’s shouting very ........................
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A : Angela’s very happy today!
B : Yes, she’s laughing very ........................
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. A : The telephone rang in the middle of the night. Nick was very sleepy.
B: He answered it very ........................
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. A: Kate likes playing slow music.
B: Yes, she’s playing this piece very ........................
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Use the adverb form of the words in the parenthesis to complete
They are dancing __ together. (happy)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1. Jane ran ___ to the bus stop. (quick)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. She dances___ . - beautiful
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I ___ can't do this. simple
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Can you speak ___? I can't understand. slow
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
186 – JB
5. It's not difficult, you ___ put everything together like this. simple
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Are you sitting ___? comfortably
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. You have to talk ___ when you are in the library. quiet
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The sun is shining . bright
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. She behaves ___ very . good
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He always dresses ___ . smart
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. He shouted ____ at me. angry
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. He smiled . bad
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
187 – JB
ADJECTIVES OR ADVERBS
188 – JB
ADJECTIVES or ADVERBS Write what the underlined word is; adjective or adverb:
Example: Fast runners win races. …… adjective …….
1. Ann is very sad. _______________
2. Father is very busy in his office. _______________
3. He runs fast. _______________
4. Mathematics is difficult. _______________
5. She behaved rudely to her boss. _______________
6. She plays the piano beautifully. _______________
7. She’s a good typist. _______________
8. She’s a pretty girl. _______________
9. The clowns are very funny. _______________
10. The doctor arrived immediately. _______________
11. You’ve done well in your test. _______________
ADJECTIVES or ADVERBS Write the correct item: adjective or adverb Example: He left the room quiet / quietly. 1. Jane works hard / hardly._______________________________________________________________________
2. Mice move quiet / quietly.______________________________________________________________________
3. He’s a very nice / nicely man. ____________________________________________________________________
4. The sun is shining bright / brightly.________________________________________________________________
5. Smoking is bad / badly for your health. ____________________________________________________________
6. She behaves very good / well.____________________________________________________________________
7. He always dresses smart / smartly.________________________________________________________________
8. He shouted angry / angrily at me._________________________________________________________________
9. This chair is comfortable / comfortably.____________________________________________________________
10. He smiled sad / sadly.___________________________________________________________________________
11. This exercise is easy / easily._____________________________________________________________________
12. These people are speaking quiet / quietly.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Mr. Brown can speak English good / well.__________________________________________________________
14. Tigers are brave / bravely animals. ________________________________________________________________
15. The footballer is tired / tiredly. ___________________________________________________________________
16. Cheetahs run quick / quickly. ____________________________________________________________________
17. She is lifting the weight easy / easily.______________________________________________________________
18. The children are playing happy / happily.___________________________________________________________
19. Tony is a good / well skier._______________________________________________________________________
20. You drive very slow / slowly._____________________________________________________________________
189 – JB
21. He always does his homework careful/carefully. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. He is a very careful/carefully student. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Come quick/quickly. We need your help. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. You should drive more slow/slowly along this road. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. The old man walks very slow/slowly. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Helen is a very slow/slowly student. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Her brother, on the other hand, learns rapid/rapidly. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. Mr. Gonzales has a permanent/permanently visa. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. He hopes to remain in this country permanent/permanently. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. This is an easy / easily exercise. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. I can do all of these exercises easy / easily. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Helen works very hard / hardly in her new job. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. They are both serious /seriously students. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. They both study English very serious /seriously. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. I agree with you complete/completely in that matter. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. This apple is very soft/softly. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
ADJECTIVES - QUESTIONS Answer these questions as in the example. Example: Why didn’t you dance? (tired) Because I was too tired.
1. Why didn’t you come on the Ghost Train? (scared)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Why didn’t you watch the film? (boring)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Why didn’t you do your homework? (difficult)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Why didn’t you get on the bus? (full)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Why didn’t you come to the disco? (late)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Why didn’t you come to the lesson? (early)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Why didn’t you swim? (cold)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Why didn’t you read the book? (difficult)
______________________________________________________________________________________________
190 – JB
ADJECTIVES and ADVERBS Respond as in the example. Examples: Ali is a careful worker. Yes, he works carefully. They are noisy workers. Yes, they work noisily. 1. Ali is a regular worker. _________________________________________________________________________
2. Bill is a slow worker. ____________________________________________________________________________
3. Bob is a bad actor. ____________________________________________________________________________
4. George is a fast driver. __________________________________________________________________________
5. Hasan is a serious worker. ________________________________________________________________________
6. He is a careful driver. ____________________________________________________________________________
7. He is a fast painter. _____________________________________________________________________________
8. He is a good teacher. ____________________________________________________________________________
9. He is a good writer. _____________________________________________________________________________
10. Mary is a careless typist. _________________________________________________________________________
11. Mehmet is a careful driver. ____________________________________________________________________
12. My brother is a fast runner. ______________________________________________________________________
13. My mother is a good cook. ______________________________________________________________________
14. Peter is a bad player. ___________________________________________________________________________
15. She is a fast swimmer. ___________________________________________________________________________
16. She is a polite speaker.___________________________________________________________________________
17. She is a quick typist. ___________________________________________________________________________
18. The twins are hard workers. ______________________________________________________________________
19. They are busy workers. __________________________________________________________________________
20. They are dangerous drivers. __________________________________________________________________
21. They are heavy smokers. _________________________________________________________________________
22. They are quiet workers. _______________________________________________________________________
23. We are hard workers. _________________________________________________________________________
24. Zeynep is a fluent speaker.________________________________________________________________________
191 – JB
ADJECTIVES and ADVERBS Rewrite the following sentences changing the adjectives in brackets to adverbs. Examples: My brother walks (slow). My brother walks slowly. They work (serious). They work seriously. 1. Dogs run (fast). ________________________________________________________________________________
2. He acts (responsible). ___________________________________________________________________________
3. He behaves (gentle) towards everybody.____________________________________________________________
4. He changes his mind (sudden).____________________________________________________________________
5. He gets angry (easy).____________________________________________________________________________
6. He goes to school (unwilling)._____________________________________________________________________
7. He listens to people (patient)._____________________________________________________________________
8. He reacts (immediate).___________________________________________________________________________
9. He sings (beautiful)._____________________________________________________________________________
10. He speaks (fluent). ______________________________________________________________________________
11. He walks (quick). _______________________________________________________________________________
12. He watches everybody (suspicious).________________________________________________________________
13. I always get up (early). __________________________________________________________________________
14. I drive (dangerous). _____________________________________________________________________________
15. It is raining (heavy). _____________________________________________________________________________
16. My brother types (bad).__________________________________________________________________________
17. My little brother plays (noisy)._____________________________________________________________________
18. She cooks (good)._______________________________________________________________________________
19. She drives (careful).____________________________________________________________________________
20. She sometimes gets up (late)._____________________________________________________________________
21. She speaks (careless).____________________________________________________________________________
22. The teacher speaks (slow). _______________________________________________________________________
23. They live (happy). ______________________________________________________________________________
24. They work (hard). _____________________________________________________________________________
192 – JB
ADJECTIVES - (WH QUESTIONS) Answer these questions as in the example. Example: Why didn’t you dance? (tired) Because I was too tired.
1. Why didn’t you come on the Ghost Train? (scared)
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Why didn’t you watch the film? (boring)
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Why didn’t you do your homework? (difficult)
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Why didn’t you get on the bus? (full)
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Why didn’t you come to the disco? (late)
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Why didn’t you come to the lesson? (early)
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Why didn’t you swim? (cold) __________________________________________________________________________________________
ADJECTIVES or ADVERBS Complete these sentences: Example: A: There was some heavy rain last night.
B: Yes, it rained very ____ heavily____.
1. A: Aren’t the children quiet! B: Yes, they’re working very ------.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. A: James has a loud voice. B: Yes, he always talks very ------.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A: Isn’t the teacher angry! B: Yes, he’s shouting very ------.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. A: Angela’s very happy today! B: Yes, she’s laughing very ------.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A: The telephone rang in the middle of the night. Nick was very sleepy. B: He answered it very ------.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. A: Kate likes playing slow music. B: Yes, she’s playing this piece very------.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
193
COMPARATIVE & SUPERLATIVE
SUPERLATIVE
194
COMPARATIVE & SUPERLATIVE adjective comparative __________ superlative _____
Example :
bad -----------worse--------------------------------- ______the worst__________________
1. boring ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
2. careful ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
3. careless ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
4. cheap ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
5. clever ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
6. cold ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
7. cool ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
8. dark ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
9. dead ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
10. deep ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
11. difficult ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
12. dry ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
13. early ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
14. easy ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
15. expensive ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
16. far ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
17. far ----------------------------------------------------- _______________________________ (distance)
18. far ----------------------------------------------------- __________________________ (more, additional)
19. fast ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
20. foolish ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
21. good ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
22. happy ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
23. hard ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
24. healthy ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
25. high ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
26. hot ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
27. last ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
28. late ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
29. light ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
30. little ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
31. low ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
32. many ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
33. much ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
34. narrow ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
195
35. near ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
36. new ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
37. old ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
38. present ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
39. pretty ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
40. rich ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
41. shy ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
42. sick ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
43. slow ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
44. soft ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
45. strong ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
46. thick ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
47. thin ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
48. warm ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
49. weak ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
50. well ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
51. wet ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
52. wise ---------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
53. young ----------------------------------------------------- ________________________________
COMPARATIVE - Adjective Make comparative sentences as in the example. Example: a) English – easy – Japanese English is easier than Japanese. b) My car – fast - your car ,My car is faster than your car.
1. Paris – big – Basra ___________________________________________________________________________
2. A plane – fast - a car _________________________________________________________________________
3. Ali – tall – Mehmet__________________________________________________________________________
4. Science – easy – maths_______________________________________________________________________
5. Russia – large – China________________________________________________________________________
6. A newspaper – cheap - a magazine_____________________________________________________________
7. Michael – short – Brian ______________________________________________________________________
8. Physics – hard – chemistry____________________________________________________________________
9. Our radio – old - our TV set____________________________________________________________________
10. A cat – small – a dog _________________________________________________________________________
11. A table – heavy - a chair______________________________________________________________________
12. Our teacher – young – yours___________________________________________________________________
13. The Mississippi – long - the Nile________________________________________________________________
14. This road – wide - that road___________________________________________________________________
196
15. Our classroom – clean – your__________________________________________________________________
16. That boxer – strong - the champion_____________________________________________________________
17. Rome – warm – Ankara_______________________________________________________________________
18. My brother – short – me______________________________________________________________________
19. A new car – good - an old one _________________________________________________________________
20. An armchair – soft - a chair____________________________________________________________________
21. Thirst – bad – hunger ________________________________________________________________________
22. I – fat – you________________________________________________________________________________
23. A chair – light - a table________________________________________________________________________
24. My brother – thin - my sister__________________________________________________________________
COMPARATIVE (More) Adjectives Make comparative sentences as in the example. Examples: a) football – exciting – volleyball Football is more exciting than volleyball. b) Ali – respectful - his brother Ali is more respectful than his brother. 1. football – interesting – basketball
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Japanese – difficult – English
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. radio – boring – television
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. an armchair – comfortable - a chair
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. a motorbike – expensive - a bike
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Tom – intelligent – George
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. your story – believable - his story
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. a Mercedes – beautiful - a Renault
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Bill – careful – Bob
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. gold – valuable – silver
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. morality – important – economy
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Osman – careless - his brother
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. boxing – dangerous – wrestling
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. a – mule stubborn – a goat
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. a Volkswagen – economical - a Ford
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
197
16. this book – useful - that one
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Tom – experienced – George
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. drinking – harmful – smoking
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. he – generous - his father
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Mary – successful – Alice
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. She – careless - her brother
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Ali – impolite –Veli
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. He – impatient - his father
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. a calculator – practical - an abacus _____________________________________________________________________________________________
COMPARATIVE (Adjective)
One and more than one syllable adjectives Complete the sentences. Use a COMPARATIVE. Examples: Helen’s car isn’t very big. She wants a ___bigger__one.
My job isn’t very interesting. I want to do something __more interesting__ .
1. You’re not very tall. Your brother is ___________________________________________________________.
2. David doesn’t work very hard. I work __________________________________________________________.
3. My chair isn’t very comfortable. Yours is _______________________________________________________.
4. Your plan isn’t very good. My plan is __________________________________________________________.
5. These flowers aren’t very nice. The blue ones are ________________________________________________.
6. My bag isn’t very heavy. Your bag is __________________________________________________________.
7. I am not very interested in art. I’m _____________________________________________________in history.
8. It isn’t very warm today. It was _______________________________________________________ yesterday.
9. These tomatoes don’t taste very good. The other ones tasted _____________________________________ .
10. Britain isn’t very big. France is _______________________________________________________________.
11. London isn’t very beautiful. Paris is ___________________________________________________________.
12. This knife isn’t very sharp. Have you very got a _____________________________________________one ?
13. People today aren’t very polite. In the past they were _____________________________________________ .
198
COMPARATIVE - ADVERBS
Complete the sentences. Use the COMPARATIVE form of the adverbs in parentheses.
1. Sandra reads (quickly) her best friend.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. John plays football (well) anyone else in the school team.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The fans of the football team yelled (widely) the coach of their team.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I want to live (comfortably) I used to
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The police officer responded to my questions (politely) the police detective
__________________________________________________________________________________________
6. You must touch a baby (gently) you touch anyone else.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I did my homework (excellently) anyone else did.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Roger spends money (generously) Russell.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Why don’t you talk (openly) ? What do you mean?
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The people in the European countries live (expensively) the people in the middle Asia
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I used to dance (gracefully) I do now.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Jane plays the piano (beautifully) Pamela.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
199
13. Arnold drives (carefully) than I do.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Tom writes (well) the anyone else in the class.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. My father laughs, (loudly) that anyone else I know.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Samantha cleans the house,(thoroughly) than her brother.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Martin talks to customers, (patiently) than Alison.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The team played ,(badly) today than yesterday.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Randy works ,(hard) than Peter in mathematics.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
20. The patient is doing ,(well) today after the operation.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The car is running ,(smoothly) after the tune-up.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Sam does things (efficiently) than Jenny.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
COMPARATIVE – Adjectives - Adverbs Make sentences using COMPARATIVE form of the ADJECTIVES or ADVERBS.
1. Timmy / drive / dangerously / Clara / yesterday. __________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Sam / get up / late / I / on Sundays. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Sonia / study / hard / Boris / for the exam / last week. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The new waiter / serve / quickly / the old one. __________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Mrs. Clam / explain the topic / clearly / Mr. Black / yesterday. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Russell / eat / a lot / he used to. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I / get up / early / usual / tomorrow. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Brian / shoot basket / frequently / he used to / nowadays. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Edward / write / neatly / I.
200
One and more than one syllable adjectives Rewrite the following sentences using the superlative forms of the adjectives in brackets. Examples: a) Mehmet is (fat) student in our class. Mehmet is the fattest student in our class. b) This is (important) rule of all. This is the most important rule of all.
1. Mt Everest is (high) mountain in the world.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Mississippi is (long) river in the world.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The USSR is (large) country in the world.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Japanese is (difficult) language of all.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. This is (interesting) film I have ever seen.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Tom is (tall) of all.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Concorde is (fast) plane of all.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He is (intelligent) person I have ever met.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Esperanto is (easy) language in the world.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He is (fat) man in the world.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. She is (thin) woman in the world.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. This is (expensive) car I have ever driven.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. This is (delicious) food I have ever eaten.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Who is (short) man in the world?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Bill is (good) driver in our town.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Mehmet is (fast) runner of all.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. This is (bad) book I have ever read.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. What is (dangerous) sport in the world?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Richard is (lazy) of all.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
201
COMPARATIVE or SUPERLATIVE (Adjective) Write the comparative or superlative form of the adjective in the parentheses. Rewrite the sentences.
1. "Contact" is (interesting) than "Forest Gump".
___________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Kebab are (delicious) than hamburgers. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Table tennis is (easy) than tennis but volleyball is the (easy) ___________________________________________________________________________________________
4. "Forest Gump" is the . (interesting)film I have ever seen. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
5. This is the (good) chocolate cake I have ever eaten. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
6. June is (hot) than April, but July is the (hot). ___________________________________________________________________________________________
7. French is (difficult) than English, but Chinese is the (difficult) language. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Fiction films are __ as western films. (boring) ___________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The United States are (difficult) than French, but Russia is the (large) ___________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Rapundze has got (long) hair of all the story characters.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
11. A: People think Dracula was (ugly) creature in the film industry. But I think Frankenstein was even (ugly)
Dracula.
B: Who’s (beautiful)?
A: I don’t know!
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Which is (short) day of the year?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Tag Heuer and Quantum are (expensive) sport watch brands.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Don’t wear that skirt, it’s very short. In fact, it is, (short) skirt in your cupboard.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Superticket is a travel company and it offers people cheap tickets. I bought my ticket from them and it was ,
(cheap) yours.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
16. This chair is (comfortable) chair in this shop!
___________________________________________________________________________________________
17. This is, (easy) exercise in this book.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Who is, (rich) man in the world?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Let’s take Manuel’s car. His car is, (big) than all the other cars.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
202
20. I think Sofia’s car is, (big) of all.
No, I think Sofia’s car is, (small) than Manuel’s.
Maybe, but Sofia’s car runs, (fast) than Manule’s car.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
That’s because Manule’s car is, (old) than Sofia’s car.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Who walks (fast) in your family?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Who lives (far) from your school among your friends?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Did you watch (late) movie of Brad Pit?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
24. I earn (much) my brother.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Pamela sings (beautifully) the girls in the choir.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
26. My father drives (carelessly) of my uncles.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Margaret felt much (well) after the operation.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
28. All the players player beautifully, but Patrick played (beautifully)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
29. France won the world cup this year, because they played , (beautifully) football (intelligently)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
30. John behaved very strangely at the party, but Sam behaved (strangely) the others.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
QUESTIONS & SHORT ANSWERS Respond as in the example. Example: a) He was in Berlin. (Madrid)
Was he in Berlin? No, he wasn't. Where was he? He was in Madrid.
b) The play was boring. (interesting) Was the play boring? No, it wasn't. How was it? It was interesting.
1. She was a cook last year. (secretary)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
203
2. The weather was warm yesterday. (cool)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
3. It was a plane. (helicopter)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
4. It was Ali. (Mehmet)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
5. They were in Antalya last summer. (Burdur)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
6. The car was new. (a bit old)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
7. The workers were outside the factory. (inside)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
8. He was late because of the traffic. (fog)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
9. The students were lazy. (studious)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
10. The questions were difficult. (easy)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
204
11. It was a video cassette. (audio cassette)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
12. They were at home. (at work)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
13. She was tall. (short)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
14. The cat under the table. (chair)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
15. He was in Britain. (France)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
16. They were happy. (sad)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
17. He was ill last week. (fine)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
18. The meeting was on Wednesday. (Tuesday)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
19. The football match was at two o'clock. (three)
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
205
SUMMARY CHART OF MODALS AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS
AUXILIARY USES PRESENT/FUTURE PAST
BE GOING TO
(1) 100% certainty He is going to be here at 6:00. (future only)
(2) definite plan I'm going to paint my bedroom, (future only) I was going to paint my room, but I
didn't have time.
CAN
(1) ability/possibility I can run fast. I could run fast when I was a child,
but now I can't.
(2) informal permission You can use my car tomorrow.
(3) informal polite request Can I borrow your pen?
(4) impossibility (negative only) That can't be true! That can't have been true!
COULD
(1) past ability I could run fast when I was a child.
(2) polite request Could I borrow your pen? Could you help me?
(3') suggestion —I need help in math. You could talk to your teacher.
You could have talked to your teacher.
(4) less than 50% certainty “Where's John?” He could be at home.
He could have been at home.
(5) impossibility (negative only) That couldn't be true! That couldn't have been true!
BE ABLE TO (6) ability I am able to help you. I will be able to help you.
I was able to help him.
MAY
(1) polite request May I borrow your pen?
(2) formal permission You may leave the room.
(3) less than 50% certainty -- Where's John? He may be at the library.
He may have been at the library.
MIGHT (1) less than 50% certainty
-- Where's John? He might be at the library.
He might have been at the library.
(2) polite request (rare) Might I borrow your pen?
SHOULD
(1) advisability I should study tonight. I should have studied last night
(2) 90% certainty She should do well on the test. (future only, not present) She should have done well on the
test.
OUGHT TO (1) advisability I ought to study tonight. I ought to have studied last night.
(2) 90% certainty She ought to do well on the test. (future only, not present)
She ought to have done well on the test.
HAD BETTER (1) advisability with threat of bad result You had better be on time, or we will leave without you. (past form uncommon)
SUPPOSED TO (1) expectation Class is supposed to begin at 10. Class was supposed to begin at 10.
BE TO (1) strong expectation You are to be here at 9:00. You were to be here at 9:00.
MUST
(1) strong necessity I must go to class today. I had to go to class yesterday.
(2) prohibition (negative) You must not open that door.
(3) 95% certainty Mary isn't in class. She must be sick. (present only) Mary must have been sick
yesterday.
HAVE TO (1) necessity I have to go to class today. I had to go to class yesterday.
(2) lack of necessity (negative) I don't have to go to class today. I didn't have to go to class
yesterday.
HAVE GOT TO (1) necessity I have got to go to class today. I had to go to class yesterday.
WILL
(1) 100% certainty He will be here at 6:00. (future only)
(2) willingness —The phone's ringing. I'll get it.
(3) polite request Will you please pass the salt?
WOULD
(1) polite request Would you please pass the salt? Would you mind if I left early?
(2) preference I would rather go to the park than stay home I would rather have gone to the
park
(3) repeated action m the past When I was a child, I would visit my
grandparents every weekend.
206
USED TO (1) repeated action in the past I used to visit my grandparents
every weekend.
PERMISSION, REQUEST (may, could, can)
Make requests. Example: You are thirsty. (May I...?)
May I please have a glass of water? / May I have a glass of water, please?
1. You want to sleep but your brother is talking loudly. (Could you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. You are very hungry. (Could I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. You want to learn something personal about your friend. (Could I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You don't like smoking and someone is smoking in the room. (Would you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. You need a telephone. (May I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Your pencil isn't well enough to write. (Will you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. You want someone to tell you the date. (Could you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. You want your brother to close the window. (Can you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You want someone to give you a glass of water. (Could you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. You want your friend to show you some interesting photos. (Can you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You want Jane to give you a glass of water. (Could you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You want your teacher to repeat the sentence. (Could you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. You want your brother to give you the salt. (Will you....please?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. You want your mother cook “manti". (Can you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. You want one of your friends to help you solve a problem. (Could you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. You want your uncle to teach you how to drive. (Will you..., please?)
207
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. You want the student on duty to clean the board. (Could you...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
REQUESTS (Will – Would - Could) Making Requests Make requests beginning with will, would, and could. Example: open the door Will you open the door (please)? Would you open the door (please)? Could you open the door (please)?
1. turn on the TV _________________________________________________________________________________
2. give me a pen __________________________________________________________________________________
3. call the police __________________________________________________________________________________
4. turn the lights off_______________________________________________________________________________
5. wake me up at seven ____________________________________________________________________________
6. take this to your father___________________________________________________________________________
7. get me a newspaper ____________________________________________________________________________
8. have a seat____________________________________________________________________________________
9. come at 9 o'clock tomorrow ______________________________________________________________________
10. answer the telephone ___________________________________________________________________________
11. pass the salt __________________________________________________________________________________
12. sign here _____________________________________________________________________________________
13. lend me some money____________________________________________________________________________
14. tell me the time ________________________________________________________________________________
15. send me some flowers __________________________________________________________________________
16. pull the curtains ________________________________________________________________________________
17. leave the door open_____________________________________________________________________________
18. take off your shoes here__________________________________________________________________________
19. call me a taxi _________________________________________________________________________________
20. leave me alone ________________________________________________________________________________
21. do me a favor__________________________________________________________________________________
22. change the cassette_____________________________________________________________________________
23. stop that noise _________________________________________________________________________________
24. post this letter for me____________________________________________________________________________
208
MAKING OFFERS 1. I have a headache. (Would you...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. An old woman has difficulty with carrying a heavy basket. (I'll...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. You want to buy a cold drink for your friend. (Would you...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. It is raining cats and dogs, and your friend hasn't got an umbrella. (I can...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A small boy is trying to unlock a door, but he can't. (Would you...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Your father wants to cut the grass in the garden, but he hasn't got much time. (Shall I...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Your brother can't solve the math problems. (Shall I...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Your teacher is trying to carry his table alone. (Could...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You are driving a car and you see some students waiting for the bus and you see they are late. (Would you ...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CAN I..., COULD I...? etc.(requests)
ASKING FOR PERMISSION & MAKING REQUESTS 1. You want to telephone. (Do you think I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. You want to use your friend's ruler. (Can I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. You need your deskmate's pen. (Could I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. You need someone to look after your son when you are out. (Do you think...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. You need some help in the exam. (Do you think...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. You want to watch a film on the other channel. (Could I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. You need some money. (Do you think...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. You want to borrow your friend's tape recorder. (Can I...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. You want to look at the newspaper on the teacher's table. (Do you think...?) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
209
CAN – CAN‟T (Ability)
Make sentences as in the example. Example: a) he - play football - basketball He can play football but he can't play basketball. b) she – sing - dance She can sing but she can't dance. 1. I – do the washing - washing up
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. he - speak German - French
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I - ride a bicycle – drive
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. they - come tomorrow - tonight
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Bob – ski - ice skate
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I - play table tennis – tennis
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I - drive a car – lorry
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. My little brother – crawl – walk
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I - buy a bicycle – car
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. my father - make tea – cook
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. she - play the violin - piano
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I - write a letter – article
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. she – sew – knit
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. we - play volleyball – cricket
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. they - understand Arabic – Persian
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. he - write with his right hand - left hand
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I - teach mathematics - physics
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
210
18. he - throw the javelin – discus
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. he - answer questions 5 - question 8
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. she – sing - recite a poem
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. he - lift a chair – table
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. she - understand Spanish – speak
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. we - build a house – skyscraper
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. the cat - catch the mouse – bird
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CAN – Ability (Yes/No Questions) Ask questions with can and give short answers as in the example. Example: a) speak English Can you speak English? Yes, I can. b) drive Can you drive? Yes, I can. But not very well. c) speak Chinese Can you speak Chinese? No, I can't. 1. run very fast__________________________________________________________________________________
2. type________________________________________________________________________________________
3. swim fast______________________________________________________________________________________
4. cook_________________________________________________________________________________________
5. make tea______________________________________________________________________________________
6. play football__________________________________________________________________________________
7. play the guitar__________________________________________________________________________________
8. speak German__________________________________________________________________________________
9. understand French______________________________________________________________________________
10. play table tennis________________________________________________________________________________
11. write an article_________________________________________________________________________________
12. build a house___________________________________________________________________________________
13. ride a horse____________________________________________________________________________________
14. play the drums_________________________________________________________________________________
15. fly a plane_____________________________________________________________________________________
16. sleep on a chair_________________________________________________________________________________
17. climb up a straight wall___________________________________________________________________________
18. lift a refrigerator________________________________________________________________________________
19. jump down from a minaret_______________________________________________________________________
20. eat hot pepper_________________________________________________________________________________
21. change a flat tire________________________________________________________________________________
211
COULD – Past Ability
Make sentences with could as in the example. Example: I - walk - six years old I could walk when I was six years old. He - read a newspaper - seven years old. He could read a newspaper when he was seven years old.
1. I – swim - six years old________________________________________________________________________
2. He – read - five years old______________________________________________________________________
3. She – crawl - six months old___________________________________________________________________
4. My father - see very well - before having an operation
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. My mother - cook better – young
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I - go to school alone - seven years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. She - play the piano - five years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I – talk - two years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I - count up to one hundred - before starting school
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She - read and write - seven years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. He - play chess - eight years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I – cook - ten years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. She - speak German - nine years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He – drive - eleven years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. They - play football - seven years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. We - solve math problems - in the second grade
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I - climb trees - seven years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. She – sew - six years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. She – knit - seven years old
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
212
COULD or WAS / WERE ABLE TO? Complete the following sentences using could when possible and was (were) able to when not possible. Example: a) He____ drive a car when he was eighteen. He could drive a car when he was eighteen. b) He ____drive his car through the heavy traffic yesterday. He was able to drive his car through the heavy traffic yesterday. 1. He ----swim very well when he was a baby.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He ----swim in spite of the storm.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The road was blocked but we ----get there on time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I ----understand French last year but I can't now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. ----understand what they were saying though they were far away.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The prisoners ----escape because it was dark.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I----find my pen after looking for it for ten minutes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I ----see that he was bored.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I----feel that somebody was following us.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He ----pass his examination though he didn't study hard.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I----hardly believe my eyes when I saw them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I ----hear everything from where I was standing.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. After running for ten minutes they ----catch the last train.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. When we were in school, he ----read faster than anybody else.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The police ----find the place they were hiding.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. During the competition he ----beat all his opponents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. The secretary----finish the reports before five o'clock.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. When she worked for us, she ----finish everything on time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The driver----brake on time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. We ----sleep soundly though they were making a lot of noise.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. She ----sew when she was nine.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
213
COULDN‟T Complete the following sentences by using a clause with couldn't. Example: a) ____because the door was locked. I couldn't enter the house because the door was locked. b) ____because I didn't have enough money. I couldn't take a taxi because I didn't have enough money. 1. ----- because it was raining.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2. ---- because the teacher was watching him.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
3. ----because he was driving too fast.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
4. ----because it was too expensive.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. ----because the questions were too difficult.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. ----because it was too late.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. ----because her mother was ill.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. ----because there were other people waiting,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. ----because it was foggy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. ----because I had got up late.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
__
11. ----because there was no food left.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. ----because they were wearing masks.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. ----because it was too cold.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. ----because it was too hot.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. ____because their car was faster.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. ----because the train arrived late.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. ----because there was a lot of noise.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. ----because there were a lot of new words.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
214
HAVE TO / HAS TO / MUST (Necessity) EXPRESSING NECESSITY: MUST, HAVE TO, HAVE GOT TO (a) All applicants must take an entrance exam. (b) All applicants have to take an entrance exam.
Must and have to both express necessity. In (a) and (b): It is necessary for every applicant to take an entrance exam. There is no other choice. The exam is required.
(c) I'm looking for Sue. I have to talk to her about our lunch date tomorrow. I can't meet her for lunch because I have to go to a business meeting at 1:00.
(d) Where's Sue? I must talk to her right away. I have an urgent message for her.
In everyday statements of necessity, have to is used more commonly than must. Must is usually stronger than have to and can indicate urgency or stress importance. In (e): The speaker is simply saying, “I need to do this and I need to do that.” In (d): The speaker is strongly saying. “This is very important!”
(e) I have to (“hafta”) be home by eight. (f) He has to (“hasta”) go to a meeting tonight.
Note: have to is usually pronounced “hafta”; has to is usually pronounced “hasta.”
(g) I have got to go now. I have a class in ten minutes. (h) I have to go now. I have a class in ten minutes.
Have got to also expresses the idea of necessity: (g) and (h) have the same meaning. Have got to is informal and is used primarily in spoken English. Have to is used in both formal and informal English.
(i) I have got to go (“I've got ta go / I gotta go”) now. Usual pronunciation of got to is “gotta.” Sometimes have is dropped in speech: “I gotta do it.”
(j) PRESENT or FUTURE I have to / have got to / must study tonight. (k) PAST: I had to study last night.
The idea of past necessity is expressed by had to. There is no other past form for must (when it means necessity) or have got to.
Rewrite the following sentences using have to or has to. Examples: a) He must paint the walls. He has to paint the walls.
c) We must get up early. We have to get up early. 1. I must find him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He must finish it today. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. They must get there before five. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You must wait for the green light. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I must work on Saturday. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. You must do your homework. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. You must wash the dishes. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. You must answer all of the questions. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You must wear your uniform today. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She must memorize the dialogue. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You must lock the door. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You must polish your shoes. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. He must take a taxi. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. She must lend him some money. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. You must stop smoking. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. We must learn English. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. He must find a job. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
215
18. We must leave now. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. He must take the exam. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. She must help her mother. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. They must be very careful. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. She must fill in the form. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. He must change some money. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. I must help him. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
HAVE TO / HAS TO / MUST Change the sentences above to question first with must then with have to. Example: He must paint the walls. Must he paint the walls? Does he have to paint the walls?
1. _____________________________________________________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________________________________________________
6. _____________________________________________________________________________________
7. _____________________________________________________________________________________
8. _____________________________________________________________________________________
9. _____________________________________________________________________________________
10. _____________________________________________________________________________________
11. _____________________________________________________________________________________
12. _____________________________________________________________________________________
13. _____________________________________________________________________________________
14. _____________________________________________________________________________________
15. _____________________________________________________________________________________
16. _____________________________________________________________________________________
17. _____________________________________________________________________________________
18. _____________________________________________________________________________________
19. _____________________________________________________________________________________
20. _____________________________________________________________________________________
21. _____________________________________________________________________________________
22. _____________________________________________________________________________________
23. _____________________________________________________________________________________
216
HAD TO / WILL HAVE TO Change the following sentences to the past. Examples: I have to find him. I had to find him. She has to be careful. She had to be careful. 1. I have to start work at 8. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He has to send it by post. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. She has to get up early. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The secretary has to type the letters quickly. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I have to have breakfast early. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I have to go to bed early. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He has to buy a lot of books. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. They have to carry the chairs upstairs.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. We have to get there before they do. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The people have to evacuate the town.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The students have to study hard. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The driver has to stop. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The policeman have to follow him very carefully. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He has to read the letter secretly. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. She has to go the grocer's. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. He has to translate it immediately. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. You have to lend him some money. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. They have to work overtime. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. We have to stay at a hotel. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He has to open the store at 8.30. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I have to sell my car. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. She has to wash the dishes. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. They have to clean the house. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. We have to be quick. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
217
HAD TO / WILL HAVE TO Change the sentences above first to question then to future. Example: I have to find him. Did you have to find him? I will have to find him.
1. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
3. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
4. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
5. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
6. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
7. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
8. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
9. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
10. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
11. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
12. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
13. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
14. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
15. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
16. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
17. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
18. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
19. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
20. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
21. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
22. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
23. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
24. ___________________________________ _________________________________________________
218
HAVE TO / HAS TO / HAD TO - INFORMATION QUESTIONS
Ask information questions for the underlined words. Examples: They have to start work at 8. When do they have to start work? He had to sell his house. What did he have to sell? 1. She has to phone her mother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. They had to postpone the meeting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. We have to clean the house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. He has to do his job carefully.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He had to borrow a lot of money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They have to work eight hours a day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. She has to go to work by train.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The students have to study hard.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. He has to go to hospital twice a week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The postman has to deliver the letters.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. We have to stay at a hotel.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I have to catch the 8.20 train.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. We have to be there at 5.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. She had to walk five kilometers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I had to wait for one hour.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. He has to wear the blue one.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. She doesn't have to water the garden because it is raining.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He doesn't have to get up early on Sunday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. He didn't have to work yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. You have to stop when the light is red.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I will have to do it tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. She has to type the letters.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. They will have to see him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. They had to resign.
219
MUST / MUSTN'T / NEEDN‟T Make sentences beginning with I or you using must, mustn't or needn't. Examples: a) smoke at a gas station You mustn’t smoke at a gas station. b) drink coffee every day You needn’t drink coffee every day. c) stop at a red light You must stop at a red light. 1. take medicine when you are well
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. get up early on holiday
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. forget your umbrella when it is raining
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. memorize the whole text
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. leave the class before the teacher
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. make a noise when the baby is asleep
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. drive fast when the weather is foggy
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. be careful when you are driving
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. pen the window because it is very cold
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. study if you want to pass the exam
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. take your umbrella if the weather is fine
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. water the garden because it is going to rain soon
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. run in the classroom
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. wear warm clothes in winter
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. eat yoghurt with fish
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. eat too much because you are getting fat
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. polish your shoes because they are very dirty
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. see a doctor because you look very ill
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. watch TV while doing your homework
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. shave every day
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. get up early if you want to catch the first train
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. take a taxi. It is very near.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. tell him about it. It is a secret.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
220
MAY (permission) Ask questions using May I or May we. Example: You want to go out. May I go out? You want to play tennis. May we play tennis? 1. You want to open a window. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. You and your friends want to go home. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. You want to speak Turkish. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. You want to have some more potatoes. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. You want to drink a cup of tea. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. You and your brother want to watch TV. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. You and your friends want to play a word game. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. You want to leave the class before the bell rings. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. You want to turn on the light. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. You want to borrow your friend's pen. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. You want to use your friend's dictionary. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. You want to turn off the radio. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. You and your friends want to play football. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. You want to ask a question. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. You want to put on your coat. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. You want to take off your jacket. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. You want to answer the questions. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. You want to read the passage. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. You and your friend want to act out the dialogue. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. You want to close the door. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. You want to go to the toilet. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. You want to look at your friend's paper. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. You want to use your father's car. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. You want to make a phone call. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
221
MAY (Possibility) Complete the following sentences using may. Example: The weather is cloudy. It may rain. The questions are easy. I may get a good mark. 1. There is a traffic jam. We
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Our team is playing well. We
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The car is slowing down. It
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The policeman is looking at the tall man suspiciously. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He feels ill. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____
6. The referee is looking at his watch. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. They are looking at “the house for sale” carefully. They
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He is going into the travel agency. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The children are going to the playground. They
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The postman is coming towards me. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The man is taking out his wallet. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The boy is studying hard. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The woman is going into the post office. She
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The man is asking the policeman something. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The child is taking out his notebook. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. I haven't got any money. I
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. The woman is going to the airport. She
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I am learning English. I
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The boy is climbing up a tree. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He is studying law. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. We are making a lot of noise. The baby
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The boy is yawning. He
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. The man is taking off his clothes. He
222
USED TO USING USED TO (HABITUAL PAST) AND BE USED TO
(a) Jack used to live in Chicago. In (a): At a time in the past, Jack lived in Chicago, but he does not live in Chicago now. Used to expresses a habit, activity, or situation that existed in the past but which no longer exists.
(b) Mary is used to cold weather. (c) Mary is accustomed to cold weather.
Be used to means be accustomed to. (b) and (c) have the same meaning: Living in a cold climate is usual and normal to Mary. Cold weather, snow, and ice do not seem strange to her.
COMPARE: (d) Jack used to live in Chicago. (e) Mary is used to living in a cold climate. She is accustomed to living there.
To express habitual past, used is followed by an infinitive, e.g., to live as in (d). Be used to and be accustomed to are followed by an -ing verb form (a gerund), as in (e).
(f) Bob moved to Alaska. After a while he got used to / got accustomed to living \n a cold climate.
In the expressions get used to and get accustomed to, get means became.
Make sentences with used to as in the example. Examples: I - learn French I used to learn French but I don't anymore. He - a teacher He used to be a teacher but he isn't anymore.
1. He – smoke ____________________________________________________________________________
2. My father - play football___________________________________________________________________
3. She - a secretary_________________________________________________________________________
4. My mother - drink milk____________________________________________________________________
5. They - go to the cinema___________________________________________________________________
6. He - study a lot__________________________________________________________________________
7. She - watch TV__________________________________________________________________________
8. The teacher - give a lot of homework__________________________________________________________
9. Ali - come late Sema - play chess_____________________________________________________________
10. Necdet – fat____________________________________________________________________________
11. Adam - play tennis_______________________________________________________________________
12. They - good players______________________________________________________________________
13. I - speak German________________________________________________________________________
14. My sister – cry__________________________________________________________________________
15. Mary - get up early ______________________________________________________________________
223
USED TO (Question – Negative Answer) Ask questions and give negative answers. Example: I - learn French Did you use to learn French? No. I didn't use to learn French. 1. He – smoke
____________________________________________________________________________________
2. My father - play football
____________________________________________________________________________________
3. She - a secretary
____________________________________________________________________________________
4. My mother - drink milk
____________________________________________________________________________________
5. They - go to the cinema
____________________________________________________________________________________
6. He - study a lot
____________________________________________________________________________________
7. She - watch TV
____________________________________________________________________________________
8. The teacher - give a lot of homework
____________________________________________________________________________________
9. Ali - come late Sema - play chess
____________________________________________________________________________________
10. Necdet – fat
____________________________________________________________________________________
11. Adam - play tennis
____________________________________________________________________________________
12. They - good players
____________________________________________________________________________________
13. I - speak German
____________________________________________________________________________________
14. My sister – cry
____________________________________________________________________________________
15. Mary - get up early
224
USED TO (Wh-Yes/No questions) Answer the questions. 1. What did you use to do when you were a small child? (bite / nails)
____________________________________________________________________________________
2. Did you use to play football when you were at university? (+)
____________________________________________________________________________________
3. What did your father use to do when he was abroad? (smoke a pipe)
____________________________________________________________________________________
4. Did you use to be a helpful student when you were at school? (-)
____________________________________________________________________________________
5. What did you use to do when you were in ? (go swimming every day)
____________________________________________________________________________________
6. Where did you use to live when you were in France? (Paris)
____________________________________________________________________________________
7. Did you use to speak English when you were a student in Australia? (+)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
8. What did you use to be interested in when you were a child? (ride a bike)
____________________________________________________________________________________
9. How did your grandpa use to walk when he was younger? (fast)
____________________________________________________________________________________
USED TO Complete the sentences. Example: Sarah used to be fat, but now she is thin. 1. I used to visit them every weekend, but___
____________________________________________________________________________________
2. People used to believe___
____________________________________________________________________________________
3. My daughter used to __when__
____________________________________________________________________________________
4. I used to smoke___ but___
____________________________________________________________________________________
5. He___ when he was at university, but ___
____________________________________________________________________________________
6. Did you___ early when___? Yes, I___
____________________________________________________________________________________
7. What did___ do when___?
____________________________________________________________________________________
8. I used___ go riding a bike__
____________________________________________________________________________________
9. I used to be a successful businessman, but___
____________________________________________________________________________________
10. My wife used to cook____but____
____________________________________________________________________________________
225
USED TO and BE USED TO Write sentences choosing the correct form of USED TO or BE USED TO.
1. I (used to / am used to) go to bed at 7.30.
11. ..................................................................................................
2. They (didn’t use to / aren’t used to) getting up early.
12. ..................................................................................................
3. You (used to / are used to) be good at football‚ didn’t you?
13. ..................................................................................................
4. (Didn’t she use to / Isn’t she used to) have long hair?
14. ..................................................................................................
5. (I didn’t use to / am not used to) being out so late.
15. ..................................................................................................
6. He (used to / is used to) hard work.
16. ..................................................................................................
7. This (used to / is used to) be an attractive area.
17. ..................................................................................................
18- USING USED TO (HABITUAL PAST) AND BE USED TO
Add an appropriate form of be if necessary. If no form of be necessary, write Ø in the blank. (The symbol Ø means:
"nothing is needed here.'') Example: I have lived in Malaysia for a long time. I am used to consistently warm weather. I Ø used to live in Finland, but now I live in France. 1. I ___used to sitting at this desk. I sit here every day. 2. I ___used to sit in the back of the classroom, but now I prefer to sit in the front row. 3. When I was a child, I ___used to play games with my friends in a big field near my house after school every day. 4. It's hard for my children to stay inside on a cold, rainy day. They ___used to playing outside in the big field near our
house. They play there almost every day. 5. A teacher ___used to answering questions. Students, especially good students, always have a lot of questions. 6. People ___used to believe the world was flat. 7. Mrs. Hansen ___used to do all of the laundry and cooking for her family. Now the children are older and Mrs.
Hansen has gone back to teaching, so the whole family shares these household chores. 8. Trains ___used to be the main means of cross-continental travel. Today, most people take airplanes for long-
distance travel. 9. Ms. Stanton 's job requires her to travel extensively throughout the world. She ___used to traveling by plane. 10. You and I are from different cultures. You ___used to having fish for breakfast. I ___used to having cheese and
bread for breakfast.
226
TAG QUESTIONS Look at these examples with positive statements:
positive statement [+] negative tag [-] notes:
subject auxiliary main
verb auxiliary not
personal
pronoun
(same as
subject)
You are coming, are n't you?
We have finished, have n't we?
You do like coffee, do n't you?
You
like coffee, do n't you? You (do) like...
They will help, wo n't they? won't = will not
I can come, can 't I?
We must go, must n't we?
He should Try harder, should n't he?
You Are English, are n't you? no auxiliary for main verb be present
& past John was there, was n't he?
Look at these examples with negative statements:
negative statement [-] positive tag [+]
subject Auxiliary main verb auxiliary
personal
pronoun
(same as subject)
It Is n't raining, is it?
We Have never seen that, have we?
You Do n't like coffee, do you?
They Will not help, will they?
They Wo n't report us, will they?
I Can never do it right, can I?
We Must n't tell her, must we?
He Should n't drive so fast, should he?
You are n't English, are you?
John was not there, was he?
227
Some special cases:
I am right, aren't I? aren't I (not amn't I)
You have to go, don't you? you (do) have to go...
I have been answering, haven't I? use first auxiliary
Nothing came in the post, did it? treat statements with nothing, nobody etc like negative statements
Let's go, shall we? let's = let us
He'd better do it, hadn't he? he had better (no auxiliary)
Here are some mixed examples:
• But you don't really love her, do you?
• This will work, won't it?
• Well, I couldn't help it, could I?
• But you'll tell me if she calls, won't you?
• We'd never have known, would we?
• The weather's bad, isn't it?
• You won't be late, will you?
• Nobody knows, do they?
TAG QUESTIONS Complete each sentence using a tag question. Use contractions.
1. You're going to the cinema, --- you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. You like coke, --- you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Majid is here, ---she?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. They’re leaving, ---they?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He's ordering a meal, ---he?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. She knows me, --- she?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. It's raining, --- it?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. They are preparing the meal, ---they?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. She likes to watch T.V. ---she?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The restaurant is nice, --- it?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. We’re going out tonight, ---we?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. His brother is so rude, --- he?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
228
TAG QUESTIONS
Add a tag question.
1. Tina is at school now, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I am a clever girl, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Those are chairs, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. These are your books, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. You have been to Izmir, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Nobody is at the door, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Open the door, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Don't make noise, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. She has just left the classroom, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The girls in your class like playing table tennis after school, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. He is swimming now, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. This is a book, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I've got a lot of money in my money-box, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Let's go out tonight, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Somebody has taken my bike, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Don't sit down, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. No thing is in this basket, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. She has to be at home by five p.m, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Climbing mountains is difficult, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. There isn't anything in the box, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Listen to me, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. There are some girls at the party, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. These are flies, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. Mr. White can't play tennis, ---?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
229
TAG QUESTIONS
Add a tag question.
1. I am a teacher at this school, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He is an intelligent student, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Today is Saturday, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. He is a good typist, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. They know each other well, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They are busy workers, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. It hasn't arrived yet, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Don't tell me lies, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You have been ill for a week, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The telephone rang, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. This is your hat, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You have to go to school five days in a week, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Your brother speaks English well, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. She has tennis lessons three times a week, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Shut up, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. The Browns watch TV every night, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I make a lot of grammar mistakes in the tests, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. It is difficult to learn English, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Driving fast is dangerous, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. There are fifty-two weeks in a year, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Don't be so silly, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. She seldom stays at home on Sundays, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. You have got a summer house by the sea, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. There is some milk in that bottle, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Sally has got a BMW, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Dora came to the party last night, ---? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Bert has to work hard every day, ---? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
230
B- Give short answers.
28. You are late, aren't you? (+)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
29. They were in Italy last month, weren't they? (-)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
30. You can't play the piano, can you? (+)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
37. I am a good boy, aren't I? (-)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
38. Sally has got a beautiful dress, hasn't she? (+)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
39. You won’t be here next week, will you? (-)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
40. There will be a meeting at school tomorrow, won't there? (+)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
41. Dick often gets up late, doesn't he? (-)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
42. My brothers are playing with their toys at the moment, aren't they? (+)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
43. They look tired, don't they? (-)
__________________________________________________________________________________________
WOULD LIKE Use would like instead of want in the following sentences. Examples: a) I want a cup of tea. I would like a cup of tea. b) I want to have a rest. I would like to have a rest. 1. He wants some ice-cream.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. They want to go home. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I want to stay here. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. She wants to learn English. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. They want some beef. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The policeman wants to ask you some questions. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. We want to stay up late. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Do you want to go out? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Do you want some more soup? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Do you want a piece of cake? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I don't want to go there. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. He doesn't want to see me. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
231
13. They don't want to work there. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Do they want to live here? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Where do you want to go? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. What do you want to eat? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. What do you want to do now? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. What does he want? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. What cities do you want to see? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Where do they want to stay? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. They want some money. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. She doesn't want to stay at that hotel. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Don't you want to visit them? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. I don't want to have fish. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
SHOULD (ADVICE) Make sentences with should or shouldn't. Examples: He is ill. He should see a doctor. I am fat. You shouldn't eat so much.
1. He can't speak English well.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. He coughs a lot.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. You are always late.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. He works all the time.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Hasan makes a lot of mistakes. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The children are making a lot of noise. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He spends a lot of money. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. She always daydreams in class. _ ____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They go out every evening. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Your father comes home very late. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Tom is very thin. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You don't look after your grandfather. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The children are playing in the street.
232
SHOULD HAVE DONE Make sentences using should + have + verb3 or shouldn't + have + verb3. Example: a) The man drove very fast. He had an accident. He shouldn't have driven so fast.
b) He didn't understand the subject and he didn't ask the teacher. He should have asked the teacher. 1. He didn't study for the exam. He got a bad mark.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
2. His car was stolen. He didn't inform the police.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He saw the red light. He didn't stop.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The boy wasn't careful. He broke the window.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The man earned a lot of money. He spent all of his money.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The student did his homework quickly. He made a lot of mistakes.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He left his book on the table. His little sister tore it up.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He didn't finish his work. He went to bed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I didn't lock the door. Somebody entered the house.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
10. A dog bit the child. They didn't take him to hospital.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The men were exhausted. They had worked for ten hours without a break.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The teacher asked very difficult questions. Nobody answered them.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
13. He got up late. He missed the first lesson.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The man left his office in a hurry. He forgot to put the lights off.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The weather was very cold. I didn't put on my coat.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
16. I received a letter from a friend. I didn't reply to it.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
17. The man was ill. He didn't take his medicine.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I lent him some money. He didn't give it back.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The man was very ill. Nobody visited him.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
20. She left the ink pot on the desk. It was spilt.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The car stopped suddenly without a warning. The lorry behind hit the car.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The woman talked on the phone a lot. The milk boiled over.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
233
HAD BETTER Make sentences using had better. Examples: a) My car is old. You'd better sell it. b) The man is very angry. You'd better not talk to him now. 1. My son looks ill.________________________________________________________________________________
2. We are very thirsty._____________________________________________________________________________
3. Your father looks tired.___________________________________________________________________________
4. That chair is broken._____________________________________________________________________________
5. The lift is out of order.___________________________________________________________________________
6. It is half past five. ______________________________________________________________________________
7. The train will be delayed._________________________________________________________________________
8. It is getting dark. _______________________________________________________________________________
9. I have lost my passport.__________________________________________________________________________
10. It is getting cold. _______________________________________________________________________________
11. I feel sleepy.___________________________________________________________________________________
12. It is snowing outside.____________________________________________________________________________
13. This parcel is very heavy._________________________________________________________________________
14. This room is a bit dark.___________________________________________________________________________
15. The lights have gone out._________________________________________________________________________
16. My watch has stopped. __________________________________________________________________________
17. The manager is about to come.____________________________________________________________________
18. It is eleven o'clock.______________________________________________________________________________
19. They are still waiting for you.______________________________________________________________________
20. This book is very difficult._________________________________________________________________________
21. That car looks very old.___________________________________________________________________________
22. The meeting starts at 10.15._______________________________________________________________________
23. The baby is crying.______________________________________________________________________________
24. I haven't got any money._________________________________________________________________________
234
GIVING ADVICE
a) I would… if I were you. b) You should… c) Why don't you…? Give advice. Example: Why don't you call the police? (I'd...if...) I’d call the police if I were you. 1. I don't feel well. (If I....)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I'm very tired. (I think it will...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. My mother eats a lot. (I think she should...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. It is hot outside. (My advice is...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I'm very short. (If you take my...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. My father drinks a lot of alcohol. (If I...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I want to have a good job. ( I advise...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He always gets low marks. (If I...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I have a terrible toothache. (If I...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. My uncle smokes a lot. (I think it...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Some lorry drivers don't obey the traffic rules. (I think...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I've got a bad cold. (Why don't...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I can't wake up in the mornings. (I would...if...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. My car uses a lot of petrol. (If I...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I've lost my driving license. (If you take my...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. You should buy a new car. (If I...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. If I were you, I'd go to university. (Why don't...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. You should eat less. (I would...if...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. If you want my advice, you should play basketball. (I think...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. If I were you, I'd keep on a diet. (Why don't...?)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I'd study hard if I were you. (I think...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I think you should get an aspirin. (I advise you to...)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I advise you not to smoke so much. (I think it will...)
235
GERUND-INFINITIVE INFINITIVE
Complete the following sentences using infinitive with to. Example: a) He wants_____ He wants to learn English. b) I forgot______ I forgot to phone him. 1. He decided ____________________________________________________________________________________
2. I plan ________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He doesn't want________________________________________________________________________________
4. I like _________________________________________________________________________________________
5. They prefer____________________________________________________________________________________
6. He told me _________________________________________________________________________________
7. She asked me __________________________________________________________________________________
8. I expect them__________________________________________________________________________________
9. I hope________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She hesitated_________________________________________________________________________________
11. He promised___________________________________________________________________________________
12. My father refused ______________________________________________________________________________
236
13. failed________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He threatened us_______________________________________________________________________________
15. He managed__________________________________________________________________________________
16. I tried________________________________________________________________________________________
17. He forced me __________________________________________________________________________________
18. I ordered them________________________________________________________________________________
19. I warned him__________________________________________________________________________________
20. He reminded me________________________________________________________________________________
21. She agreed____________________________________________________________________________________
22. I invited him___________________________________________________________________________________
23. He is learning_________________________________________________________________________________
24. He pretended__________________________________________________________________________________
237
GERUND
238
Rewrite the following sentences using gerund or infinitive (with or without to) forms of the verbs in brackets: i.e. do, to do or doing. Examples: a) He is interested in (play)____ football. He is interested in playing football. b) He wants (be) ____a teacher. He wants to be a teacher. 1. I used (drink)___milk every day when I was a child. _________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. I am used to (stay up) ___late.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. The manager would like (speak) ___to you.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. The teacher doesn't permit (speak) ___Turkish during the English lessons.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. I remember (go) ___to primary school with my grandfather.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. He began (paint) ___the walls at seven and worked till twelve.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. The policeman caught the man (steal) __.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. They made us (wait) ___for an hour.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. I heard them (talk) ___about you.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. The boss wants you (come) ___on time.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. Would you mind (wait) ___for a few minutes?
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. She enjoys (read) ___English books.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. My father didn't let me (go) ___to the football match.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. You ought (study) ___hard.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. You'd better (see) ___a doctor.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. They decided (hold) ___the meeting next week.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. I hope you won't forget (give) ___this book to your father.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. He went on (speak) ___although nobody was paying attention.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. Why do you keep on (make) ___the same mistakes?
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. I found him (lie) ___on his bed.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. I'd rather (go) __out than (stay) __at home.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. The boss got me (work) ___late last night.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. He insisted on (come) ___with us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. He advised me (see) ___a doctor.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
239
REFERENCE LIST of VERBS FOLLOWED by GERUNDS Look at the samples and write your own sentences. 1. admit He admitted stealing the money.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. advise She advised waiting until tomorrow.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. anticipate I anticipate having a good time on vacation.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. appreciate I appreciated hearing from them.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. avoid He avoided answering my question.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. complete I finally completed writing my term paper.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. consider I will consider going with you.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. delay He delayed leaving for school.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. deny She denied committing the crime.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. discuss They discussed opening a new business.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. dislike I dislike driving long distances.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. enjoy We enjoyed visiting them.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. finish She finished studying about ten.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. forget I'll never forget visiting Napoleon's tomb.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. can't help I can't help worrying about it.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. keep I keep hoping he will come.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. mention She mentioned going to a movie.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. mind Would you mind helping me with this?
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. miss I miss being with my family.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. postpone Let's postpone leaving until tomorrow.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. practice The athlete practiced throwing the ball.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. quit He quit trying to solve the problem.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. recall I don't recall meeting him before.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. recollect I don't recollect meeting him before.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. recommend She recommended seeing the show.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. regret I regret telling him my secret.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. remember I can remember meeting him when I was a child.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
240
28. resent I resent her interfering in my business.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 29. resist I couldn't resist eating the dessert.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 30. risk She risks losing all of her money.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 31. stop She stopped going to classes when she got sick.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 32. suggest She suggested going to a movie.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 33. tolerate She won't tolerate cheating during an examination.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 34. understand I don't understand his leaving school.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCE LIST of VERBS FOLLOWED by INFINITIVES VERBS FOLLOWED IMMEMATELY BY AN INFINITIVE
1. afford I can't afford to buy it.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. agree They agreed to help us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. appear She appears to be tired.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. arrange I'll arrange to meet you at the airport.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. ask He asked to come with us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. beg He begged to come with us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. care I don't care to see that show.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. claim She claims to know a famous movie star.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. consent She finally consented to marry him. (consent: agree)
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. decide I have decided to leave on Monday.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. demand I demand to know who is responsible.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. deserve She deserves to win the prize.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. expect I expect to enter graduate school in the fall.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. fail She failed to return the book to the library on time.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. forget I forgot to mail the letter.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. hesitate Don't hesitate to ask for my help.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. hope Jack hopes to arrive next week.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. learn He learned to play the piano.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. manage She managed to finish her work early.
241
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. mean I didn't mean to hurt your feelings.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. need I need to have your opinion.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. offer They offered to help us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. plan I am planning to have a party.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. prepare We prepared to welcome them.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. pretend He pretends not to understand.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. promise I promise not to be late.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. refuse I refuse to believe his story.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 28. regret I regret to tell you that you failed.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 29. remember I remembered to lock the door.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 30. seem That cat seems to be friendly.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 31. struggle I struggled to stay wake.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 32. swear She swore to tell the truth.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 33. threaten She threatened to tell my parents.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 34. volunteer He volunteered to help us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 35. wait I will wait to hear from you.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 36. want I want to tell you something.
__________________________________________________________________________________________ 37. wish She wishes to come with us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
242
PASSIVE VOICE FORMING THE PASSIVE S V O ACTIVE: (a) Mary helped the boy. S V PASSIVE: (b) The boy was helped by Mary.
Form of the passive: be + past participle.
In the passive, the object of an active verb becomes the subject of the passive verb: "the boy" in (a) becomes the subject of the passive verb in (b). (a) and (b) have the same meaning.
ACTIVE: (c) An accident happened. PASSIVE: (d) (none)
Only transitive verbs (verbs that are followed by an object) are used in the passive. It is not possible to use verbs such as happen, sleep, come, and seem (intransitive verbs) in the passive.
Tense Subject Verb Object Simple Present
Active: Susan writes a letter. Passive: A letter is written by Susan. Simple Past
Active: Susan wrote a letter. Passive: A letter was written by Susan. Present Perfect
Active: Susan has written a letter. Passive: A letter has been written by Susan. Future I
Active: Susan will write a letter. Passive: A letter will be written by Susan. Modal
Active: Susan can write a letter. Passive: A letter can be written by Susan. Present CONTINUOUS
Active: Susan is writing a letter. Passive: A letter is being written by Susan. Past CONTINUOUS
Active: Susan was writing a letter. Passive: A letter was being written by Susan. Past Perfect
Active: Susan had written a letter. Passive: A letter had been written by Susan. Future II
Active: Susan will have written a letter. Passive: A letter will have been written by Susan. Conditional I
Active: Susan would write a letter. Passive: A letter would be written by Susan. Conditional II
Active: Susan would have written a letter. Passive: A letter would have been written by Susan.
243
Passive Sentences with Two Objects Subject Verb Object 1 Object 2 Active: Susan wrote a letter to me. Passive: A letter was written to me by Susan. Passive: A letter was written a letter by Susan. PASSIVE VOICE (Simple Present) Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: a) They check every passenger. Every passenger is checked. b) He sends the parcels every day. The parcels are sent every day.
1. That man cleans the school every day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The postman delivers the letters every day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The conductor checks our tickets.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. They publish new books every year
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. My father washes his car every week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They speak French in this town.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Somebody collects the garbage every week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Porters carry suitcases
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The police catch criminals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Mr. Smith opens the store at 9 o'clock.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. They turn off the lights at 11 p.m.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The manager writes a report at the end of each month.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. They grow tea in a few countries.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. They produce coal in some cities.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. They don't sell cars on installment plan.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. She doesn't sweep the floors every morning.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Does he paint his house every year?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Do they ever help you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. What time do they serve dinner?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
244
PASSIVE VOICE (Present CONTINUOUS) Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: a) Somebody is repairing the car. The car is being repaired. b) They are disturbing us CONTINUOUSly. We are being disturbed CONTINUOUSly.
1. They are cleaning the rooms
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Mary is washing the windows.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. She's dusting the tables.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. They're painting the walls.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The mother is washing the dishes.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The girl is sweeping the carpets.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. The boy is carrying the chairs.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The man is repairing the TV
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Somebody is following us.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. They are building a new suspension bridge.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The lorry is towing the car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. They are sending the goods this afternoon.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The teacher is explaining the new words.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The director is signing the documents now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. They are not paving the way now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Nobody is looking after him now
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Are they typing the reports now?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Is he still helping them?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. What are they bringing?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
245
PASSIVE VOICE (Simple Past) Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: They killed a lot of people. A lot of people were killed. They repaired the car. The car was repaired. 1. They paid the bill yesterday.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Somebody broke the glass.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. They hanged the murderer.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. They evacuated the town in six hours.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The cat ate the meat while the woman was outside.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They sold the old house.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Somebody stole my wallet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Some people occupied the embassy yesterday.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They stopped the cars.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The police arrested the burglars last night.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The teacher punished the students.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The referee expelled two of the players.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. William Shakespeare wrote this book.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Did they sign the contract?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Did the tall boxer beat the short one?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. The woman didn't clean the house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. They didn't put off the meeting in spite of the fog.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. She typed the letters but she didn't post them.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Where did they send the furniture?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. What did they repair?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. When did they build that house?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Nobody solved the problem.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. They didn't return the books.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
246
PASSIVE VOICE (Past CONTINUOUS) Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: a) Somebody was feeding the animals. The animals were being fed. b) They were serving the food. The food was being served. 1. He was washing the car.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. The woman was hovering the carpets.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. They were paving the road.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. She was packing the suitcases.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. The boys were milking the cows.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. The men were cultivating the land.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. They were repairing the bridge.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. When I went there, they were printing the newspaper.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. When the bell rang, we were answering the questions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. The policeman was taking the thief to the police station.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. When the inspector came, they were questioning the man.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. They were painting the walls yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. They were pulling down the old house when I saw them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. They were shipping the goods when it started to rain.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. Somebody was throwing stones while they were working.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Was anybody following you while you were coming here?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. Were they doing the work when you arrived?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. They weren't holding up the traffic.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. Nobody was following the instructions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. How were they dyeing the cloth?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. Where were they taking the cars?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. They weren't fixing the car when I arrived.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. Who was selling the tickets?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. They weren't helping him.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
247
ASSIVE VOICE (Present Perfect - Past Perfect) Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: a) They have changed the plan. The plan has been changed. b) They had sent the children home. The children had been sent home. 1. He has already answered the questions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. She has baked the cake.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Somebody has stolen my car.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. They have just finished the job.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. They have built a new block of flats.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The police have stopped the car.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. The doctor has just examined the old patient.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Somebody has taken our photographs.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. He has painted that house twice
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Some people have taken the piano.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The student had cleaned the board before the teacher came.
______________________________________________________________________________________
12. They had pulled down a lot of buildings.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. They had closed the library temporarily.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. They had put off the meeting before we arrived.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Nobody has used this car for two months.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Has anybody left any messages for me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Have they surprised you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. They haven't started the competition yet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. She hasn't planted any flowers in the garden since last year.
________________________________________________________________________________________
20. How long have they held the traffic?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. He hadn't delivered the letters.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Where had they sent him?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. He has already paid the bill.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
248
PASSIVE VOICE (Modals) THE PASSIVE FORM: modal + be + past participle
ACTIVE MODAL PASSIVE MODAL (MODAL + BE + V3(past participle)
Micheal will send the letter. The letter will be sent by Micheal
Micheal can send the letter. The letter can be sent by Micheal
Micheal should send the letter. The letter should be sent by Micheal
Micheal ought to send the letter. The letter ought to be sent by Micheal
Micheal must send the letter. The letter must be sent by Micheal
Micheal has to send the letter. The letter has to be sent by Micheal
Micheal may send the letter. The letter may be sent by Micheal
Michealo might send the letter. The letter might be sent by Micheal
Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: a) You must find the bag. The bag must be found. b) They can build it. It can be built. 1. They will sell the flat
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He is going to publish a new book.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. They are going to block the road.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. They may send the parcel tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. We can answer the questions.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They must check the passports.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. They have to sign all the documents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. They should serve everybody
____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. She might type the report before noon.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He had to carry the coal to the fifth floor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You mustn't pay all the money in advance.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Nobody can lift that stone.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. They couldn't open the box.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. They used to take the children to the park.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Can they invite my friend to the party?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. You needn't water the garden.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
249
HAVE + object + past participle Fill in the spaces by inserting the correct form of have.
Use am/is/are having as a future form. (get can be used instead of have, but is more
colloquial.)
1. I --- my house painted. That is why there is all this mess.
I AM HAVING my house PAINTED. That is why there is all this mess.
2. My hair looks dreadful; I think I --- it set tomorrow.
________________________________________________________________________________
3. The attic was dark so last year we --- skylight put in.
________________________________________________________________________________
4. That dead tree is dangerous. I --- it cut down tomorrow.
________________________________________________________________________________
5. We --- just --- central heating installed. The house is warm!
________________________________________________________________________________
6. I can't read Greek so I --- the documents translated. My nephew is helping with the translation.
________________________________________________________________________________
7. --- you --- the film developed or did you develop it yourself?
________________________________________________________________________________
8. Why --- he --- all his shoes specially made? He says that he has to because his feet are different
sizes.
________________________________________________________________________________
9. --- you --- your milk delivered or do you go to the shop for it?
________________________________________________________________________________
10. If you hate cleaning fish, why --- you --- them cleaned at the fishmonger's? (negative)
________________________________________________________________________________
11. How often --- you --- your brakes tested?
________________________________________________________________________________
12. I'm afraid it's rather draughty here but I --- that broken pane replaced tomorrow.
________________________________________________________________________________
250
PASSIVE VOICE (Mix Type) (Active to Passive) Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: a) Everybody thinks he is very clever. He is thought to be very clever. b) They told me they would sell the building. I was told the building would be sold. 1. It was clear that they had searched the house before.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. They say that he is very wise.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. People believe that he has killed his wife.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. If they had told me that before, I wouldn't have disturbed him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Don't let people depress you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. When the police caught the murderer, they sent him to Scotland Yard.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Everybody thought that the government would cancel the meeting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. They should have taken security measures beforehand.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They haven't changed anything since they built this house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I don't want anyone to change it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Though the police surrounded the house, they couldn't catch all of the criminals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Nobody answered the question that the math teacher asked.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Where did they send the man that they arrested yesterday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I don't like people following me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. He doesn't want people to disturb him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. They told me that they had arranged everything.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. They surprised everybody when they freed the prisoners.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. We heard the men beating the drums.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. They pointed out that no one could solve the problem unless they knew all the facts.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Can't we persuade him to help us without telling anybody?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. They will have completed the bridge by the end of next year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. They shouldn't have sent the parcels without checking.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
251
PASSIVE VOICE (Passive to Active) Change the following sentences to active voice. Examples: a) The car was painted. (the men) The men painted the car. b) The newspapers are sold by the newsagent. The newsagent sells the newspapers. 1. The bill has just been paid. (Mr. Smith)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The patients are being examined at the moment. (the doctor)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Cars mustn't be parked here. (they)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Bombs are being dropped by the war planes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The secretary was dismissed by the boss.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The work will be finished by 4 o'clock. (she)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. You are going to be invited to dinner this evening. (he)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He never expected his car to be found. (the police)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The newspapers are delivered every morning. (Tom)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I was given a present. (a friend of mine)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. This letter has to be written again. (the secretary)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The fire had been put out when the fire brigade arrived. (the workers)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. My baggage is rarely searched at the customs. (the customs officers)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. This knot can't be untied by anyone.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The wires haven't been connected yet. (the men)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. The museum has just been closed. (the watchman)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Was a documentary film being shown when you arrived? (they)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Are experiments carried out every day? (the scientists)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. When was Rome conquered? (Mehmet II)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. The man should have been arrested. (the police)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Where are the files kept? (they)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The questions couldn't be answered. (nobody)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
252
ACTIVE or PASSIVE? Complete the following sentences using the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Be careful with the choice of active or passive voice. Examples: a) This palace _____in 1463. (build) This palace was built in 1463.
b) Mimar Sinan ____this mosque. (build) Mimar Sinan built this mosque. 1. The judge ___the criminal severely. (punish)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The stolen car___yet. (not find)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The director of the company ___last night. (arrest)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The next meeting ___on January 25. (hold)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The accident___at 9.15 last night. (happen)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I___an electronic watch if I passed my exams. (promise)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I___to be at the police station at 3 o'clock. (tell)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The old man ___of cancer. (die)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. A lot of people ___last night. (kill)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The sun ___in the east every morning. (rise)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. They ___the examination next week. (take)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The man ___tomorrow morning. (question)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The house ___now. (clean)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He ___anything for days. (eat)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. He must never ___alone. (leave)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. ___the car ____yet? (fix)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. ___the thief___many things from your flat? (steal)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Who ___the robbers? (catch)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
253
PASSIVE VOICE (Mix Type) Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: They installed the telephone. The telephone was installed. They will write the report. The report will be written.
1. My father gave me a pen.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Somebody showed me the palace.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. They have brought us some flowers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Everybody admires his plays.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. They lent me 5000 dollars.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They have just stopped the car.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Some people are changing the bed linens.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Somebody always opens the store at 8.30.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They were making a film when the earthquake happened.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The robbers had taken all the money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Students shouldn't damage the desks.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. They held the meeting in the library.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. They haven't published my book yet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Mehmet II conquered Rome in 1453.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Are they going to send everybody an invitation card?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Can anybody solve this problem?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Somebody is vacuuming the room.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. They couldn't find the burglar.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. How did they put that big cupboard in?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. How many people did the lorry driver injure?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Somebody robbed the bank.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. When did they discover Australia?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. They always disturb him.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
254
PASSIVE VOICE (Mix Type) B- Change the following sentences to passive voice. Examples: They rescued the men. The men were rescued. They will find a cure for cancer. A cure for cancer will be found. 1. Somebody has planted some flowers in my garden.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. They sold the house for 100.000 dollars.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Somebody has robbed me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Everybody knows this man very well.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. People will forget it soon.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Nobody made any mistakes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. They are taking everything away.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. You must write the report in ink.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They had already repaired the roof when we arrived.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The detectives found the bomb.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. They are going to decorate this room next week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. They give a prize every year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. They took the injured man to hospital.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Can they find a cure for this disease?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. They don't speak to strangers in that town.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. They don't expect you to arrive before noon.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. When did they construct that factory?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. What did hey show last night?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Can't they finish the work by five o'clock?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. They haven't fed the animals yet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. What did they bring yesterday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. When do they empty the dbins?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
255
PASSIVE VOICE (Mix Type) Change the following sentences to active voice. Example: You must leave the bathroom tidy. The bathroom must be left tidy. 1. A dog is chasing the child.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2. A famous designer will redecorate the hotel. _________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A man requested the stranger to leave the meeting. _________________________________________________________________________________________
4. A pickpocket robbed me. _________________________________________________________________________________________
5. A young woman asked the rest of us to be there at eight o’clock. _________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Change these sentences into PASSIVE FORM: _________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Did anyone call an ambulance after the accident? _________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Did the idea interest you? _________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Did they give you a great reception? _________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Doctor Brown will give you some advice. _________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Does listening to music disturb you? _________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Fleming discovered penicillin. _________________________________________________________________________________________
13. His parents have brought him up to be polite. _________________________________________________________________________________________
14. How much do they spend on these activities? _________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I have to return these books to the library. _________________________________________________________________________________________
16. My friend sent me an invitation. ____________________________________________________________________________________
17. Nobody sends her a card at Christmas. _________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Our neighbor ought to paint the garage.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
19. People believe that the strike will end soon. _________________________________________________________________________________________
20. People believe that the thieves got through the kitchen window. _________________________________________________________________________________________
21. People believe that they are secret agents. _________________________________________________________________________________________
22. People must obey the law.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
23. People say that the company is losing a lot of money. _________________________________________________________________________________________
24. People think that he takes harmful drugs. _________________________________________________________________________________________
256
25. Picasso painted that picture. _________________________________________________________________________________________
26. Some trees have been planted by the gardener.. _________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Someone had broken our door down. _________________________________________________________________________________________
28. Someone has already paid the electrician for his work. _________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Someone has broken the crystal vase. _________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Someone is helping her with the housework. _________________________________________________________________________________________
31. Someone is remaking that film. _________________________________________________________________________________________
32. Someone will pay you in ten days. _________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Steven Spielberg directed “E.T.” _________________________________________________________________________________________
34. The author has written a special edition for children. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. The burglars had cut a huge hole in the steel door. _________________________________________________________________________________________
36. The cleaner is going to mop the kitchen floor. _________________________________________________________________________________________
37. The farmer is building a new barn. _________________________________________________________________________________________
38. The gardener has planted some trees.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
39. The mail-order company sent Mrs. Green a parcel. _________________________________________________________________________________________
40. The organizers will exhibit the paintings till the end of the month. _________________________________________________________________________________________
41. The secretary has given Mrs. Jones some letters. _________________________________________________________________________________________
42. The traffic warden had already given him a ticket for illegal parking. _________________________________________________________________________________________
43. They broke a lot of plates while they were dancing? _________________________________________________________________________________________
44. They chose him as the best actor of the year. _________________________________________________________________________________________
45. They had eaten all the dinner before they finished the conversation. _________________________________________________________________________________________
46. They taught him French and gave him a dictionary. _________________________________________________________________________________________
47. When did they ring thOe church bells? _________________________________________________________________________________________
48. When is he going to pay the taxes? _________________________________________________________________________________________
49. When we first met, they had already offered me a job at the bank. _________________________________________________________________________________________
50. Who has designed these buildings? _________________________________________________________________________________________
51. Who invented the electric bulb? _________________________________________________________________________________________
257
52. Who wrote it? _________________________________________________________________________________________
53. Why didn’t they mend the roof before it fell in? _________________________________________________________________________________________
54. Will you pay the fine? _________________________________________________________________________________________
55. You can improve your health with more exercise. _________________________________________________________________________________________
56. You must dry-clean this shirt.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
PASSIVE VOICE (..used for.. /..made in - of - from..) Answer the questions. 1. What is your schoolbag made of?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Where is your pencil made in?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. What is a hole-punch made of?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Is a hammer made of glass?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. What is a toothbrush used for?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What is a comb used for?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What is a knife made of?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Is paper made from wood or stone?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. What is a compass made of?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. What is a watch used for?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. What is a calendar used for?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. What is a ruler made of?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. What is a lawn mover used for?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Where is your watch made in?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
PASSIVE VOICE - WHO? Passive voice with WHO...? questions. Answer the questions. 1. Who was the light bulb invented by?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Who were you named by?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Who are you given your pocket money by?
258
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Who are you taught English by?
5. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Who were you given this present by?
7. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Who are the poor in your country helped by?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Who are you helped with your English homework by?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Who was America discovered by?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Who was the radio invented by?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Who invited you to the party? (your best friend)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Who invented the telescope?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Who gave you these stamps? (your nephew)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Who has drunk the milk? (your brother)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Who is going to build a house by the sea? (your uncle)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Who made this cake? (your aunt)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Who is typing the letters? (secretary)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
PARTICIPLES TO JOIN SENTENCES Ex 80Join each of the following pairs of sentences, using either a present participle e.g. knowing, a
past participle e.g. known, or a perfect participle e.g. having known. Numbers 17, 28, 33, and 36
contain three sentences each.
Combine these in the same way.
a) He got off his horse. He began searching for something on the ground. Getting off his horse, he began searching for something on the ground.
b) I had seen photographs of the place. I had no desire to go there. Having seen photographs of the place, I had no desire to go there.
c) The speaker refused to continue. He was infuriated by the interruptions. Infuriated by the interruptions, the speaker refused to continue
These participle constructions are more common in written English.
1. I knew that he was poor. I offered to pay his fare.
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. We barricaded the windows. We assembled in the hall.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. She became tired of my complaints about the program. She turned it off.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. He found no one at home. He left the house in a bad temper.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. She hoped to find the will. She searched everywhere.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. The criminal removed all traces of his crime. He left the building.
_____________________________________________________________________________
259
7. He realized that he had missed the last train. He began to walk.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. He was exhausted by his work. He threw himself on his bed.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. He had spent all his money. He decided to go home and ask his father for a job.
_____________________________________________________________________________
He escaped from prison. He looked for a place where he could get food.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. She didn't want to hear the story again. She had heard it all before
_____________________________________________________________________________
11. They found the money. They began quarrelling about how to divide it.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
12. She entered the room suddenly. She found them smoking.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
13. I turned on the light. I was astonished at what I saw.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. We visited the museum. We decided to have lunch in the park.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
15. He offered to show us the way home. He thought we were lost.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
16. He found his revolver. He loaded it. He sat down facing the door.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. She asked me to help her. She realized that she couldn't move it alone.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. He fed the dog. He sat down to his own dinner.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. He addressed the congregation. He said he was sorry to see how few of them had been able to
come.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. He thought he must have made a mistake somewhere. He went through his calculations again.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. I have looked through the fashion magazines. I realize that my clothes are hopelessly out of
date.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. The tree had fallen across the road. It had been uprooted by the gale.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
23. People were sleeping in the next room. They were wakened by the sound of breaking glass.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
24. I knew that the murderer was still at large. I was extremely reluctant to open the door.
260
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
25. He stole the silver. He looked for a place to hide it.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
26. We were soaked to the skin. We eventually reached the station.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
27. I sat in the front row. I used opera glasses. I saw everything beautifully.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
28. One evening you will be sitting by the fire. You will remember this day.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
29. I didn't like to sit down. I knew that there were ants in the grass.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
30. She believed that she could trust him absolutely. She gave him a blank cheque.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
INDIRECT OBJECTS
VERBS WITH TWO OBJECTS
Rewrite the following sentences changing the positions of the direct and indirect objects. Example: I gave him a book. I gave a book to him. She told a story to her son. She told her son a story.
1. I showed him his room.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
2. She read me the report.
261
__________________________________________________________________________________________
3. They sent the books to us.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I brought him the cassette.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. She told me the news.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
6. My father gave a lot of money to me.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
7. He wrote a letter to me.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He sold his house to me.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
9. He taught me English.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He lent me some money.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I owe you 1000 dollars.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Give me a pen.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Don't tell him your name.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Don't bring anything to me.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Take these flowers to your father.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Write your parents a letter.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Send me a postcard.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Don't show these pictures to anybody.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I bought a dictionary for my brother.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
20. They found me a flat.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
21. She mailed me a parcel.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I am going to bake a cake for you.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I offered him a good job.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
262
RELATIVE CLAUSES
USING SUBJECT PRONOUNS: WHO, WHICH, THAT I thanked the woman. She helped me
(a) I thanked the woman who helped me. (b) I thanked the woman that helped me.
The book is mine. It is on the table. (c) The book which is on the table is mine.
(d) The book that is on the table is mine
In (a): I thanked the woman = an independent clause
who helped me =an adjective clause The adjective clause modifies the noun woman.
In (a): who is the subject of the adjective clause.
In (b): that is the subject of the adjective clause. Note: (a) and (b) have the same meaning
who = used for people
which = used for things that = used for both people and things.
USING OBJECT PRONOUNS: WHO(M), WHICH, THAT 1. PRONOUN USED AS THE OBJECT OF A VERB
The man was Mr. Jones. I saw him.
The man who(m) I saw was Mr.; Jones.
The man that I saw was Mr. Jones. The man Ø I saw was Mr. Jones.
The movie wasn't very good. We saw it last night.
The movie which we saw last night wasn't very good.
The movie that we saw last night wasn't very good. The movie Ø we saw last night wasn't very good.
Notice in the examples: The adjective clause pronouns are placed at the beginning of the clause.
(General guideline: Place an adjective clause pronoun as close as possible to the noun it
modifies.)
In (e): who is usually used instead of whom especially in speaking. Whom is generally used
only in very formal English.
In (g) and (j): An object pronoun is often omitted from an adjective clause. (A subject pronoun,
however, may not be omitted.)
who(m) = used for people which = used for things
that = used for both people and things
PRONOUN USED AS THE OBJECT OF A PREPOSITION She is the woman.
I told you about her.
(k) She is the woman about whom I told you.
(l) She is the woman who(m) I told you about. (m) She is the woman that I told you about.
(n) She is the woman Ø I told you about.
The music was good.
We listened to it last night.
(o) The music to which we listened last night was good.
(p) The music which we listened to last night was good.
(q) The music that we listened to last night was good. (r) The music Ø we listened to last night was good.
In very formal English, the preposition comes at the beginning of the adjective clause, as in (k) and (o). Usually, however, in everyday usage, the preposition comes after the
subject and verb of the adjective clause, as in the other examples.
Note: If the preposition comes at the beginning of the adjective clause, only whom or
which may be used. A preposition is never immediately followed by that or who.
USING WHOSE I know the man.
His bicycle was stolen.
(s) I know the man whose bicycle was stolen.
The student writes well.
I read her composition.
(t) The student whose composition I read writes well.
Whose is used to show possession. It carries the same meaning as other possessive pronouns used as adjectives: his, her, its, and their. Like his, her, its, and their, whose
is connected to a noun:
his bicycle whose bicycle her composition whose composition Both whose and the noun it is connected to are placed at the beginning of the adjective
clause. Whose cannot be omitted.
Mr. Catt has a painting. Its value is inestimable.
(u) Mr. Catt has a painting whose value is inestimable.
Whose usually modifies ―people‖, but may also be used to modify ―things‖, as in (u).
USING WHERE The building is very old.
He lives there (in that building.) (a) The building where he lives is very old.
(b) The building in which he lives is very old.
The building which he lives in is very old. The building that he lives in is very old.
The building Ø he lives in is very old.
Where is used in an adjective clause to modify a place (city, country, room, house, etc.).
If where is used, a preposition is not included in the adjective clause. If where is not used, the preposition must be included.
USING WHEN I'll never forget the day
I met you then (on that day).
(c) I'll never forget the day when I met you.
(d) I'll never forget the day on which I met you. (e) I'll never forget the day that I met you.
(f) I'll never forget the day Ø I met you.
When is used in an adjective clause to modify a noun of time (year, day, time, century, etc.) The use of a preposition in an adjective clause that modifies a noun of time is somewhat
different from that in other adjective clauses: A preposition is used preceding which, as in
(d). Otherwise, the preposition is omitted.
263
PUNCTUATION OF ADJECTIVE CLAUSES eneral guidelines for the punctuation of adjective clauses: (1) DO NOT USE COMMAS IF the adjective clause is necessary to identify the noun it modifies.*
(2) USE COMMAS IF the adjective clause simply gives additional information and is not necessary to identify the noun it modifies.**
(a) The professor who teaches Chemistry 101 is an excellent lecturer.
(b) Professor Wilson, who teaches Chemistry 101, is an excellent lecturer.
In (a): No commas are used. The adjective clause is necessary to identify which
professor is meant.
In (b): Commas are used. The adjective clause is not necessary to identify who Professor Wilson is. We already know who he is: he has a name. The adjective
clause simply gives additional formation.
(c) Hawaii, which consists of eight principal islands, is a favorite vacation
spot.
(d) Mrs. Smith, who is a retired teacher, does volunteer work at the
hospital.
Guideline: Use commas, as in (b), (c), and (d), if an adjective clause modifies a proper noun. (A proper noun begins with a capital letter, not a small letter.)
Note: A comma reflects a pause in speech.
(e) The man who(m) / that / Ø I met teaches chemistry.
(f) Mr. Lee, whom I met yesterday, teaches chemistry.
In (e): If no commas are used, any possible pronoun may be used in the adjective
clause. Object pronouns may be omitted. In (f): When commas are necessary, the pronoun that may not be used (only who,
whom, which, whose, where, and when may be used), and object pronouns cannot
be omitted.
COMPARE THE MEANING
(g) We took some children on a picnic. The children, who wanted to play
soccer, ran to an open field as soon as we arrived at the park.
(h) We took some children on a picnic. The children who wanted to play
soccer ran to an open field as soon as we arrived at the park. The others played a different game.
In (g): The use of commas means that all of children wanted to play soccer and all of the children ran to an open field. The adjective clause is used only to give additional
information about the children.
In (h): The lack of commas means that only some of the children wanted to play
soccer. The adjective clause is used to identify which children to the open field.
USING EXPRESSIONS OF QUANTITY IN ADJECTIVE CLAUSES In my class there are 20 students.
Most of them are from the Far East.
(a) In my class there are 20 students, most of whom are from the Far East.
He gave several reasons.
Only a few of them were valid. (b) He gave several reasons, only a few of which were valid.
The teachers discussed Jim.
One of his problems was poor study habits.
(c) The teachers discussed Jim, one of whose problems was poor study habits.
An adjective clause may contain an expression of quantity with of: some of, many of,
most of, none of, two of, half of, both of, neither of, each of, all of, several of, a few
of, little of, a number of, etc.
The expression of quantity precedes the pronoun. Only whom, which, and whose
are used in this pattern.
Adjective clauses that begin with an expression of quantity are more common in
writing than speaking. Commas are used.
USING WHICH TO MODIFY A WHOLE SENTENCE (a) Tom was late. (b) That surprised me.
(c) Tom was late, which surprised me.
(d) The elevator is out of order. (e) This is too bad.
(f) The elevator is out of order, which is too bad.
The pronouns that and this can refer to the idea of a whole sentence which comes before. In (b): The
word that refers to the whole sentence ―Tom was late.‖ Similarly, an adjective clause with which may modify the idea of a whole sentence. In (c): The word
which refers to the whole sentence ―Tom was late.‖*
REDUCTION OF ADJECTIVE CLAUSES TO ADJECTIVE PHRASES: INTRODUCTION Terms: clause: A clause is a group of related words that contains a subject and a verb. phrase: A phrase is a group of related words that does not contain a subject and a verb.
(a) ADJECTIVE CLAUSE:
The girl who is sitting next to me is Mary.
(b) ADJECTIVE PHRASE: The girl sitting next to me is Mary.
An adjective phrase is a reduction of an adjective clause. It modifies a noun. It does not contain a subject
and a verb. The adjective clause in (a) can be reduced to the adjective phrase in (b). (a) and (b) have the
same meaning.
(c) CLAUSE: The boy who is playing the piano is Ben.
(d) PHRASE: The boy playing the piano is Ben. (e) CLAUSE: The boy (whom) I saw was Tom.
(f) PHRASE: (none)
Only adjective clauses that have a subject pronoun—who, which, or that—are reduced to modifying
adjective phrases. The adjective clause in (e) cannot be reduced to an adjective phrase.
264
CHANGING AN ADJECTIVE CLAUSE TO AN ADJECTIVE PHRASE
There are two ways in which an adjective clause is changed to an adjective phrase:
(1) The subject pronoun is omitted AND the be form of the verb is omitted. (a) CLAUSE: The man who is talking to John is from Korea.
PHRASE: The man Ø Ø talking to John is from Korea.
(b) CLAUSE: The ideas which are presented in that book are interesting. PHRASE: The ideas Ø Ø presented in that book are interesting.
(c) CLAUSE: Ann is the woman who is responsible for preparing the budget.
PHRASE: Ann is the woman Ø Ø responsible for preparing the budget. (d) CLAUSE: The books that are on that shelf are mine.
PHRASE: The books Ø Ø on that shelf are mine.
(2) If there is no be form of a verb in the adjective clause, it is sometimes possible to omit the subject pronoun and change the verb to its -ing form.
(e) CLAUSE: English has an alphabet that consists of 26 letters. (d) CLAUSE: Anyone who wants to come with us is welcome. PHRASE: English has an alphabet Ø consisting of 26 letters. PHRASE: Anyone Ø wanting to come with us is welcome.
(g) George Washington, who was the first president of the United States, was a wealthy colonist and a general in
the army.
(h) George Washington, the first president of the United States, was a wealthy colonist and a general in the army.
If the adjective clause requires commas, as in (g), the adjective phrase also requires commas,
as in (h).
Ex 107
RELATIVE CLAUSES
REPLACED BY İ NFİ Nİ Tİ VES Part I
Replace the clauses in bold type by an infinitive or infinitive phrase.
I have books that I must read. I have books to read.
a peg on which I can hang my coat a peg to hang my coat on
a form that you must fill in a form for you to fill in
1. We had a river in which we could swim.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
2. The child is lonely; he would be happier if he had someone that he could play with.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
3. I don't much care for cooking for myself; if I had a family that I had to cook for I'd be more
interested.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
4. Here are some accounts that you must check.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
5. I've got a bottle of mineral water but I haven't got anything that I could open it with.
265
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
6. I have some letters that I must write.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
7. I don't want to go alone and I haven't anyone that I can go with.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
8. I don't like him playing in the streets; I wish we had a garden that he could play in.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
9. We had to eat standing up because we hadn't anything that we could sit on, and the grass was
too wet.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
10. The floor is dusty but I haven't got a brush that I can sweep it with.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
11. My files are all over the place. I wish I had a box that I could keep them in.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
12. She said that she wasn't going to buy any cards; she hadn't anyone to whom she could send
cards.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
Part 2
Replace the clauses in bold type by infinitives.
He was the first man who reached the top. He was the first man to reach the top.
13. He was the first man who left the burning building.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. You are the last person who saw her alive.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
266
15. My brother was the only one who realized the danger.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
16. The pilot was the only man who survived the crash.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. He simply loves parties. He is always the first who comes and the last who goes.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. The Queen Elizabeth is the largest ship which has been built on the Clyde.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. The last person who leaves the room must turn out the lights.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. I was the only person who saw the difficulty.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. He was the second man who was killed in this way.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. Neil Armstrong was the first man who walked on the moon.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
23. Lady Astor was the first woman who took her seat in Parliament.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
24. The fifth man who was interviewed was entirely unsuitable.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
RELATIVE CLAUSE (Who) Answer the questions as in the example. Examples: a) What do we call a person who cuts hair? A person who cuts hair is called a barber.
267
b) What do we call a person who plays football? A person who plays football is called a footballer.
What do we call a person who… 1. What do we call a person who types letters?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. What do we call a person who sells newspapers and magazines?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. What do we call a person who cooks meals?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. What do we call a person who makes clothes?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. What do we call a person who sells fruit and vegetables?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What do we call a person who runs in races?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What do we call a person who acts in films?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. What do we call a person who steals things?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. What do we call a person who serves food at the tables in a restaurant?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. What do we call a person who takes pictures?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. What do we call a person who drives a taxi?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. What do we call a person who catches criminals?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. What do we call a person who puts out fires?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. What do we call a person who pull's out teeth?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. What do we call a person who examines patients?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. What do we call a person who looks after sick or old people?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. What do we call a person who fixes cars?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. What do we call a person who rides in horse races?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. What do we call a person who flies planes?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. What do we call a person who writes poems?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. What do we call a person who teaches English?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. What do we call a person who interviews people?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. What do we call a person who tells lies?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. What do we call a person who writes books?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
268
RELATIVE CLAUSES (Who, Which) Put in WHO / WHICH Example: I met a woman ……who….. can speak six languages. 1. A coffee-maker is a machine ___makes coffee.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Do you know anybody ___want to buy a car? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Everybody ___ went to the party enjoyed it very much. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I have a friend ___ is very good at repairing cars. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. She always asks me question___are difficult to answer. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What’s the name of the man ___lives next door? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What’s the name of the river ___goes through the town? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Where is the picture ___was on the wall? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Why does he always wear clothes ___are too small for him? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
RELATIVE CLAUSE (Who-Where, Which) Answer the questions using relative pronouns. Example: What is a classroom?
A room in a school or college where groups of students are taught 1. What is a barber?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. What is a bathroom?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. What is a bird?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. What is a bookworm?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. What is a briefcase? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What is a butcher? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What is a chatterbox? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. What is a classroom? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. What is a cupboard? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. What is a driver? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. What is a dustbin? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. What is a duster? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. What is a fireman?
269
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. What is a florist?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. What is a glass?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. What is a horse?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. What is a housebreaker?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. What is a kitchen?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. What is a library?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. What is a lift?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. What is a milkman?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. What is a nurse?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. What is a parrot?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. What is a pilot?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. What is a porter?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. What is a prison?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. What is a professor?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 28. What is a restaurant?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 29. What is a rose?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 30. What is a schoolbag?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 31. What is a screwdriver?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 32. What is a shoplifter?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 33. What is a spoon?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 34. What is a stationer's?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 35. What is a teacher?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 36. What is a telephone?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 37. What is a thermometer?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 38. What is a typist?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
RELATIVE CLAUSE (Who, Which) Combine the following sentences using who, which, or that. Example: a) The woman is Mary's mother. She opened the door. The woman who opened the door is Mary's mother. b) The dog belongs to Mr. Smith. It is barking.
270
The dog which is barking belongs to Mr. Smith. 1. The boss was angry with the typist. She made a lot of mistakes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The man had killed three people. He escaped from prison.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The car was very fast. It hit the tree.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The child started to cry. He fell off the tree.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The plane is an hour late. It is coming from Berlin.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The woman is knitting a sweater. She is waiting for the doctor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. The man is very happy. He has won the election.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The boy worked very hard. He won the prize.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The man smokes a lot. He is coughing now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. The cat is sleeping. It caught a mouse half an hour ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The company went bankrupt. It couldn't sell its products.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I don't like people. They tell lies.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The judge punished the man. The man had robbed the bank.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The man was driving very fast. He had an accident.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The girl studies a lot. She gets good marks in the exams.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Where did the man go? He was wearing a strange hat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. How is the woman? She had an operation last week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The man broke his leg. Send him to hospital.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The child was very ill. What happened to him?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. The car broke down. The driver is trying to repair it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The dog ran away. It bit my leg.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The man went to the police station. He had lost his passport.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I am looking for the man. He lives next to us.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
RELATIVE CLAUSES (Whose) Combine the following sentences using whose or with. Examples: a) Do you know the boy? His mother died yesterday.
271
Do you know the boy whose mother died yesterday. b) I like the dictionary very much. Its definitions are clear. I like the dictionary whose definitions are clear very much. 1. The woman is crying. Her son is going to America.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The man is talking to the headmaster. His son failed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I am going to visit the man. His wife died last week.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Bring me the book. Its pictures are black and white.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. This is the man. His car is very fast.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The man phoned the police. His house was broken into.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. The house is about to collapse. Its walls are cracked.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The woman is screaming. Her jewels were stolen.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The boy is crying. His ball went up to the roof.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I lost the tape recorder. Its loud-speakers were detachable.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. That is the woman. We met her son last night.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The castle is impossible to enter. Its walls are very high.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The dog bit the boy. Somebody broke its chain.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I like books. Their pictures are colorful.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The baby is smiling. Its nappy has been changed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. There is the man. We are going to buy his house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. The man called the fire brigade. His house was arsoned.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Repair the car. Its battery is flat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Do you know the professor? We are going to attend his lectures.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. They took the child to hospital. A dog had bit his leg.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The girl is smiling. The photographer is taking her picture.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. The man left the town. Uncle Tom bought his car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
272
RELATIVES: DEFINING
NON-DEFİ Nİ NG AND CONNECTİVE Ex 103
Combine the following pairs or groups of sentences by means of relative pronouns, making any
changes necessary.
1. You sent me a present. Thank you very much for it. (Thank you very much/or...) Thank you very much for the present (which/that) you sent.
2. She was dancing with a student. He had a slight limp. (two ways)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
3. I am looking after some children. They are terribly spoilt, (two ways)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
4. The bed has no mattress. I sleep on this bed. (The bed 1. . .)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
5. Romeo and Juliet were lovers. Their parents hated each other.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
6. There wasn't any directory in the telephone box. I was phoning from this box.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
7. This is Mrs Jones. Her son won the championship last year.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
8. I was sitting in a chair. It suddenly collapsed. (The chair . . .)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
9. Mr Smith said he was too busy to speak to me. I had come specially to see him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
10. The man was sitting at the desk. I had come to see this man.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
11. I missed the train. I usually catch this train. And I had to travel on the next. This was a slow
train. (Make into one sentence.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
12. His friend turned out to be an enemy spy. He trusted him absolutely.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
13. The car had bad brakes. We were in this car. And The man didn't know the way. This man was
driving. (Make into one sentence.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. This is the story of a man. His wife suddenly loses her memory.
273
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
15. We'll have to get across the frontier. This will be difficult.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
16. A man brought in a small girl. Her hand had been cut by flying glass.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. The car crashed into a queue of people. Four of them were killed.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. The roads were crowded with refugees. Many of them were wounded.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. I was waiting for a man. He didn't turn up. (The man. . .)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. Tom came to the party in patched jeans. This surprised the other guests. Most of the other
guests were wearing evening dress.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. The firm is sending me to York. I work for this firm. (The firm. . .)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. The Smiths were given rooms in the hotel. Their house had been destroyed in the explosion.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
23. I saw several houses. Most of them were quite unsuitable.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
24. He wanted to come at 2 a.m. This didn't suit me at all.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
25. This is a story of a group of boys. Their plane crashed on an uninhabited island.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
26. They tie up parcels with string. This is so weak that the parcel usually comes to pieces before
you get it home. (The string . ..)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
27. He introduced me to his students. Most of them were from abroad.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
28. He expected me to pay £2 for 12 eggs. Four of the eggs were broken.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
274
29. He spoke in French. But the people didn't know French. He was speaking to these people.
(Combine these last two sentences only.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
30. The boy was a philosophy student and wanted to sit up half the night discussing philosophy.
Peter shared a flat with this boy. (two ways)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
31. They gave me four very bad tyres. One of them burst before I had driven four miles.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
32. She climbed to the top of the Monument to see the wonderful view. She had been told about
this view.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
33. I was given this address by a man, I met this man on a train.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
34. The bar was so noisy that I couldn't hear the person at the other end of the line. I was
telephoning from this bar.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
35. A man answered the phone. He said Tom was out.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
36. The horse kept stopping to eat grass. I was on the horse. This (his continual stopping) annoyed
the riding instructor.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
Ex: 102
RELATIVES: DEFINING
NON-DEFİ Nİ NG AND CONNECTİVE Read the following passage and then do the exercises on it. In answers to questions, use a relative
clause.
Lucy was shaking the mat out of the window of the flat. Tom happened to be passing
underneath.
Suddenly Lucy's baby gave a cry and she dropped the mat. It fell on Tom and knocked his hat
off.
(a) What mat are we talking about? The mat that/which Lucy dropped or
275
The mat that Lucy dropped or
The mat that fell on Tom's head.
(b) Who was Tom? The man who was passing underneath or
The man (that/whom) the mat fell on or
The man whose hat was knocked off.
1. Mr Black usually catches the 8.10 train. This is a fast train. Today he missed it. This annoyed him
very much. He caught the 8.40. This is a slow train and doesn't reach London till 9.40. Mr White
usually travels up with Mr Black. Today he caught the 8.10 as usual. Mr White normally borrows
Mr Black's paper to read on the train. As Mr Black was not there today he borrowed a paper from
another passenger, Mr Brown.
(a) What is the 8.10?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(b) What is the 8.40?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(c) Who is Mr White?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(d) Who is Mr Brown? {Connect him with Mr White.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
Combine the following pairs of sentences into one sentence (one for each pair) using relative pronouns:
(e) Mr Black usually catches the 8.10. This is a fast train.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(f) Today he missed the 8.10. This annoyed him very much.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(g) He caught the 8.40. This doesn't get in till 9.40.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
2. Mr Penn has two umbrellas, a brown one and a black one. Today he took the black one but left it
in the bus on his way to work. When he was putting on his coat after his day's work, he saw a dark
blue umbrella hanging on the next hook and took it, thinking it was his. Actually it belonged to Mr
Count.
(a) What was the brown umbrella?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(b) What was the black umbrella?
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
(c) What was the blue umbrella?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(d) Who was Mr Count? (Relate all your answers to Mr Penn.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
276
3. Jack and Tom both wanted to go to Malta for their holidays. Tom liked flying so he went to the
Blue Skies Agency. They booked him a seat on a tourist flight. Jack hated flying. He went to the
Blue Seas Agency. They booked him a berth on the MS Banana.
Jack enjoyed his voyage on the MS Banana, especially as he met a very pretty girl on board. She
was called Julia.
(a) What is Malta? (from the point of view of Jack and Tom)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(b) What is the Blue Skies Agency?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(c) What is the Blue Seas Agency?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(d) What is the MS Banana?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(e) Who is Julia? (Relate all your answers to Jack or Tom or both.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(f) Combine the second and third sentences in the passage into one sentence (Tom --- flight).
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(g) Combine the next three sentences into one sentence.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
4. George and Paul were working on Mr Jones's roof. When they stopped work at 6.00 they left
their ladder leaning against the house. At 7.00 Bill, a burglar, passed and saw the ladder. The house
was now empty as Mr and Mrs Jones were out playing cards with Mr and Mrs Smith. Bill climbed
up the ladder, got in through a first-floor window and went straight to the main bedroom, where he
opened a locked drawer with the help of a screwdriver and pocketed Mrs Jones's jewellery. Just
then Tom returned. Tom was a student. He lodged with Mr and Mrs Jones. Bill heard him coming.
He climbed quickly out of the window, leaving his screwdriver on the floor.
(a) Who were George and Paul?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(b) Who was Bill?
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
(c) Who was Tom?
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
(d) Who was Mrs Jones? (Mention jewellery.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(e) Who were Mr and Mrs Smith?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
277
(f) What ladder are we talking about?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(g) What window are we talking about?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(h) What was the screwdriver found on the floor? (Connect it with Bill.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(i) Combine into one sentence: George and Paul were working on the roof. They left the ladder
leaning against the house.
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
(j) Combine: Mr and Mrs Jones were out playing cards. They knew nothing of the burglary till they
arrived home at 11.30.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(k) Combine: Bill's fingerprints were on the screwdriver. He was later caught by the police.
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
5. Ann is an au pair girl. She works for Mr and Mrs Green, in Tunbridge Wells. One day Mrs Green
unexpectedly gave Ann the day off. (She thought that Ann was looking rather tired.) So Ann rang
up her boyfriend, Tom, and said I'm coming up to London by the 12.10 from Tunbridge Wells. It
gets into Charing Cross at 13.10. Could you meet me for lunch?' 'Yes, of course,' said Tom, I'll meet
you at the station under the clock. We'll have lunch at the Intrepid Fox.' Tom usually goes to the
Intrepid Fox for lunch. On the 12.10 Ann met a boy called Peter. Peter was attracted by Ann and
asked her to have lunch with him. Ann explained that she was having lunch with Tom. 'Well, I'll
wait till he turns up,' said Peter. So Peter and Ann waited under a clock, with another passenger,
Mary, who had come up to meet a boy called Paul.
Meanwhile Tom was waiting under another clock. When Ann didn't turn up he thought she'd missed
the train, and asked a porter about the next train from Tunbridge Wells. 'The next train leaves
Tunbridge Wells at 12.30,' he said, 'and gets in at 13.40. The next one gets in at 14.30.' Tom met the
12.30 but Ann wasn't on it. He couldn't meet the next train because he had to be back at work by
14.00. So he walked slowly towards the exit, wondering what had happened. Luckily the exit was
almost directly under the other clock so he met Ann after all.
(a) Who are the Greens?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(b) What was the 12.10 from Tunbridge Wells?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(c) What was the 12.30? (Connect it with Tom.) (d) Who was Peter? (Connect him with Ann.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
278
_______________
(e) Who was Paul?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(f) What is the Intrepid Fox? (Connect it with Tom.)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(g) Combine: Mrs Green thought Ann looked tired. She gave her the day off.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(h) Combine: Peter hated eating by himself. He hoped to have lunch with Ann.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(i) Combine: Tom had only an hour for lunch. He couldn't wait any longer.
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
(j) Combine: Mary's boyfriend didn't turn up. She ended by having lunch with Peter.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(k) Combine: Tom and Ann wasted half an hour at the station. This meant that they hadn't time for
a proper lunch.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
(l) Combine: Tom and Ann very nearly missed one another. This shows that you should never
arrange to meet under a clock.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
RELATIVE CLAUSES (Mix Type) Combine the following sentences using relative pronouns. Omit relative pronouns where possible. Example: a) The man was very frightened. We saw him at the bus stop. The man (who) we saw at the bus stop was very frightened. b) The man abandoned his family. He had lost his job. The man who had lost his job abandoned his family.
279
c) I can't find the pen. I started writing the letter with it. I can't find the pen (which) I started writing the letter with.
d) The boy left his house. His father had punished him. The boy whose father had punished him left his house. 1. That's the girl. She spoke to me yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. What's the name of the book? You want me to read it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. We stayed in a hotel. The hotel was very expensive.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. I rent a house. It is very small.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. The car was stolen. It was a BMW.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. The man smoked forty cigarettes a day. He died of a heart attack.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. That's the building. I work there.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. That's the boy. His mother works in the post office.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. The businessman was very rich. I saw him last night.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. That's the dog. Its owner is French.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. The book was valuable. I found it in the basement. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. The truck ran over the little girl. It was coming very fast. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. The children are making a lot of noise. They are playing in the garden. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. The plane crashed. It left the airport at 9.30. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. The man was doing 120 kph. The policeman stopped him. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. The mountain is very steep. The climbers are trying to climb it up. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. The people have just arrived. You invited them to dinner. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. The plumber charged 10 dollars. He fixed the boiler. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. The program is very interesting. I am listening to it now.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. The man was very angry. The government confiscated his land.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. The cars are very nice. They produce them in Turkey.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. They have employed a cook. He cooks very well.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. The woman wants to talk to you. You dismissed her son yesterday. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. The space shuttle will return to earth next year. It will take photographs of Mars. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. The man is very good at his job. He repairs my car. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. The boys are very active. They live upstairs. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. The man wanted to commit suicide. He couldn't pay his debts. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
280
28. I couldn't find the pen. I had put it on the shelf. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. I have received a letter from China. Can you translate it? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. The man is coming towards you. You mustn't talk to him. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. The birds sing in her garden. She always feed them. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. The man rushed into the manager's office. The salesman overcharged him. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. You were wearing a hat yesterday. How much did you pay for it? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. The boy broke his left arm. He was riding his bicycle very dangerously. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. The student never does homework. The teacher wants to talk to his father. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
40. The submarine almost sank. It hit a huge iceberg. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. The mother put the toys away. The children left them around. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
42. The doctors didn't operate on the patient. He had a high temperature. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. The guards discovered the tunnel. The prisoners dug it in twenty days. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
44. The athlete won the gold medal. He ran 100 meters in 10 seconds. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. The eye-witness didn't appear in court. Everybody was waiting for her. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
46. The workers went on strike. The employer didn't accept their demands. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
47. The painting disappeared mysteriously. It was in the art gallery. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
48. I started to work in the factory. My father used to work there. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
49. The man had to walk two kilometers. His car broke down. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
50. The man is disturbing everybody. Take him away. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
51. The man works 60 hours a week. How much does he earn? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
52. The students can't understand the words. You should explain them. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
53. The driver is repairing the car. We traveled in that car yesterday. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
54. I don't like the man. I work with him in the same office. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
55. The secretary finished typing the letters. Send them to Mr. Smith. ____________________________________________________________________________________________
RELATIVE CLAUSES (Mix Type)
1. The man left the country. The police were trying to catch him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I can't find the parcel. I had put it under the table.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The flowers were very nice. My friends brought them to me.
281
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I have lost the dictionary. I bought it yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. The boy left his homework at home. I studied with him last night.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The advertisement was very interesting. We saw it in the paper.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. The pill was no good. The doctor prescribed it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. My father bought me the bicycle. He had promised to buy it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The students were very successful in the exam. Mr. Miller taught them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He showed me a book. I liked it very much.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. The poem made everybody cry. Ali recited it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I sent the newspaper a story. They didn't publish it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I lent Chuck some money. He didn't repay it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The cake was very delicious. My mother made it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Mr. Brown sold the house. He had built it in two years.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. I am reading a book. It is very boring.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. My father was reading a newspaper. Where did you put it?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. They are going to give you a letter. Read it very carefully.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. The teacher asked me a question. I didn't understand it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I couldn't find the letter. The postman had brought it yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The man is fixing the window. My son has broken it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I gave you a letter. Why didn't you take it to your father?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. They put the man in prison. They had arrested him two days ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
RELATIVE CLAUSES Read the following passages and answer the questions. (You have to use RELATIVE CLAUSES- who, whom, which, that, whose, or where in your answers.) A- While Mary was playing in the street, she saw a dog. It was walking very slowly. She threw a big stone at the dog
and it ran away. Then she saw another dog. This one was running very fast. When the dog saw Mary, it started to
282
run towards her and bit her left leg. Her mother was at the window and saw her. She rushed out and took a taxi to take Mary to hospital. The driver of the taxi was driving very slowly. She got very angry and told the driver to drive fast. But it was an old car and it didn't go fast. So they got out of the taxi and took another one. This one was new and fast. There were two hospitals in the town. One of them was very near but they didn't go there. They went to the other hospital. Mary had had an operation there two years ago.
1. Which dog bit Mary's left leg?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Which dog was walking very slowly?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Which taxi didn't Mary's mother like?
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Which taxi did they take later?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Which hospital did they go to? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ B- Yesterday I left home at 8 o'clock. I went to the bus-stop and started to wait for a bus. A bus came at 8.1.5. I tried
to get on it but it was impossible. Five minutes later another bus came. This time I was able to get on. I saw an old friend on the bus. He was wearing a blue shirt. We started to talk. While we were talking, the bus broke down. My friend got off immediately. After waiting for a few minutes, I decided to get off, too. Just as I was getting off. I saw another friend. I taught him English two years ago. We got on another bus at 8.40. The driver of this bus was driving very fast. I got to work at 8.55.
1. Which bus couldn't the writer take? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Which bus did he take? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Which friend did he meet on the bus? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Which friend did he meet white he was getting off? ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Which bus did they take at 8.40?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
NOUN CLAUSES 1- NOUN CLAUSES: INTRODUCTION A noun is used as a subject or an object. A noun clause is used as a subject or an object. In other words a noun clause is used in the same ways as a noun.
(a) His story was interesting. (b) What he said was interesting.
In (a): story is a noun. It is used as the subject of the sentence. In (b): what he said is a noun clause. It is used as the subject of the sentence. The noun clause has its own subject (he) and verb (said).
(c) I heard his story. (d) I heard what he said.
In (c): story is a noun. It is used as the object of the verb heard. In (d): what be said is a noun clause. It is used as the object of the verb heard.
WORDS USED TO INTRODUCE NOUN CLAUSES (1) question words: (2) whether (3) that when who where whom whose if why what how which
2- NOUN CLAUSES WHICH BEGIN WITH A QUESTION WORD QUESTION Where does she live? What did he say? When do they arrive?
NOUN CLAUSE (a) I don't know where she lives. (b) I couldn't hear what he said. (c) Do you know when they arrive?
In (a): where she lives is the object of the verb know. Do not use question word order in a noun clause. In a noun clause, the subject precedes the verb. Notice: does, did, and do are used in questions but not in noun clauses.
283
s v Who lives there? What happened? Who is at the door?
s v (d) I don't know who lives there. (e) Please tell me what happened. (f) I wonder who is at the door.
In (d): The word order is the same in both the question and the noun clause because who is the subject in both.
v s Who is she? Who are those men? Whose house is that?
s v (g) I don't know who she is. (h) I don't know who those men are. (i) I wonder whose house that is.
In (g): she is the subject of the question, so it is placed in front of the verb be in the noun clause.*
What did she say? What should they do?
(j) What she said surprised me. (k) What they should do is obvious.
In (j): what she said is the subject of the sentence. Notice in (k): A noun clause subject takes a singular verb. (e.g., is).
3- NOUN CLAUSES WHICH BEGIN WITH WHETHER OR IF YES/NO QUESTION
Will she come?
Does he need help?
NOUN CLAUSE
(a) I don't knoll whether she will come.
I don't know if she will come.
(b) I wonder whether he needs help. I wonder if he needs help.
(c) I wonder whether or not she will come.
(d) I wonder whether she will come or not. (e) I wonder if she will come or not.
When a yes/no question is changed to a noun clause, whether or if is used to introduce the clause.
(Note: whether is more acceptable in formal English, but if is quite
commonly used, especially in speaking.) In (c), (d), and (e): Notice the patterns when or not used.
(f) Whether she comes or not is unimportant to me. In (f): Notice that the noun clause is in the subject position.
4- QUESTION WORDS FOLLOWED BY INFINITIVES (a) I don't know what I should do. (b) I don't know what to do.
(c) Pam can't decide whether she should go or stay home.
(d) Pam can't decide whether to go or (to) stay home. (e) Please tell me haw I can get to the bus station.
(f) Please tell me how to get to the bus station.
(g) Jim told us where we could find it. (h) Jim told us where to find it.
Question words (when, where, how, who, whom, whose, what, which) and whether may be followed by an infinitive.
Each pair of sentences in the examples has the same meaning. Notice that the meaning
expressed by the infinitive is either should or can/could;
5- NOUN CLAUSES WHICH BEGIN WITH THAT STATEMENT
(Expression of an idea or fact) He is a good actor.
The world is round.
NOUN CLAUSE
(a) I think that he is a good actor.
(b) I think he is a good actor.
(c) We know (that) the world is round.
In (a): that he is a good actor is a noun clause. It is used as the object
of the verb think. The word that, when it introduces a noun clause, has no meaning in
itself. It simply marks the beginning of the clause. Frequently it is
omitted, as in (b), especially in speaking. (If used in speaking, it is unstressed.)
She doesn't understand spoken English.
The world is round.
(d) That she doesn't understand spoken
English is obvious. (e) It is obvious (that) she doesn't
understand spoken English.
(f) That the world is round is a fact. (g) It is a fact that the world is round.
In (d): The noun clause (That she doesn't understand spoken
English) is used as the subject of the sentence. The word that is not omitted when it introduces a noun clause used as the subject of a
sentence, as in (d) and (f).
More commonly, the word it functions as the subject, and the noun clause is placed at the end of the sentence, as in (e) and (g)
6- QUOTED SPEECH* Quoted speech refers to reproducing words exactly as they were originally spoken. Quotation marks (―. . .‖) are used.
QUOTING ONE SENTENCE
(a) She said, ―My brother is a student.‖
(b) ―My brother is a student,‖ she said. (c) ―My brother,‖ she said, ―is a student.‖
In (a): Use a comma after she said. Capitalize the first word of the quoted sentence. Put the
final quotation marks outside of the period at the end of the sentence.
In (b): Use a comma, not a period, at the end of the quoted sentence when it precedes she said. In (c): If the quoted sentence is divided by she said, use a comma after the first part of the
quote. Do not capitalize the first word of the second half of the quoted sentence.
QUOTING MORE THAN ONE SENTENCE
(d) ―My brother is a student. He is attending a university,‖
she said.
In (d): Quotation marks are placed at the beginning and end of the complete quote. Notice:
There are no quotation marks after student.
QUOTING A QUESTION OR AN EXCLAMATION
(e) She asked, ―When will you be here?‖
(f) ―When will you be here?‖ she asked.
(g) She said, ―Watch out!‖
In (e): The question mark is inside the quotation marks. In (f): If a question mark is used, no comma is used before she asked.
In (g): The exclamation point is inside the quotation marks.
NOUN CLAUSES
284
Combine the sentences. Example: Are you tired of doing homework all day long? I want to know.
I want to know whether/if you are tired of doing homework.
1. Can you type fast? I'd like to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Did you invite her to your birthday party? I want to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Did you watch TV last night? Tell me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Do you know why he hasn't called you? I'd like to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Do you like being a student at this school? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Do you like chocolate cake? I'd like to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Do you like playing football? I want to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Do you think you could help me? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Has he signed the contract yet? I have no idea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Has she had breakfast yet? Do you know?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Have they got any problems? I am not sure.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Have you passed the test? I want to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. How do people spend their time in your hometown? Can you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. How do you come to school on rainy days? Can you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. How fast is your car? Can you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. How many cigarettes does your father smoke every day? I don't know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. How many cities are there in Turkiye? Could you tell me it?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. How often does Mr. Brown take his family abroad? Do you know?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. How old is John's brother? I have no idea. ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. How old is your English teacher? Do you know
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I wonder. Where is he from?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Is there anyone at the door? I don't know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. One of your English teachers went abroad last month. Do you know why?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. Were you at home last night? I'd like to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
285
25. What are they going to do tomorrow? No one knows.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. What are you doing at the moment? She wants to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. What did the teacher say? Tell me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. What did your mother do when she saw you? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. What do you want me to do for you? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. What does my son want to be? I have no idea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. What does your deskmate want? I'd like to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. What does your uncle do in his free time? Do you know?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. What happened last night? Could you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. What happened this morning? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. What have you decided? Could you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. What is that teacher's surname? I have no idea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. What is that? Who can tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. What is your new English teacher like? Who knows that?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. What time are the guests leaving? Can you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
40. What time did the film start? Can you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. What time does that shop close? Do you know?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
42. What time does the last train come? I have no idea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. What time is it? I don't know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
44. What would you like to have for dinner? Tell me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. What's happening over there? I have no idea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
46. Where can I find some old coins? Could you please tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
47. Where did you go? I want to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
48. Where do the students in your school have lunch? I want to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
49. Where do you live? Tell me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
50. Where does your deskmate's father work? Do you know?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
286
51. Where does your uncle live? Could you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
52. Where have you been for the last two days? I want to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
53. Where is the teacher? Do you know?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
54. Which boy was punished by his father this morning? Could you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
55. Who did your homework? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
56. Who took my pen? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
57. Who was carrying the suitcases when you arrived? Can you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
58. Who's at the door? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
59. Whose car is in front of the house? Can you tell me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
60. Whose chair is that? Do you know?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
61. Why are you smiling? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
62. Why didn't you come to the party? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
63. Why has he left so early? I wonder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
64. Why were you late for school yesterday? I want to know.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH
REPORTED SPEECH AND THE FORMAL SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN NOUN CLAUSES
287
REPORTED SPEECH (To be Present – Present CONTINUOUS) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start with the third person singular and with a past tense. Examples: a) I am very ill. He said he was very ill. b) I am studying English. She said she was studying English. 1. I am a student.
She__________________________________________________________________________________________
288
2. I am twelve years old.
The boy ______________________________________________________________________________________
3. My father is a computer programmer.
The girl ______________________________________________________________________________________
4. We are from Kenya.
They ________________________________________________________________________________________
5. My sister is very fat.
He __________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Mathematics is very difficult.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. My mother is in the kitchen now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I am writing a letter now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. My father is reading the newspaper.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. My mother is cooking.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. My sister is having a cup of tea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. My brother is doing a crossword puzzle.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The students are wrestling.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I am doing homework.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. We are having dinner.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Ayse is getting ready for school.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. We are very late.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. The dog is barking.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I am very tired.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. My brother is a pilot.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. We are tourists.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I am not in a hurry.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I am cleaning my car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Simple Present) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start with a verb in the past. Example: a) I never drink coffee. He said he never drank coffee. b) I don't like films. She said she didn't like films. 1. I live in a large house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
289
2. I work in a drugstore.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. My father speaks three languages.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I like studying languages.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I need a pen.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. My mother cooks very well.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. We have dinner at 8 o'clock.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I want to be a teacher.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I want to talk to you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. My sister helps my mother every day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I buy a newspaper every day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I drink milk every morning.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. We usually watch TV in the evening.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I don't like swimming.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. We don't sleep during the day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Ali doesn't speak French.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Mary doesn't understand Turkish.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I see your brother every day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I don't want to see you again.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I go to the library after school.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I sleep seven hours a day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. We don't have lunch at home.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I never drive to work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Present Perfect – Simple Past) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start with a verb in the past. Examples: I have just had lunch. He said he had just had lunch. I didn't talk to him. She said she hadn't talked to him.
290
1. I met an old friend of mine this morning. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. I took my car to the garage. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. We went to Canada last year. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. I apologized to the teacher for being late. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. My father stopped working three years ago. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. The driver braked just in time. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. I have just called my father. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. We have been to Germany before. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. I have polished my shoes. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I have never played golf. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. My brother has already watered the garden. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. The teacher has given some more homework. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. Our team beat your team yesterday. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. Somebody hit my car. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. I haven't seen your parents recently. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. I sent the invitations yesterday. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. I have been to Japan several times. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. We haven't moved to our new house yet. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. I didn't watch TV last night. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. My mother didn't wake me up on time this morning. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. The bell has just rung. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. I didn't go there with him. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. We sold our house. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. We have already started work. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Modals – Future) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start with a verb in the past. Examples: a) I may exercise today. He told me he might exercise that day.
291
b) I have to wait for my brother. She told me she had to wait for her brother. 1. I have to take an exam today.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. My brother can speak English.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I am going to have a bath in the afternoon.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. We have to wait for the manager.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. They may come this evening.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Ali will call you later.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. We'll have to go there again tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I'll be able to help you tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. We can play table tennis very well.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. You may pass your exam if you study.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You must find some money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. We are going to have dinner at a restaurant.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I have to do my homework.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I can use a computer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I won't be able to go to work tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. You don't have to pay money in advance.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I am not going to stay up late tonight.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. You'll never see me again.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I can't play chess.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. You won't have to go to the passport office.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. I must phone my father.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I am not going to disturb you again.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I'll do the shopping.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. They won't sell their house.
REPORTED SPEECH (Imperatives)
292
Change the following sentences to reported speech. Examples: a) Open the window. He told me to open the window. b) Don't make noise. She told us not to make any noise. 1. Give me a pen. ______________________________________________________________________________
2. Turn off the lights.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Wash your hands.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Answer the phone.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Clean the board.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Try to come early.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Go to sleep.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Don't talk so loudly.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Don't smoke here.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Don't step on my foot.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Don't watch TV every evening.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Don't leave it on the desk.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Don't run in the classroom.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Don't put out your tongue.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Stop crying.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Do your homework carefully.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Don't drink cold water.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Please help me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Don't disturb us.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Sign the documents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Read something every day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Don't run so fast.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Don't move.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. Put your books in your bag.
293
REPORTED SPEECH (Mix Tenses) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start the sentence with a present (or future) tense and with the third
person singular. Examples: a) I am a student. He is saying he is a student. b) I can't see it very well. She says she can't see it very well.
1. I am bored. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. I need an aspirin. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. We live in Aksaray. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. I am going to call you this evening. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. I have received a letter from my uncle. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. I have been learning English for six months. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. My father goes to work at 8. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. I have to start work at 8.30. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. My parents drink coffee every evening. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. You walk very fast. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. We are waiting for you. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. I am still learning to drive. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. You are smoking too much. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. Tom can't help you. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. I haven't finished my breakfast yet. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. We like our school. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. I don't like them. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. I am not rich enough to buy the cheaper one. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. I haven't been feeling very well lately. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. We don't understand you. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. We get up very early. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. I never drink alcohol. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. We are going to do it tomorrow. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. I don't have to go there today. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
294
REPORTED SPEECH (Question -Mix Tenses)
Put the following sentences to reported speech. Start the sentence with a present (or future) tense and with the
third person singular. Examples: Do you live in Rome? He has asked me if I live in Rome. 3333Where has he gone? She wants to know where he has gone. 1. Is it raining?___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Do you like tea?________________________________________________________________________________
3. Can you speak English? _________________________________________________________________________
4. Are you tourists?_______________________________________________________________________________
5. Is Ali your brother?_____________________________________________________________________________
6. Do you have to study so hard?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What is your name?____________________________________________________________________________
8. Where do you work?____________________________________________________________________________
9. What color are your eyes?_______________________________________________________________________
10. When will the meeting start?_____________________________________________________________________
11. How do they go to work?________________________________________________________________________
12. Who is coming to dinner this evening?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Was it easy? __________________________________________________________________________________
14. Who do you study English with?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Are they your friends?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Where do your brothers have lunch?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Can't you work quietly?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Don't you visit them regularly?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
295
19. Why don't you like them?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. How many brothers have you got?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Do they work every day?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Have you been ill? _____________________________________________________________________________
23. What are you doing?____________________________________________________________________________
24. Where are you going?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Mix Tenses) Example: The boy said, “My name is Mark.”
The boy said (that) his name was Mark.
Do the same:
1. Mary said, “I like Spanish pop music.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The woman said, “It’s not my umbrella, mine is red.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Tom said, “I have a sports car. It is red.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Mr. Brown said, “I don’t drive a car in the rush hour.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Terry said, “I eat toasts for breakfast. They are made by my mother.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Sue said, “The boy is looking at us. I don’t know him.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. John said, “I can swim well but I don’t have enough time to swim.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. My brother said to me, “I don’t want to carry your books!”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The teacher said, “If you don’t study regularly, you’ll fail.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Mr. Green said, “I have to water my flowers twice a week.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Alice said, “I used to swim well but now I don’t.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Mr. Miller said, “I know your parents. I’ve met them in the meeting.”
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
296
REPORTED SPEECH (Questions) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start with a verb in the past. Examples: a) Is it raining? He asked if it was raining. b) Where did he go? She asked me where he had gone.
c) What’s your name? The policeman wants to know what my name is.
1. What’s your job? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Where do you work? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Where do you live? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Where were you yesterday? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Why are you in London? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. When did you come? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. How did you come? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Where’s your ticket? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Have you ever been in London? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Do you know anyone in London? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Were you in London last month? ____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Are you telling the truth? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Can you help me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Do you like tea?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Did your father go to work yesterday?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Have you ever ridden a horse?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Are you going to wash your car today?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Is it snowing?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Do you have to work so hard?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Were you ill last week?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Where do you live?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. What is the time?
297
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Where did you stay last night?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. How long have you been here?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. How much money are you going to spend?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. What was he doing when the earthquake happened?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. Will your mother make a cake this evening?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. What did you have for breakfast this morning?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. How many hours a week do you work?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. What are the children doing in the kitchen?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. Is there any food left?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. How did it happen?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Does your brother speak English?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. Did you bring your books?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. Why are you learning English?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
INDIRECT SPEECH: QUESTIONS Ex 160 See note to Exercise 158. Put the following questions into indirect speech.
1. 'Who has been using my typewriter?' said my mother. SHE ASKED WHO HAD been using HER typewriter.
2. 'Do you want to see the cathedral?' said the guide.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
3. 'Do you mind working on the night shifts?' he asked.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
4. 'Would you like to come with us?' they said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
5. 'Who did you give the money to?' asked Ann.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
6. 'How long does it take to get to Edinburgh by coach?' asked the tourist.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
298
7. 'How much do you think it will cost?' he said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
8. 'What did you miss most when you were in prison?' Mary asked the ex-convict.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
9. Another passenger came in and said, Is this seat taken?'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
10. 'How do you get on with your mother-in-law?' said Paul.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
11. 'How did you get into the house?' they asked him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
12. 'What were you doing with these skeleton keys?' said Mr Jones. 'Were you trying to get at the
secret files?'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
13. 'Did you sleep well?' asked my hostess.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. 'Have you been here long?' the other students asked him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
15. 'Can you tell me why Paul left the university without taking his degree?' Paul's sister asked.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
16. 'How many people know the combination of the safe?' said the detective.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. 'Are there any letters for me?' said Mary.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. 'How long have you been learning English?' the examiner said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. 'Why aren't you taking the exams?' said Paul.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. 'Are these free-range eggs?' said the customer.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. 'Where are you going for your summer holidays?' I asked them.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. 'Will it be all right if I come in a little later tonight?' asked the au pair girl.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
23. 'Have you ever seen a flying saucer?' said the man.
299
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
24. 'Where can I park my caravan?' she asked the policeman.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
25. 'Would you like a lift?' said Ann. 'Which way are you going?' I said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
26. 'Who do you want to speak to?' said the telephonist.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
27. 'Does anyone want tickets for the boxing match?' said Charles.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
28. 'What are you going to do with your old car?' I asked him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
29. 'Do you grow your own vegetables?' I asked.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
30. 'What train are you going to get?' my friend inquired.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
31. 'Could you change a five-pound note? I'm afraid I haven't got anything smaller,' said the
passenger to the conductor.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
32. 'How many sleeping pills have you taken?' said the night sister. 'I have no idea,' said Mr Jones
sleepily.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
33. 'Could we speak to the manager, please?' said the two men. 'Have you an appointment?' said the
secretary.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
34. 'Do you think you could live entirely on your own for six months,' said Tom, 'or would
you get bored?'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
35. 'Did any of you actually see the accident happen?' said the policeman.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
36. 'Could I see Commander Smith?' the lady asked. 'I'm afraid he's in orbit,' I said. 'Would you
like to leave a message?'
_____________________________________________________________________________
300
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
REPORTED SPEECH (Mix Type) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start with the words given. Examples: I like tea without sugar. He said ______ . He said he liked tea without sugar. Can you tell me the way to Boston? She asked me_______. She asked me if I could tell her the way to Boston. 1. Can you speak English?
The tourist asked me___________________________________________________________________________ 2. I didn't kill anybody.
The defendant said _____________________________________________________________________________ 3. I'll fix the TV this evening.
The man said _________________________________________________________________________________ 4. I want to talk to your father.
The policeman told the child _____________________________________________________________________ 5. My watch has stopped.
The woman said _______________________________________________________________________________ 6. You don't have to come early tomorrow.
The boss told the salesman ______________________________________________________________________ 7. Put the flowers in the vase.
The woman asked her husband ___________________________________________________________________ 8. Be very careful!
The mother told her son ________________________________________________________________________ 9. Bill doesn't go to the theatre.
Tom said _____________________________________________________________________________________ 10. What can I do for you?
The receptionist asked the woman ________________________________________________________________
301
11. They are going to kill you. The man told the prisoners ______________________________________________________________________
12. Don't make any noise. The mother told her children _____________________________________________________________________
13. Two policemen are questioning the man. He said ______________________________________________________________________________________
14. I haven't repaired your car yet. The mechanic told me __________________________________________________________________________
15. You must stop smoking. The doctor told my father _______________________________________________________________________
16. I work for your father. I told the boy _________________________________________________________________________________
17. Please forgive me. The boy asked his father ________________________________________________________________________
18. Where did you stay last night? The man asked me _____________________________________________________________________________
19. Did it rain last night? I asked_______________________________________________________________________________________
20. Don't play with' the matches. The man told his son ___________________________________________________________________________
21. How long have you been here? The man asked me _____________________________________________________________________________
22. It may rain this afternoon. The woman said_______________________________________________________________________________
23. Stay here until your father comes. He told me____________________________________________________________________________________
24. Don't you like children? He asked me__________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Mix Type) Put the following sentences into reported speech. Start with the words given. Examples: a) I don't like coffee. He said _ He said he didn't like coffee. b) Can you tell me the way to Boston? He asked me_______. He asked me if I could tell him the way to Boston. 1. I'll come back at 11.
The boy promised ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Your car here again.
The policeman warned the man __________________________________________________________________ 3. I need a secretary who can type fast.
The director said _______________________________________________________________________________ 4. The game is about to start.
The commentator said __________________________________________________________________________ 5. Your son is improving.
The teacher told the mother _____________________________________________________________________ 6. Run faster.
The officer ordered the soldiers __________________________________________________________________ 7. If it rains tomorrow, we'll stay at home.
She said ______________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Fasten your belts.
The air-hostess asked the passengers ______________________________________________________________ 9. I have been working here for three years.
The boy said __________________________________________________________________________________
302
10. We are going to New York next week. He said ______________________________________________________________________________________
11. Does this car belong to you? He asked me __________________________________________________________________________________
12. What time is it? He wants to know _____________________________________________________________________________
13. The plane you are waiting for hasn't arrived yet. The man told us _______________________________________________________________________________
14. May I watch this cartoon film, dad? The boy asked his father ________________________________________________________________________
15. There will be a change in the cabinet. The newspaper reported ________________________________________________________________________
16. Stay in bed for a week. The doctor advised the patient ___________________________________________________________________
17. Who took my pen? Susan asked __________________________________________________________________________________
18. Where is my house? The drunken man is asking the policeman___________________________________________________________
19. I lost my passport yesterday. I told the officer________________________________________________________________________________
20. I'll have to go there tomorrow. He said _____________________________________________________________________________________
21. I won't be able to help you. She said ______________________________________________________________________________________
22. Why didn't you call me yesterday? She asked me _________________________________________________________________________________
23. I would buy it if I had enough money. He said ______________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Mix Type) Write sentences about Jane‟s trip to Paris:
Example: We’re taking the nine o’clock plane.
Jane told me they were taking the nine o’clock plane.
1. I’ll have to get up early.
She said _______________________________________________________________________________________
2. I don’t really like traveling by air.
She told me ____________________________________________________________________________________
3. But it’s the easiest way to travel.
But she decided _________________________________________________________________________________
4. We’re going to spend a week in Paris.
She told me ____________________________________________________________________________________
5. I want to go up the Eiffel Tower.
She said _______________________________________________________________________________________
6. We’ve been to Paris before.
She told me ____________________________________________________________________________________
7. But we didn’t see everything.
But she said ____________________________________________________________________________________
8. I’ll send you a postcard.
She said ______________________________________________________________________________________
9. But I won’t write you a letter.
303
But she told me ________________________________________________________________________________
10. I’m very excited!
She said _____________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Mix Type)
REPORT what the guests said at a wedding last Saturday:
Example: Miss Moore: “They’ll make a lovely couple.”
Miss Moore said (that) they would make a lovely couple.
1. Mr. Smith: “They’re going to live in Brighton.” ____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Mrs. Ones : “The bride and the groom are very nice young people.” _____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Mr. Roberts: “The bride is wearing a beautiful wedding dress.” _____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Mr. Clarke: “The couple’s parents look happy.” _____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Miss Mayall: “The bride’s father has bought them a big flat.” _____________________________________________________________________________________________
REPORTED SPEECH (Mix Type) Respond as in the example. Example: a) A: I started to learn English six months ago. B: What did he say? He said he had started to learn English six months before. b) A: Where are you going? B: What did he ask you? He asked me where I was going. 1. Wait outside and don't come in until we call you. What did he tell you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Shall I fill in the form for you? What did the receptionist ask you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I needn't wash the dishes now. What did the woman say?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I'll blow up the plane. What did the hijacker threaten to do?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Shall we wait till they arrive. What did they wonder?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I needn't go to work next week. What did he say?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Do you think they will help us? What did you ask him?
304
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. We must hurry up if we don't want to miss the train? What did he say?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Where can I get this letter translated? What did she ask you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I haven't heard from him since he went to Spain. What did she say?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Shall I know the results by next Monday? What did he ask?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I have to work overtime this evening. What did he say?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Please give me some more time. What did the man beg his creditor to do?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. If I were you, I wouldn't tell anybody about it. What did he tell you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. What did you do with the money I gave you? What did your mother ask you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. What were you doing when we arrived? What did you ask him?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Does your father help you with your homework? What did you ask her?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. I must find the money by next Friday. What did he say?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. We are going to meet you at the airport. What did he tell her?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Are you still watching TV? What did the man ask his children?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. You must do as you are told. What did the boss tell you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Can't you see I am busy? What did he ask you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Ex 97 INDIRECT SPEECH:
mixed types Put the following into indirect speech, avoiding as far as possible the verbs say, ask and tell and
choosing instead from the following: accept, accuse, admit, advise, agree, apologize, assure, beg, call (=summon), call
(+noun/pronoun+noun), complain, congratulate, deny, exclaim, explain, give, hope, insist, introduce,
invite, offer, point out, promise, protest, refuse, remark, remind, suggest, thank, threaten, warn, wish.
1. He said, 'Don't walk on the ice; it isn't safe.' He warned us not to walk on the ice; it wasn't safe.'
2. 'Miss Brown, this is Miss White. Miss White, Miss Brown,' he said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
3. 'Here are the car keys. You'd better wait in the car,' he said to her.
_____________________________________________________________________________
______________
4. 'Please, please, don't tell anyone,' she said. I won't, I promise,' I said.
305
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
5. 'Would you like my torch?' I said, holding it out. 'No, thanks,' he said. I have one of my own.'
{Omit thanks)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
6. Tom: I'll pay. Ann: Oh no, you mustn't! Tom: I insist on paying!
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
7. 'Come in and look round. There's no obligation to buy,' said the shopkeeper.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
8. If you don't pay the ransom, we'll kill the boy,' said the kidnappers.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
9. I won't answer any questions,' said the arrested man.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
10. 'He expects a lot of work for very little money,' complained one of the typists. 'Yes, he does,'
agreed the other.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
11. I wish it would rain,' she said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
12. 'You pressed the wrong button,' said the mechanic. 'Don't do it again. You might have a nasty
accident.'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
13. 'Your weight's gone up a lot!' I exclaimed. 'I'm afraid it has,' she said sadly.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. I hope you'll have a good journey,' he said. 'Don't forget to send a card when you arrive.'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
306
15. 'Hurrah! I've passed the first exam!' he exclaimed. 'Congratulations!' I said, 'and good luck with
the second.'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
16. 'All right, I'll wait a week,' she said. (Omit all right)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. 'Many happy returns of your birthday!' we said. 'Thanks,' said the boy.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. 'Your door is the shabbiest in the street, 'said the neighbour. It is,' I said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. 'Cigarette?''Thanks,' I said.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. I'll sell the TV set if you keep quarrelling about the programme,' said their mother. 'No, don't do
that! We won't quarrel any more,' said the children.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. I'll give you $500 to keep your mouth shut,' he said to me.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. I'll wait for you, I promise,' he said to me.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
23. I'm sorry I'm late,' she said. 'The bus broke down.'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
24. 'You've been leaking information to the Press!' said his colleagues. 'No, I haven't,' he said.
'Liar!' said Tom.
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
307
25. I'll drop you from the team if you don't train harder,' said the captain.
________________________________________________________________________________
____________
26. If the boys do anything clever, you call them your sons,' complained his wife. 'But if they do
anything stupid, you call them mine.'
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
27. 'Let's have a rest,' said Tom. 'Yes, let's,' said Ann.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
28. 'Ugh! There's a slug in my lettuce. Waiter!' he cried.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
IF CLAUSES Summary of Basic Verb Form Usage in Conditional Sentences
MEANING OF THE “IF CLAUSE”
VERB FORM IN THE “IF CLAUSE”
VERB FORM of THE “RESULT CLAUSE”
(a) If I have enough time, I write to my parents every
week (b) If I have enough time tomorrow, I will write to my
parents.
True in the present / future
simple present simple present / simple future
Untrue in the present / future
simple past would + simple form (c) If had enough time, I would write to my parents (In truth, I don’t have enough time, so I didn’t write to them.)
Untrue in the past past perfect would have + past participle
(d) If I had had enough time, I would have written to my parents yesterday. (In truth, I did not have enough time, so I did not write to them.)
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 1)
308
(e) If I don’t eat breakfast, I always get hungry during
class. (f) Water freezes (will freeze) if the temperature goes
below 32°F / 0°C. (g) If I don't eat breakfast tomorrow morning, I will get
hungry during class. (h) If the weather is nice tomorrow, we will go on a picnic.
In (e): The simple present is used in the result clause to express a habitual activity or situation. In (f): Either the simple present or the simple future is used in the result clause to express an established, predictable fact. In (g) and (h): The simple future is used in the result clause when the sentence concerns a particular activity or situation in the future. Note: The simple present, not the simple future, is used in the "if clause."
Rewrite the following sentences using the correct forms of the v
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 1) erbs in brackets. All of the sentences should be in Type 1. Example: If it (rain) __ tomorrow, we (stay) __ at home. If it rains tomorrow, we'll stay at home. Nobody (help) __ you if you (not ask) __ for help. Nobody will help you if you don't ask for help. 1. Perhaps the dog will bark. The man will wake up. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. You must obey the traffic rules. You won't have an accident. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. You shouldn't eat mushrooms. You may get poisoned. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Don't drink cold water. You may be ill. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. The man may steal something. The policeman will catch him. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Memorize the irregular verbs or the teacher will be angry with you. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Turn down the radio or I'll have a headache. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Give me your money or I'll kill you. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Perhaps they'll find you. They'll put you to prison. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. Don't touch the wires. You'll get an electric shock. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. Ask that policeman. He'll tell you the way. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. Your teacher may come late. Do not make any noise. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. We may take a taxi. We won't have to walk. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. You should help your mother. We'll get ready quicker. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. Bring your ball. We can play football together. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. Perhaps he will sell his house. He will go to Australia. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. They may postpone the meeting. He will get angry. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. Take your umbrella or you'll get wet.
309
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. The car may not start. We'll push it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. Perhaps the bus will stop. I'll get on the bus. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. Maybe the teacher won't come. I'll go home.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. Be careful. You may break the window.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. Maybe I'll go abroad and get a job.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. You must study hard, or you will fail.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. Don't play with those toys, or you can't finish your homework.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. Be quick, or you won't catch the school bus.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. Don't tell a lie again, or you'll be punished.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 28. Try to speak to the tourists, or you can't improve your English.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 29. Maybe my father will buy a car. I'll learn to drive. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 1) if/when
Complete the sentences with any vocabulary you wish:
1. I'll go out when________________________________________________________________________________
2. You mustn't go to bed when ______________________________________________________________________
3. I'll forgive him if_______________________________________________________________________________
4. When it stops raining, we'll_______________________________________________________________________
5. ________________________________________________________________when he graduates from university.
6. ____________________________________________________________________________ if you go to bed late.
7. I can't eat it if_________________________________________________________________________________
8. If you hurry,___ _______________________________________________________________________________
9. My father will sell his car if_______________________________________________________________________
10. I can lend you my motorbike if____________________________________________________________________
11. We can't go on picnic if_________________________________________________________________________
12. I'll help him if__________________________________________________________________________________
13. If the weather is bad tomorrow, ___________________________________________________________________
14. we hitchhike to work, ___________________________________________________________________________
15. If I don’t sleep well tonight, ______________________________________________________________________
310
16. If you don’t fix the broken window_________________________________________________________________
17. If he doesn’t cut his hair,__ ______________________________________________________________________
18. If _________________________________________________________________________,they’ll go to a
restaurant tonight.
19. If ___, his mother will be happy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. If___ his mother will be sad.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. If ___, her boss will fire him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. If __., their friends will be angry.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. If I study hard,_________________________________________________________________________________
24. If it’s sunny at the weekend, ______ ________________________________________________________________
25. If I become rich, ________________________________________________________________________________
26. If I go to London, _______________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 1)
Find correct items and complete the following sentences:
Example: If we ----- to London, we‟ll ----- visit our cousin.
1. If they ----- their homework tonight, their teacher----- happy.
----- ----- _____________________________________________________________________________________
2. If the weather ----- good, George ----- swimming this weekend.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. If he ----- swimming this weekend, ----- a wonderful time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. If you don’t eat your dinner tonight, ----hungry.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. If ----- tired, they’ll go to sleep early tonight.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
311
6. If it ---- , she’ll wear her new raincoat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
f you ------too many cookies after dinner tonight, ---- get a stomachache.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. If I ------ too much coffee, ------. get a headache.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 1) Make Sentences Make sentences. 1. weight / you / if / eat / much / so / won' t / lose / you / fat
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2. at / we / come / ready / will / be / if / you / five
_________________________________________________________________________________________
3. the / if / full / wait / one / bus / is / have / we / to / will / for / another
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. you / feel ill / go to doctor (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. the light / green / cross the street (when)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. you / pay for it / want to park (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. it / melt / you / heat it (when)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I / phone you / I / see him (when)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. weight / you / if / eat / much / so / won' t / lose / you / fat
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. at / we / come / ready / will / be / if / you / five
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. the / if / full / wait / one / bus / is / have / we / to / will / for / another
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
(Type 1) Answer the Questions Answer the questions. 1. What will you do if you are late for school?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Will you go out if it rains?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. What will your brother do if he isn't allowed to go abroad?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Where will you go this Summer if you have a few days off?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. What will happen if your team loses the match?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What will your wife do if you don't telephone her? (be angry)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
312
7. What will you do if you lose something valuable?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. What can you do if you feel ill in class?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. What will you do if you have a personal problem?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. If you go to Ankara, where will you visit?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. What will happen if they drive carelessly?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. What can't you do if you don't have any money?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. If you don't have an identification card, what will happen?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. What will you do if the weather is rainy tomorrow?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. What can't you do if you don't have an umbrella?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. What can't you do if you don't study hard?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. What can't your daughter do if she doesn't practice English regularly?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Where will your parents take you if it is sunny on Sunday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. What will you do if you are free tomorrow?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. If she eats so much, what will happen?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. What can't they do if the water is dirty?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. What will you do if you are late for school?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Will you go out if it rains?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. What will your brother do if he isn't allowed to go abroad?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Where will you go this Summer if you have a few days off?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. What will happen if your team loses the match?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. What will your wife do if you don't telephone her? (be angry)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. What will you do if you lose something valuable?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. What can you do if you feel ill in class?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. What will you do if you have a personal problem?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. If you go to Ankara, where will you visit?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. What will happen if they drive carelessly?
313
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES: TYPE I Ex 62 Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.
1. If I see him I (give) him a lift. If I see him I WILL him a lift. The table will collapse if you (stand) on it.
2. If he (eat) all that he will be ill.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
3. If I find your passport I (telephone) you at once.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
4. The police (arrest) him if they catch him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
5. If he (read) in bad light he will ruin his eyes.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
6. Someone (steal) your car if you leave it unlocked.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
7. What will happen if my parachute (not open)?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
8. If he (wash) my car I'll give him $ 10.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
9. If she (need) a radio she can borrow mine.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
10. If you (not go) away I'll send for the police.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
11. I'll be very angry if he (make) any more mistakes.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
12. If he (be) late we'll go without him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
13. She will be absolutely furious if she (hear) about this.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. If you put on the kettle I (make) the tea.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
15. If you give my dog a bone he (bury) it at once.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
16. If we leave the car here it (not be) in anybody's way.
314
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. He'll be late for the train if he (not start) at once.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. If you come late they (not let) you in.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. If he (go) on telling lies nobody will believe a word he says.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. Unless he (sell) more he won't get much commission.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. If I lend you $ 10 when you (repay) me?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. We'll have to move upstairs if the river (rise) any higher.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
23. If he (work) hard today can he have a holiday tomorrow?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
24. Ice (turn) to water if you heat it.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
25. If the house (burn) down we can claim compensation.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
26. If you (not like) this one I'll bring you another.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
27. Unless you are more careful you (have) an accident.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
28. Tell him to ring me up if you (see) him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
29. If I tell you a secret, you (promise) not to tell it to anyone else?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
30. If you (not believe) what I say, ask your mother.
315
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
31. If he (like) the house will he buy it?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
32. If you will kindly sit down I (make) enquiries for you.
_____________________________________________________________________________
______________
33. Unless I have a quiet room I (not be able) to do any work.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
34. She won't open the door unless she (know) who it is.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
35. Should you require anything else please (ring) the bell for the attendant.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
316
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 2)
(i) If I taught this class, I wouldn't give tests. (j) If he were here right now, he would help us. (k) If I were you, I would accept their invitation.
In (i): In truth, I don't teach this class. In (j): In truth, he is not here right now. In (k): In truth, I am not you. Note: Were is used for both singular and plural subjects. Was (with I , he, she, it) is sometimes used in very informal speech but is not general considered grammatically acceptable.
Write the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. All sentences should be in Type II. Examples: a) If I (be) ___you, I (ask) ____her. If I were you, I would ask her. b) If I (have) ___enough money, I (buy) __a computer. If I had enough money, I would buy a computer. 1. If I lived by the sea, I--- every day. (go / swim.)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. The teacher would be angry if he--out what was happening. (find)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. If I--him, I wouldn't do that. (be)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. If it----, we could go out. (stop / rain)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. You would feel better if you--- more exercise. (take)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. If you --- more carefully, you wouldn't have so many accidents. (drive)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. If I had a spare pencil, I---- it to you. (give)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. If I had to keep my money in the bank, I---- that one. (- / choose)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. I----about going on holiday if I were him. (- / worry)
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. If I ---- earlier, I'd get to work on time. (get)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. I (travel) --- around the world if I (have) --- a lot of money,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. If you (listen) ---- to the teacher carefully, you (get) --- better marks.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. If he (work) ---- harder, he (be) ---- richer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. If I (be)---the richest man in the world, I (help) ---the poor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. I (write) ----to him if I (know) ----his address.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. You (understand) ----it if you (read) ----it carefully.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. They (give) __you the job if you (wear) ___a suit.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. I (do)----it if I (know) ---how to.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. If the boxer (be) ----more courageous, he (win)---the match.
317
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. It (be) ---- wonderful if your brother (be) ---- here.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. If the sun (not rise) ---- , the world (be) ----_dark.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. If I (have) -----time, I (learn) -----Chinese and Arabic.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I (not recognize) ___you if I (see) ___you in the street.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. It (be) __wonderful if I (have) ___a motorbike.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. I (walk) ___there if it (not be) ___so far.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. If I (can speak) ___English, I (be) __a guide.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. ___you (help) _____me If I (need) ______help?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. What ____you (do) _____if you (be) _____me?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. What ___you (do) __if you (be) __the Prime Minister?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. Where __you (go) __if they (offer) ____you a free holiday?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. You (not learn) ___English if you (not study) ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. If he (be) _____here now, he (solve) ____it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. I (buy) _____that coat if it (fit) ______me.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. What _____you (do) ____it someone (rob) ______you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
318
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 2) Make conditional sentences (Type II) as in the example. Examples: a) The man coughs heavily. He smokes a lot. The man wouldn't cough heavily if he didn't smoke so much. b) The boy is very short. He can't play basketball. If the boy weren't so short, he could play basketball.
1. The car is too expensive. I can't buy it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He gets good marks. He studies hard.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The woman goes to bed late. She gets up late.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I don't have enough money. I can't buy a car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I don't like swimming. I don't go to the sea-side.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Ali eats a lot. He is very fat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Ali can't run fast. He is very fat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I catch the 8.15 bus. I get to work on time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. He doesn't watch TV. He doesn't like it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. She doesn't cook. She doesn't know how to.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. We live in . We have our own house.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I set my alarm clock. I wake up early in the morning.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. They don't like you. You don't treat them very well.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He never washes his car. His car looks old.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. She doesn't drink tea. Her doctor doesn't let her.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. He doesn't have a brother. He feels bored.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. He speaks very fast. I don't understand his words.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He keeps his promises. Everybody trusts him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. He often tells lies. Nobody believes him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
319
20. He does his homework carelessly. He makes a lot of mistakes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. She types carelessly. The boss gets angry with her.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 2) Asking Questions Answer the questions. 1. What would they do if they knew your telephone number?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. What would you do if you were rich?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. What three things would you take with you if you had to stay on an island alone?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Would you help the poor if you had a lot of money?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. What would you do if you saw a housebreaking?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. What would you do if you could sing as well as a singer?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. What would happen if it rained heavily during the fire?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Where would you be right now if you weren't here?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. What would you do if you saw a fire in the forest?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. Who would you give the Nobel Prize if you were authorized?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. What would you do if you weren't so busy?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. If you had to choose a city to live, which one would you prefer?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. What would you do if you were a teacher?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. I have never had a good job. What would you do if you were me?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. There is water pollution in a town. If you were the Mayor, what would you do?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 2) Complete Sentences Complete the sentences. Example: She would be very happy,_if she listened to her father.
1. I'd take a knife, a radio and a compass if___.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. If ___ it stopped snowing.
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. If I had enough time, ____.
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. If I heard someone shouting for help at night, I____.
___________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. If you didn't help me, ___.
320
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. If you lived in the country, ____.
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. We could buy everything if___.
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 2) Meaningful Sentences
Make meaningful sentences. 1. be / my / grandfather / alive / if / were / would / over / ninety / now / he
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. swimming / if / I / would / were / now / holiday / on / I / go
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. if / wouldn't / a / a / teacher / I / I / give / test / every day / were / students / my /
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. me / be / he / now / watching / sleeping / would / weren't / if / TV
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I / I / you / tired / if / weren't / could / help
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE TYPE 1 – TYPE 2 Combine the following sentences into conditional sentences. Examples: a) I may see him. I'll invite him to dinner. If I see him, I'll invite him to dinner. b) She speaks rudely. People don't like her. If she didn't speak rudely, people would like her. 1. I didn't lock my car. It was stolen.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He never pays attention to the teacher. He never understands the lesson.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I lost my ticket. I had to buy another one.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Perhaps it will snow. We'll play in the snow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. She is unhappy. She doesn't live with her mother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I bought nothing. The shops were closed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I may answer the questions. I'll get a good mark.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. The man crossed the street at the red light. The car hit him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I don't have enough time. I can't learn Spanish.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I don't know how to swim. I don't go to the sea-side.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
321
11. He followed the instructions. He worked the machine easily.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. The boy may cry. I'll give him some milk.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Perhaps the man will call. Tell him to call later.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. The referee came late. The match started late.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. She is very fat. She doesn't exercise.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. She practices every day. She plays the piano very well.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I didn't know you were at home. I didn't call on you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He didn't sell his car. They offered him less than it was worth.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. He may want to become a doctor. He must go to the faculty of medicine.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He works very hard. His boss pays him a lot of money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Maybe they'll arrive early. They'll visit you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I didn't see the red light. I didn't stop.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES: TYPE 2 Ex 63 Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses. 1. If I had a typewriter I (type) it myself.
If I had a typewriter, I WOULD TYPE it myself.
2. If I (know) his address, I'd give it to you.
_____________________________________________________________________________
He (look) a lot better if he shaved more often.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
3. If you (play) for lower stakes you wouldn't lose so much.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
4. If he worked more slowly he (not make) so many mistakes.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
5. I shouldn't drink that water if I (be) you.
322
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
6. More tourists would come to this country if it (have) a better climate.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
7. If I were sent to prison you (visit) me?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
8. If someone (give) you a helicopter what would you do with it?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
9. I (buy) shares in that company if I had some money.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
10. If he (clean) his windscreen he'd be able to see where he was going.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
11. If you drove your car into the river you (be able) to get out?
_____________________________________________________________________________
______________
12. If you (not belong) to a union you couldn't get a job.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
13. If I (win) a big prize in a lottery I'd give up my job.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. What you (do) if you found a burglar in your house?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
15. I could tell you what this means if I (know) Greek.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
16. If everybody (give) Ј1 we would have enough.
323
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. He might get fat if he (stop) smoking.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. If he knew that it was dangerous he (not come).
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. If you (see) someone drowning what would you do?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. I (be) ruined if I bought her everything she asked for. –
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. If you slept under a mosquito net you (not be) bitten so often.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. I could get a job easily if I (have) a degree.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. If she (do) her hair differently she might look quite nice.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. If we had more rain our crops (grow) faster.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. The whole machine would fall to pieces if you (remove) that screw
____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. I (keep) a horse if I could afford it. '
____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. I'd go and see him more often if he (live) on a bus route.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. If they (ban) the sale of alcohol at football matches there might be less violence.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. I (offer) to help if I thought I'd be any use. '
_____________________________________________________________________________
324
_______________ 30. What would you do if the lift (get) stuck between two floors?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. If you (paint) the walls white the room would be much brighter.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. If you (change) your job would it affect your pension?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. If you knew you had only six weeks to live how you (spend) those six weeks?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. You wouldn't have so much trouble with your car if you (have) it serviced regularly.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. I'd climb over the wall if there (not be) so much broken glass on t of it.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 3) (l) If you had told me about the problem, I
would have helped you. (m) If they had studied, they would have
passed the exam. (n) If I hadn't slipped on the ice, I wouldn't have
broken my arm.
In (l): In truth, you did not tell me about. In (m): In truth, they did not study. They failed the exam. In (n): In truth, I slipped on the ice. I broke my arm. Note: The auxiliary verbs are almost always contracted in speech. “If you'd told me, I would have helped you (or: I’d have helped you).”
Rewrite the following sentences using the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. All sentences should be in Type 3 Examples: a) If the man (not run) _ so fast, he (not hit) __ the lamp post. If the man hadn't run so fast, he wouldn't have hit the lamp post. b) If you (call) ____ me, I (meet) ____ you at the airport. If you had called me, I would have met you at the airport. 1. If he___ in his off ice, I'd have seen him. (be)
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. I __ angry with you if you had spoken politely. (- / be)
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. If the driver hadn't been so careless, there__ an accident. (- / be)
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. If he had worked harder, he___very rich. (be)
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. I would've lent you some if I___a lot of money. (have)
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. If the driver (not stop) ____on time, there (be) ____an accident.
325
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. You (get) __better marks if you (study) ____hard.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Our team (win) ____the match if our goalkeeper (be) ____more careful.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. If we (not sell) ____our land, we not (move)__here.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. If the driver (not be) __drunk, nobody (be killed) __
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. If the gambler (give)___up gambling, he (not lose) ____his house.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. You (catch) ____the bus if you (leave) __home earlier.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. You (find) ____the key if you (look) __under the mat.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. The milk (not boil) ____over if the woman (not talk) ____on phone so much.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. I (go) ____to the theatre yesterday if I (have) ____time.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. She (not take) ____a taxi if she (not be) ____late.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. I (lend) ____you some money if I (have) ____enough money.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. The baby (not cry) ____if she not (be) ____hungry.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. If he (stop) ____smoking earlier, he (not have) ____an operation.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. If her TV set (not be) ____out of order, she (watch) ___the film last night.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. The match (not be postponed) ___if it (not rain) ____so heavily.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. The manager (not dismiss) ___the typist if she (not make) __so many mistakes. ,,
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. If you (do) what I had told you nothing (happen) ___.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. If the questions (be) ___easier, nobody (fail) __.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 25. The young girl (not marry) ___the old man if he (not be) __so rich.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 26. I (call) ___you if I (not lose) __your telephone number.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 27. If you (listen) ___more carefully, you (understand) __what the teacher said.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 28. I (buy) ___it if it (not be) ___so expensive.
________________________________________________________________________________________________ 29. The boy (go) ___ to school if his mother (not be) __very ill.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
326
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Type 3) Make conditional sentences (Type 3) as in the example. Examples: The man had an accident. He didn't go to work. If the man hadn't had an accident, he would have gone to work. I didn't help him. I didn't know that he needed help. I would have helped him if I had known that he needed help. 1. I didn't buy the sweater. It was too expensive. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. The driver ran over the cat. He didn't see it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. I lost your telephone number. That was why I didn't phone you. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. I read the newspaper. I found out about his marriage. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. The man left the cooker on. The house caught fire. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. He parked his car in the wrong place. He had to pay a fine. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. He didn't write the man's name down. He forgot it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. The boy didn't do as his mother told him. He got into trouble. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. He didn't look after his old father. His son didn't look after him. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. The man didn't lock the door. His house was broken into. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. He didn't go to school. He didn't learn to read and write. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. The judge ordered the man out. He talked CONTINUOUSly. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. He didn't go to the football match. He didn't have a ticket. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. He had a flat tire. Ha was late for the meeting. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. She was ill. She didn't study for the exam. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. The man was able to escape. The guard fell asleep. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. The workers went on strike. The boss didn't give them a rise. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. Everybody had to stay indoors. The government imposed a curfew. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. He spilt the ink. He wasn't careful. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. The bus stopped suddenly. The lorry behind hit the bus. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. The boat overturned because the sea was very rough. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. The book was boring. I didn't read it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 23. The bus broke down. I had to take a taxi.
327
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 24. I didn't know that you were ill. I didn't visit you. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE - TYPE 3 Asking Questions
Answer the questions. 1. What would you have done if you had had difficulty in English?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. What would you have done if I hadn't lent you the money you needed?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. What would you have done if you had failed last year?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. What would you have done last Sunday if the weather hadn't been rainy?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. If you hadn't been ill yesterday, what would you have done?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. What would have happened if the police had caught him? (be questioned) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. What would your classmates have done if they had known you were ill? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. If your father hadn't helped you draw the map, what would you have done? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. If you had had some water, what would you have put it in? (radiator) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. What could you have repaired if you had had the necessary tools? (TV set) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE - TYPE 3 Making Sentence 1. He was too fat to play soccer. (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He couldn't buy any sweets because he lost her money. (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The car in front of me stopped suddenly, so I had to brake. (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I went to bed late, so I got up late. (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He couldn't pass the test because the questions were very difficult. (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. It was too heavy for me to lift. (if)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. If I had known his address, I'd have helped you to find him. (because)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I'd have called the police if I had seen something strange. (so)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. If she hadn't been so careless, she wouldn't have made so many mistakes. (so)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He was too old to play basketball with us. (if)
328
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES: TYPE 3 Ex 64 Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.
1. If I had known that you were in hospital I (visit) you. If I had known that you were in hospital I SHOULD HAVE VISITED you.
2. The ground was very soft. But for that, my horse (win).
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
3. If you (arrive) ten minutes earlier you would have got a seat.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
4. You would have seen my garden at its best if you (be) here last week.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
5. But for his quickness I (be) killed.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
6. I shouldn't have believed it if I (not see) it with my own eyes.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
7. If he had slipped he (fall) 500 metres.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
8. If he had asked you, you (accept)?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
9. If I (had) a map I would have been all right.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
10. If I (know) that you were coming I'd have baked a cake.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
11. I (offer) to help him if I had realized that he was ill.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
12. If you had left that wasp alone it (not sting) you.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
13. If I (realize) what a bad driver you were I wouldn't have come with you.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
14. If I had realized that the traffic lights were red I (stop).
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
15. But for the fog we (reach) our destination ages ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
329
16. If you had told me that he never paid his debts I (not lend) him the money.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
17. If you (not sneeze) he wouldn't have known that we were there.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
18. If you (put) some mustard in the sandwiches they would have tasted better.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
19. The hens (not get) into the house if you had shut the door.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
20. If he had known that the river was dangerous he (not try) to swim across it.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
21. If you (speak) more slowly he might have understood you.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
22. If he had known the whole story he (not be) so angry.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
23. I shouldn't have eaten it if I (know) that there was ginger in it.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
24. If I (try) again I think that I would have succeeded.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
25. You (not get) into trouble if you had obeyed my instructions.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
26. If you hadn't been in such a hurry you (not put) sugar into the sauce instead of salt.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
27. If I (be) ready when he called he would have taken me with him.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
28. She had a headache; otherwise she (come) with us.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
29. If she had listened to my directions she (not turn) down the wrong street.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
30. If you (look) at the engine for a moment you would have seen what was missing.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
31. Rome (be captured) by her enemies if the geese hadn't cackled.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
32. He would have been arrested if he (try) to leave the country.
_____________________________________________________________________________
330
_______________
33. I (take) a taxi if I had realized that it was such a long way.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
34. You (save) me a lot of trouble if you had told me where you were going.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
35. They would have forced their way into the house if I (not call) for help.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
36. If he had put out his pipe before putting it in his pocket he (not burn) a hole in his coat.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______________
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE TYPE 1 – TYPE 2 – TYPE 3
Rewrite the following sentences using the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Examples: If you (get) ______________________up early, you wouldn't have missed the bus. If you had got up early, you wouldn't have missed the bus. What would you do if you (find) ________________________a wallet with a lot of money? What would you do if you found a wallet with a lot of money? 1. If you come late again, I (not let) ----- you come in.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. If I (be) ----- you, I wouldn't do it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. If I had known, I (help) ----- you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I (buy) ---- it if I had enough money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I will buy a bicycle if I (save) ---- enough money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. If they arrive before midday, we (go) ---- with them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. It (be) ---- terrible if the rain hadn't stopped.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. If I were in your shoes, I (talk) ---- to him once more.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I would never have asked him if you (tell) ---- me before.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I will let you know if he (come) ---- early.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You (be) ---- ill if you ate so much.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. If she had set the alarm clock, she (get) ---- up earlier.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The plane wouldn't have crashed if it (be checked) __before take-off.
331
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. We (watch) ---- the football match if it is broadcast live.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Don't move if you (want) ---- to live.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. The robbers wouldn't have escaped if their car (not break) ---- down.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. You must speak to him if he (keep) ---- coming late.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He would be very angry if we (wake) ---- him up.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. What ---- you (do) ---- if they had put you in prison?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. If you (see) ---- Mr. Smith, give him my regards.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. The driver would have slowed down if he (see) ---- the policeman.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Would you punish him if he (be) ---- your brother?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. If the rain (stop) ----, we will go out.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. If I see him, I (talk) __to him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Bodrum ---- (be) ideal for a holiday if it weren’t so crowded.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. He will be ill if he ---- (eat) so much.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. He will play tennis if the weather ---- (be) good.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. I ---- (come) if I had time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. I would be very happy if she ---- (be) my sister.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. I wouldn’t say it if I___ (be) you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. If he ---- (go) to bed early, he will get up early.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. If he ---- (tell) me, I could help him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. If he touches this wire, he ---- (get) a shock.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. If I ---- (be) you, I wouldn’t buy that car.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. If I knew, I _____ (come) earlier.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. If she ---- (read) the book carefully, she will understand it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. If she ---- (wear) a necklace, her dress will look better.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. If the dinner isn’t ready, I ---- (go) out.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. If you didn’t water the flowers, they ---- die).
332
40. If you don’t hurry, you ---- (miss) the bus.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. If you don’t water the flowers, they---- (die).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
42. If you go near the dog, it---- (bite) you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. She could win the race if she ---- (try).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
44. The children can stay up late if they---- (be) good.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. The teacher will be very angry if you---- (not do) your homework.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
46. We would die if the plane---- (crash).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
47. What will you do if you ---- (get) a bad mark?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
48. You will get wet if it---- (rain).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
49. He ---- (not / live) in İstanbul if he ___ (hate) it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
50. I _ (not / have to) borrow any money from you if I ---- (get) my salary tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
51. If he ---- (not / arrive) soon, we ---- (have to) have dinner without him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
52. If I had known that he was sleeping, I ---- (not / disturb) him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
53. If I had lost all my money, I __ (be) very unhappy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
54. If the family had saved enough money, they__ (buy) a new flat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
55. If the policeman had seen the thief, he ---- (arrest) him.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
56. If you ---- (write) the letters, I---- (post) them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
57. If you __ (invite) her to the dance, she __ (be) very pleased.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
58. If you ---- (not / leave) immediately, I __ (call) the police.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
59. If you ---- (retire) soon, you ---- (make) yourself ill.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
60. If you ---- (write) him a letter, he ---- (know) our address.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
61. If you had phoned me before you came, you ---- (find) me at home.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
62. People wouldn’t cross the Bosphorus, if they---- (not / build) those bridges.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
63. The buildings wouldn’t have burned to ashes if the firemen ---- (come) in time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
333
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE TYPE 1 – TYPE 2 – TYPE 3 Complete the following sentences with an appropriate conditional clause. Examples: a) If you study hard, _____. If you study hard, you'll pass the exam. b) If the driver hadn't been drunk, _____. If the driver hadn't been drunk, nothing would have happened.
1. If it doesn't rain tomorrow, __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. What would you do if, __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Nobody would have been killed if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. If I were you, __ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. If she hadn't turned off the tap, ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I won't talk to him again if___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I would have finished my homework last night if ____.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. If he were a good boy, ____.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You will earn a lot of money if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. They will never forgive you if_.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. If you had told me earlier, _.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. If you want to learn English, _.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I would give you the book if_.
334
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I wouldn't have missed the plane if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. You must hurry up if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. If I were the Prime Minister, ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. If they hadn't taken him to hospital, __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. He wouldn't have caused trouble if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Come as early as possible if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I wouldn't have shouted at him if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. What would you do if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. If they call me, __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. He could have died if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. If you drive very fast__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. Would you give me some money if __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. If she were my sister, ___.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. I would spend every winter in Miami if __ .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. If they have time tomorrow, _.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. Don’t give him anything if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. We would go to the cinema if __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. If John worked harder, _.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. They would find me if _.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. If I had a lot of money, __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. You could live more comfortably if__.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. If she were a good girl, __.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
335
IF / WHEN CLAUSES
Answer the questions. 1. What will you do when you see the red light?
________________________________________________________________________________
2. What can't you do when it is dark?
________________________________________________________________________________
3. What must you do if you are ill?
________________________________________________________________________________
4. What will you do when she comes? (tell her the truth)
________________________________________________________________________________
5. What happens when the sun sets? (get dark)
________________________________________________________________________________
6. When is it hot? (when)
________________________________________________________________________________
7. When do we wear thick clothes? (when)
________________________________________________________________________________
8. What must you do when you have a headache?
________________________________________________________________________________
9. What must you do if you are late for school?
________________________________________________________________________________
10. What must you have if you want to write on the board?
________________________________________________________________________________
336
WISH CLAUSE
IF ONLY VERB FORMS IN “TRUE” SENTENCE VERB FORM FOLLOWING WISH
A wish about the future
(a) She will not tell me. (b) He isn’t going to be here. I She can’t come tomorrow.
I wish (that) she would tell me. I wish he were going to be here. I wish she could come tomorrow.
Wish is used when the speaker wants reality to be different, To be exactly the opposite. Verb forms similar to those in conditional sentences are used. Notice the examples. Wish is followed by a noun clause. The use of that is optional. Usually it is omitted in speaking.
A wish about the present
(d) I don't know French. (e) It is raining right now. (f) I can't speak Japanese.
I wish I knew French. I wish it weren't raining right now. I wish I could speak Japanese.
A wish about the past
(g) John didn't come. (h) Mary couldn't come.
I wish John had come* I wish Mary could have come.
Complete the sentences. 1. I can't speak Chinese, but I wish I ----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. She isn't a student at university, but she wishes she ----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. My father has to get up early every day, but he wishes he----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. She can't sing well, but she wishes she----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I haven't got a car, but I wish I----
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They aren't rich, but they wish they ----
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
337
7. I have to do a lot of homework every day, but I wish I----
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. My brother isn't very polite to the guests, but we wish he----
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. They wanted me to go to the office immediately, but I wish I----
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. He can't play basketball well, but he wishes he----
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Hulya couldn't get the job. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I am not intelligent. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I am sorry that I don't know Russian. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I am very poor. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I can't swim well. I wish ----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. I haven't got a car. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I wasn't at home last night. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. If I were an adult, I could drive a car. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. If only he would be here on time. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. If only I hadn't said it at the time. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. If only I were rich. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Jim is sorry that Jane isn't coming with them. He wishes----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. My deskmate would like to be able to play football every day. He wishes----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. My father will go to Germany. I wish----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
338
WISH CLAUSE Make sentences using wish. Examples: a) My father is not here now. I wish he were here now. b) I can't speak German. I wish I could speak German. c) I didn't pass my exam. I wish I had passed my exam. 1. I don't have a car. ______________________________________________________________________________
2. My bicycle is very old.____________________________________________________________________________
3. The teacher speaks very fast. _____________________________________________________________________
4. We don't live in a large house._____________________________________________________________________
5. I can't run fast. _________________________________________________________________________________
6. They won't be able to come.______________________________________________________________________
7. I have to work hard._____________________________________________________________________________
8. They didn't help me. ____________________________________________________________________________
9. The boss didn't give me a rise._____________________________________________________________________
10. I lost my dictionary. _____________________________________________________________________________
11. The questions were very difficult. __________________________________________________________________
12. They couldn't catch the murderer.__________________________________________________________________
13. My mother-in-law doesn't like me. _________________________________________________________________
14. The train is late. ________________________________________________________________________________
15. They closed the library.__________________________________________________________________________
16. We couldn't find the missing child._________________________________________________________________
17. My father smokes a lot.__________________________________________________________________________
18. I will have to stay in bed for two weeks. _____________________________________________________________
19. They didn't finish the job._________________________________________________________________________
20. They painted the house white._____________________________________________________________________
339
21. He is very poor._________________________________________________________________________________
22. He wasn't careful and he broke the vase.____________________________________________________________
23. They didn't finish the building. ____________________________________________________________________
24. I sold my car. __________________________________________________________________________________
WISH CLAUSE – Asking Questions Answer the questions. 1. He isn't clever. What do his parents wish?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. “I can't wake up early.” What does Mary wish?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Murat had to buy a used car. What does he wish?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. “'We haven't got a color TV.” What do they wish?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. “I can't afford to buy a house.” What does Mr. Brown wish?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. “She isn't an ambitious girl.” What does her mother wish?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
WISH - IF ONLY Expressing a wish:If only / I wish + simple past
Use: • To express a wish in the present or in the future. • The simple past here is an unreal past. • When you use the verb to be the form is “were”. Example: I wish I were a millionaire! If only I knew how to use a computer. (I don’t know how to use a computer and I would like to learn how to use it)
Expressing regret: If only / I wish + past perfect
340
Example: If only I had woken up early. (I didn’t wake up early and I missed my bus.)
Complaining: I wish / if only + would + verb
Example: I wish you wouldn't arrive so late all the time (I'm annoyed because you always come late and I want you to arrive
on time) Use:
To complain about a behaviour that you disapprove.
Expressing impatience, annoyance or dissatisfaction with a present action. Write sentences with “I WISH………” and “IF ONLY……..”: 1. Ayşe isn’t here.
I wish _____________________________________________________________________________________
2. She lives in İstanbul (and she hates it).
She wishes____________________________________________________________________________________
3. He can’t give up smoking.
He wishes
______________________________________________________________________________________
If only
_________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I’m not lying on a beautiful sunny beach (and that’s a pity).
I wish ________________________________________________________________________________________
If only _______________________________________________________________________________________
5. They don’t know anything about cars (and their car has just been broken down).
They wish ____________________________________________________________________________________
6. He has pneumonia.
He wishes ____________________________________________________________________________________
If only _______________________________________________________________________________________
7. She has to work tomorrow (but she’d like to stay in bed).
She wishes____________________________________________________________________________________
8. There is going to be an examination tomorrow.
If only _______________________________________________________________________________________
9. My brother doesn’t keep his room tidy.
I wish ________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Sue doesn’t help with the housework.
Sue’s mother wishes ___________________________________________________________________________
11. Mary often plays the piano in the middle of the night.
Her neighbors wish ____________________________________________________________________________
WISH - IF ONLY
1. He wishes he ---- (buy) that book last week – now he hasn’t got enough money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. He wishes he---- (visit) them, but he can’t.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I wish I ---- (be) in the United States now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I wish I ---- (have) today off.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
341
5. I wish I ---- had met---- (meet) that actor when he was in town.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I wish I ---- (can / remember) where that book is.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I wish I---- (have) yesterday off.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. I wish this box ---- (not / be) so heavy – I can’t lift it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. If only he __ (not / eat) so much garlic last night!
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. If only he ---- (not / eat) so much garlic!
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. If only I ---- (know) the answer a few minutes ago.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. If only I ---- (know) the answer now.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. If only I ---- (be) older, I could have a driving licence.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. If only I ---- (not / make) that mistake yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. If only the dog---- (not / eat) the tickets – now we can’t go to the show.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Mrs. Brown wishes she---- (write) those letters yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Paula wishes she---- (have) more time for gardening, but she hasn’t.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. She wishes she ---- (clean) it yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. She wishes she ---- (clean) the refrigerator today.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Tony wishes he ---- (go) to Paris with his brother, but he has to work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. We wish we---- not / leave) the gate open. Now the dog has escaped.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
WHAT IF....? Ask questions. (WAT IF...?) Example: If don’t study lesson, I won’t pass my exam. What if I don’t pass my exam? 1. If I miss the school bus, I'll get on the train.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. If she were in Izmir, she would visit her relatives.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. If you aren't careful, you'll make a lot of mistakes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. If I lost my way in a crowded place, I'd ask the police for it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. If he asked me to help him do his homework, I wouldn't accept it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
342
WHAT IF....? Answer Questions Answer the questions. 1. What if you feel ill? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. What if you broke the teacher's glasses? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. What if you were punished by your mother? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. What if you are given an expensive present by your friend? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. What if it rained a lot yesterday? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. What if you failed in Geography test? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. What if you oversleep before you finish your homework? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. What if the weather were cold yesterday? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. What if your father didn't give you your pocket money yesterday? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. What if you won a lot of money on the lottery? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. What if you inherited a fortune unexpectedly? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. What if you get fat? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. What if you run out of petrol? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. What if your money was stolen? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. What if you were seen while cheating? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. What if you were rich? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. What if you were the President of your country? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. What if you don't have any money to pay for the bus? _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. What if your father were appointed to a better job in London? _____________________________________________________________________________________________
CAUSATIVES (GET AND HAVE) Make sentences using get or have as in the example. Use the correct forms of the verbs. Examples: a) I - my house – paint - every year. I get my house painted every year. b) He - his photograph – take – yesterday. He had his photograph taken yesterday. 1. She - her radio – repair - last week
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I - my shoes – polish - this evening
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He - his car – wash - every week
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
343
4. She - her hair – do – tonight
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. He - his trousers – mend – tomorrow
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. They – just - their clothes – clean
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I - my car – service – yesterday
_____________________________________________________________________________________________,
8. I - my hair – cut – now
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The boss - the letter – type - ten minutes ago
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I – must - this letter – translate
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. We - the house – redecorate - next week
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. They – already - the furniture – move
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. She - her car – polish – now
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. He - his teeth – check - every year
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. He – his trousers – shorten – yesterday
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. The boss - the documents – photocopy - a little while ago
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. She - her skirt – lengthen – tomorrow
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. They - the floors – clean - every week
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. He – must - his car – paint
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. He – not - his piano – tune – yet
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. He - has to - his fridge - repair?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. I - had to - the rooms - empty
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. I - a bookcase – make - next week
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES
UNLESS Example: You can’t swim in this pool without having a shower. (unless)
You can’t swim in this pool unless you have a shower.
1. You mustn't park your car because it is forbidden. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. You can go out of the classroom if your teacher lets you. (unless)
344
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. You'll be fined if you don't stop at the red light. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I won't buy this car if you don't let me drive it. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. You can go in if you are allowed to. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. You can't buy anything without paying for it. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I won't go for a walk if you don't come. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. You'll get lost if you don't follow the instructions on the map. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You can't play football without having a ball. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. You must study hard if you want to learn English. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You must have glasses not to get any harm from X-Rays. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You can't get on a train without having a ticket. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. If you don’t go to Venice, you will never ride in a gondola. (unless)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. If it doesn’t rain, we will go to the cinema. (unless) ____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. If you don’t go to a Chinese restaurant, you’ll never taste a Peking Duck. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. If you don’t go to Bursa, you’ll never climb Uludag. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. If you don’t go to India, you’ll never see Taj Mahal. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. If you don’t answer my question, I won’t go anywhere. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I won’t let you go if you don’t give me my money back. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I’ll call the police if you don’t go away. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. If you don’t complain the manager, you’ll always get bad service. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. If you don’t have enough money, you can’t buy this car. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. You won’t catch the bus if you don’t leave immediately. (unless) _____________________________________________________________________________________________
WITHOUT Rewrite the sentences by using without.
Example: I'll probably get a good mark if I study harder. (without)
I'll probably get a good mark without studying harder.
1. She can't sing well if she doesn't rehearse. (without)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
345
2. She must have a ticket if she wants to get on the bus. (without)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. You can't be a successful student unless you study hard. (without)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You can't have a driving license if you don't pass the driving test. (without)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. You'll feel better if you take this pill. (without)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
AFTER/BEFORE V+ING Rewrite the sentences by using after –Ving
1. You must turn off the lights before you leave the room. (after + Ving)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Before I telephoned you, I finished all the housework. (after + ing)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. He had locked his safe before he went to bed. (after + ing)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You must turn off the lights before you leave the room. (before + Ving)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES: UNLESS / WITHOUT / IF / BEFORE V+ING / AFTER V+ING / WHILE V+ING Complete the sentences. Example: You can't get a job unless __you've got experience ____ . 1. We'll go shopping unless -----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. You----- unless you get frightened.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. You can watch the film on TV if-----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You can't----- unless you have a driving license.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I can't wake up on time unless -----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. We'll go for a picnic unless-----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. You can't get a good job unless-----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. He ----- unless he is well-behaved.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You----- unless being invited to.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. You'll be hungry later unless-----.
346
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. I won't help you unless-----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. You must----- while riding a motorbike.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. You can ----- after cleaning your desk.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. If they don't invite me to their party, -----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. The teacher will get angry-----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. You mustn't leave your room without -----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. You can't go out without -----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
SO / NOR = NEITHER Complete the sentences. Example: Tina likes going swimming. So__does__Sally.
1. I can't play the piano. Nor ---- my brother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. I know him very well. So---Kate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I'm not going to school tomorrow. Nor---Ayse.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I haven't got any money. ---my friend.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I'm tired. --- my friends.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I've never been to England. --- my parents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. A: I can swim well. B: ---I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. A: I don't like watching TV at nights. B: ---I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. A: I have to get up early every morning. B: ---I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. A: I visited my uncle yesterday. B: ---I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. A: I'm thirsty. B: ____I.
347
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. A: I must be at school by nine. B: ---I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. A: I don' t enjoy eating at home. B: ---I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I didn't buy anything yesterday. ---my friend.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. My father went to work early this morning. ---my mother.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. My mother doesn't like cold weather. ---I
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. I watched TV last night. ---my Family.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. She hasn't got any money. ---her designate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. I was invited to the party. --- all my friends.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. They all look like happy. ---we.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Kaka is a good footballer. --- Okan.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Ann can't type fast. --- Kate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. My classmates study English hard. ---the students in other classes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. A: I have lived in Sinop for six years. B: --- I .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
…EITHER… OR… Make sentences with ...either...or... Example: You can give me your book. Or your friend can give me his book. You can give me either your book or his book (your friend’s book). 1. I can leave now. Or I can stay for another an hour.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The boss is flying to Atlanta. Or his assistant is flying to Atlanta.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. We can stay at home. Or we can go out.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. He is from France. Or he is from England.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. We can visit them today. Or we can visit them tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. He must apologize. Or I won't speak to him anymore.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Is your name Kate? Or is your name Jane?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. You may do these exercises now. Or you may do them later.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. You can turn on the TV. Or you can turn on the radio.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. You can have meat for dinner. Or you can have fish later.
348
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. You can spend your holiday in Bodrum. Or you can spend it in Marmaris.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I must spend less. Or I must earn more.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. The door must be closed. Or the window must be closed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. You can have tea. Or you can have coffee.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I can see you on Saturday. Or I can see you or Sunday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. You can write with a pen. Or you can write with a pencil.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
NEITHER ... NOR... Make sentences with ..neither...nor.... 1. Edward doesn't like listening to music. Mary doesn't like listening to music.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Hilda didn't telephone me last night. Nor did Janet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Judy hasn't left yet. Jane hasn't left yet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Clint didn't come to the party. Gary didn't, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Karen isn't tall. Mandy isn't, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Felix can't speak Turkish. His friend can't speak Turkish, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. My brother doesn't know how to use this machine. I don't know, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Sunday isn't the first day of this month. It isn't the second day, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. My son doesn't like swimming. He doesn't like playing football, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. My deskmate can't play the flute well. Neither can I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
349
11. Juliet isn't at home. Patricia isn't, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. My uncle didn't write. He didn't telephone, either.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. I don't like tea or coffee.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Paul didn't come to school yesterday. Kevin didn't come to school yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. I haven't got any time to go to Ankara. I haven't got the money.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. My father doesn't smoke and he doesn't drink any alcoholic drinks.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. He can't speak French or English.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Mrs. Brown wasn't at home when I phoned. Nor was Mr. Brown.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. We couldn't help Kate. And we couldn't help Jane.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. I haven't seen Oliver for ages. I haven't seen Martin for ages.
BOTH ... AND ...
Make sentences with both...and...
1. I can play the guitar. I can play the piano.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. My brother went to Moscow and my sister went to Moscow, too.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Oranges are grown in Adana and they are grown in Mersin, too.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. I can speak English. So can my daughter.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I spoke to Tim. I spoke to Tom.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. I like pop music. I like classical music.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. There is some vitamin C in this fruit juice. There is some vitamin D, too.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. My deskmate is clever. He is hardworking.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. The boys are dancing. They are singing songs.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
350
10. Kate can do the housework. She can cook.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Mehmet is absent today. Ali is absent, too.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I like watching TV and listening to the radio.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Swimming is enjoyable. It is useful for our fitness.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. I can write fast. I can type fast.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Kate forgot the date. Kim forgot the date.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Mick's father grows vegetables on his farm. He grows fruit, too.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. This tool is very useful and it is easy to keep in your pocket.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Our director is hardworking and clever.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
…SO…THAT… / …SUCH… THAT… Complete the following sentences. Example: He is so tired that he doesn’t want to school.
1. a) I am so ill that_______________________________________________________________________________.
b) They are such important rules that______________________________________________________________.
2. a) __________________________________________________________________ that nobody likes to meet him.
b) ______________________________________________________________ that everybody wants to meet him.
3. a) It was such a hot day that______________________________________________________________________.
b) _____________________________________________________________________ that I couldn't solve them.
4. a) He was such a rich man that___________________________________________________________________.
b) It was such hot tea that________________________________________________________________________.
5. a) He behaves us so friendly that__________________________________________________________________.
b) The room was so dark that_____________________________________________________________________.
6. a) It was such a high building that__________________________________________________________________.
351
b) He is so tall that___________________________________________________________________________.
7. a) _______________________________________________________________________ that she couldn't read it.
b) _______________________________________________________________________ that he couldn't drink it.
8. a) There were so many people in the street that______________________________________________________.
b) He drank so much fruit juice that________________________________________________________________.
9. a) My father is so hardworking that________________________________________________________________.
b) She is such an helpful girl that__________________________________________________________________.
DETERMINERS
TOO – ENOUGH Put in TOO or ENOUGH: Example: You’re always at home. You don’t go out ….. enough. …… 1. I can’t wait for them. I haven’t got ---- time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. You’re always tired. I think you work ---- hard.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. A: Did you have ---- to eat? B: Yes, thank you.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. You don’t eat ---- vegetables. You should eat more.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I don’t like the weather here. It’s ---- cold.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The radio isn’t loud ----. Can you turn it up, please?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. She speaks ---- . fast for me to understand.
352
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Don’t buy that coat. It’s nice but it isn’t long ----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. He can’t reach the shelf. He isn’t tall ----.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
TOO / ENOUGH Combine the following sentences using too or enough. Example: The tea is very hot. I can't drink it. The tea is too hot (for me) to drink. The questions were easy. He answered them. The questions were easy enough (for him) to answer. 1. The suitcases are very heavy. I can't carry them. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. The water was too cold. I couldn't drink it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. I am very busy. I can't play football today. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. This story is interesting. I can read it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 5. The bracelet was cheap. Mary bought it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6. I am very tired. I can't work any more. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Mr. Smith is rich. He can buy a plane. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 8. The car was going very fast. It couldn't stop in time. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. The lake was very deep. They couldn't swim there. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 10. The bar was very high. The athlete couldn't jump over it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 11. He isn't very intelligent. He can't solve this problem. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12. The suitcase is very light. I can carry it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 13. He ran slowly. He couldn't catch the bus. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 14. He is very tall. He can play basketball. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 15. I am very short. I can't touch the lamp. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 16. I am very hungry. I can eat a whole chicken. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 17. Ali is very strong. He can beat a bull. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 18. The weather is too cold. We can't go swimming. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 19. My uncle is very old. We can't play football. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 20. This exercise is very difficult. I can't do it. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 21. The instructions were clear. I understood them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 22. The weather was very dark. I couldn't see anything.
353
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
DETERMINERS:
TOO MANY/TOO FEW/TOO
MUCH/TOO LITTLE/ENOUGH
Many / Much / A Few / A Little Change a lot of to many or much in the following sentences. 1. Do you have a lot of homework for tomorrow?
___________________________________________________________________________ 2. I don’t have a lot of furniture in my house.
___________________________________________________________________________ 3. I know a lot of people in the USA.
___________________________________________________________________________ 4. My mom doesn’t eat a lot of bread.
___________________________________________________________________________ 5. I see a lot of fish in the aquarium.
___________________________________________________________________________ Change some to a few or a little in the following sentences. I need some paper for my homework. 6. ___________________________________________________________________________ I usually get some letters everyday. 7. ___________________________________________________________________________ I have some questions to ask you. 8. ___________________________________________________________________________ I have some homework to do for tomorrow. 9. __________________________________________________________________________ 10. I know some people in Miami. __________________________________________________________________________
too many / too few / too much / too little / enough Fill in the blanks with too many / too few / too much / too little / enough. Example: There are__too many _cars in Istanbul.
1. There is__ milk in the bottle; it isn't___for the baby.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. There isn't__public transport in Turkiye.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I can't study in the classroom, sir. There is___noise there.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. There are___ old players in the team.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I can't see well; there isn't___ light.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Nobody likes him; he talks__.
354
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Do we have__ money to pay for it?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. There are__students at this school; it is about 65.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. I didn't have__ water, so I couldn't give any to the animals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. I can't go to the theatre with you tonight; I have got__ work to do.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. There are__ apples in the basket, so you needn't buy any.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I've got__ money in my purse; I can't buy any food.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
ADJECTIVE LIST
absent absent-minded, absolute accidental active actual adaptable advanced adventurous aggressive agreed air headed alert alive all-embracing alone
always must be rightamazing ambitious angry annoyed annoying arrogant astonishing athletic attractive awkward bad beautiful biased big bizarre boring
boundless bountiful bright brilliant broad bushy calm carefree careful careless caring caustic certain certainly changing charming
355
cheap cheerful childish childlike classified classy clean clever closed clueless coarse cold comfortable committed common compact complete complicated comprehensive concealed conceited confidential confused confused conservative considerate consistent content controlled cool correct courageous cowardly crazy creative credible believable critical crooked cruel curious customary cute dangerous dead deadly dear deceitful dedicated deep definite delicate demented dense dependable
depressed depressing desperate detestable different difficult dirty disgusting disgusting disobedient dumb easy eccentric educated egotistical elegant embarrassed embarrassing enlightened enormous enthusiastic entire entirety envious exact exacting excited excited expensive express extensive fabulous fair faithful familiar famous fanciful fantastic far fascinating fast fat fatty feeling good fine finicky first-class fit flexible decent flipped-out fragile free frequent friendly
full amount funny fussy general generous genius giant gifted gigantic glum good grateful great greedy gross half handsome happy hard hard-headed hard-working harsh harsh haughty healthy heartless heavy helpful high honest hospitable hot huge humble hungry idealistic ignorant imaginary imperfect impolite
important in a good mood in doubt inadequate incalculable incomplete inconsiderate incredible independent individual industrious inevitable inexpensive inexperienced
356
inflexible innocent insane intelligent interesting intolerant irrelevant irresistible jealous just kind large late lazy lean liberal lightweight likable likely limited little lively living lonely long loud lovable lovely loves to argue low loyal lucky magnificent making fun of many marvelous massive mature mean melancholic melancholy merry messy microscopic miniature minor miserable mistrustful mocking modern monumental moody moral much
musical narrow narrow-minded near nervous new nice nit-picky normal numerous old-fashioned on time open open-minded optimistic orderly ordinary outgoing overall partial particular passionate passive patient personal pessimistic petty picky plain pleasant plentiful plump, polite poor popular practical precise pretty privileged profuse proper proud proud (of) psyched public punctual quick funny quiet radical rare reasonable rebellious refined refined
relaxed reliable religious remarkable reserved responsible restricted revolutionary rich right romantic roomy rough rude sad safe satisfied saucy secret secure selected self-centered self-confident sensible sensitive separate serious serious several shallow shared sheer short shy sick simple simply sincere single sizeable skillful slender slight slim slow sluggish small smart smart-alecky snooty social soft solid some
357
sour spacious special specialized specific spellbinding spiteful spoiled spontaneous stingy strange strong stubborn stubborn stuck up stupid stylish substantial successful sum super superficial surprising sweet tactful tactless talented talkative tall teeny thankful thick thin tiny titanic together top secret total totality touchy tremendous tricky trivial trustworthy ugly unchanging unfriendly unimportant uninhibited unique universal unpredictable unreserved unselfish
unskillful unstable untroubled unusual unworried upbeat upright upset uptight usual valuable fashionable valued vast very mean warm warm hearted weak well informed well-behaved well-dressed well-known wet whole wide wide-ranging widespread wild with feeling witty wonderful worry-free wound wrong young
358
IRREGULAR VERBS
present past past participle arise arose arisen awake awoke awoken am, is, are was, were been bear bore borne beat beat beaten become became become begin began begun bend bent bent bet bet, betted bet- betted bind bound bound bite bit bitten bleed bled bled blow blew blown break broke broken breed bred bred bring brought brought build built built burn burnt, burned burnt, -burned burst burst burst buy bought bought can could (no past participle) cast cast cast catch caught caught choose chose chosen cling clung clung come came come cost cost cost creep crept crept cut cut cut deal dealt dealt dig dug dug do did done draw drew drawn dream dreamed/ dreamt dreamed/ dreamt drink drank drunk drive drove driven eat ate eaten fall fell fallen feed fed fed feel felt felt fight fought fought find found found fly flew flown forbid forbade forbidden forecast forecast forecast forego forewent foregone forget forgot forgotten forgive forgave forgiven freeze froze frozen get got gotten give gave given go went gone grow grew grown hang hung, hanged hung, hanged have had had hear heard heard hit hit hit hold held held
359
hurt hurt hurt keep kept kept kneel knelt, kneeled knelt /kneeled know knew known lay laid laid lead led / has led leave left left let let let lie lay lain light lit, lighted lit, lighted lose lost lost make made made may might (no past participle) mean meant meant meet met met mistake mistook mistaken mow mowed mown, mowed pay paid paid put put put quit quit quit read read read rid rid rid ride rode ridden ring rang rung rise rose risen run ran run saw sawed sawn say said said see saw seen seek sought sought sell sold sold send sent sent set set set shake shook shaken shall should (no past participle) shear sheared shorn, sheared shed shed shed shine shone shone shoot shot shot show showed shown shrink shrank shrunk shut shut shut sing sang sung sink sank sunk sit sat sat slay slew slain sleep slept slept slink slunk slunk speak spoke spoken speed sped, speeded sped, speeded spend spent spent spread spread spread spring sprang sprung stand stood stood steal stole stolen sting stung stung strike struck struck, stricken swear swore sworn sweep swept swept swim swam swum take took taken teach taught taught
360
tear tore torn tell told told think thought thought throw threw thrown upset upset upset wake woke woken wear wore worn weave wove, weaved woven, weaved weep wept wept wet wetted, wet wetted, wet will would (no past participle) win won has won withdraw withdrew withdrawn write wrote written
361
SUMMARY
USING BE AND HAVE
NOUN + IS + NOUN: SINGULAR Mexico is a country. A cat is an animal.
NOUN + ARE + NOUN: PLURAL Cats are animals. Canada and China are countries. Dogs and cats are animals.
PRONOUN + BE + NOUN Rita is in my class.
She is a student. Tom is in my class.
He is a student. Rita and Tom are in my class.
They are students.
CONTRACTIONS WITH BE I’m a student. She’s a student. They’re students.
NEGATIVE WITH BE Tom is not a teacher. He is a student. Tom and Ann are not (aren’t) teachers. I am not a teacher.
BE + ADJECTIVE A ball is round. Mary and Tom are intelligent. I am hungry. She is young. They are happy.
BE + A LOCATION Maria is (here – there – downstairs – upstairs – inside – outside – downtown). Bob was (at the library – on the bus – in his room – at work – next to Maria) Above – between – next to – at – from – on – behind – in – under
SUMMARY: SENTENCE PATTERNS WITH BE SUBJECT + BE + NOUN I am a student. SUBJECT + BE + ADJECTIVE He is intelligent. SUBJECT + BE + A LOCATION We are in class.
362
YES/NO QUESTIONS WITH BE Is she a student? (Yes, she is. – No, she’s not. – No she isn’t.) Are they at home? (Yes, they are. – No, they’re not. – No they aren’t.) INCORRECT: Yes, she’s. INCORRECT: Yes, they’re.
QUESTIONS WITH BE: USING WHERE Where is the book? On the table.
USING HAVE AND HAS I have a pen. She has a pen. They have a pen.
USING MY, YOUR, HIS, HER, OUR, THEIR I have a book. My book is red. He has a book. His book is red. They have books. Their books are red.
USING THIS AND THAT I have a book in my hand. This book is red. I see a book on your desk. That book is blue.
USING THESE AND THOSE My books are on my desk. These are my books. Your books are on your desk. Those are your books.
ASKING QUESTIONS WITH WHAT AND WHO + BE What is this? It’s a pen. Who is that man? That’s Mr. Lee.
NOUNS AND PRONOUNS
NOUNS: SUBJECTS AND OBJECTS Birds fly.
John is holding a pen. Birds fly in the sky. John is holding a pen in his hand.
ADJECTIVE + NOUN
beautiful – ugly big – little big – small cheap – expensive clean – dirty cold – hot dangerous – safe dry – wet easy – difficult easy – hard good – bad happy – sad large – small long – short noisy – quiet
old – new old – young poor – rich sour – sweet strong – weak angry bright busy delicious famous favorite free fresh honest hungry
important intelligent interesting kind lazy nervous nice ripe serious wonderful
363
NATIONALITIES: American, Canadian, Chinese, Egyptian, Indonesian,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Malaysian, Mexican, Saudi Arabian
SUBJECT PRONOUNS AND OBJECT PRONOUNS
I, me you, you she, her he, him it, it we, us you, you they, them
I speak English. – Bob knows me. He speaks English. – Bob knows him. They speak English. – Bob talks to them.
NOUNS: SINGULAR AND PLURAL one pen – two pens one apple – two apples one cup – two cups one elephant – two elephants baby - babies city - cities boy - boys key - keys wife - wives thief - thieves dish - dishes match – matches class - classes box - boxes tomato - tomatoes potato - potatoes zoo - zoos radio – radios
NOUNS: IRREGULAR PLURAL FORMS
child – children foot – feet man – men mouse – mice tooth – teeth woman – women fish – fish ø – people
NOUNS: COUNT AND NONCOUNT A book, one book, books, two books, some books, a lot of books, many books, a few books. Money, some money, a lot of money, much money, a little money.
364
COMMON NONCOUNT NOUNS:advice furniture help homework information jewelry luck mail money music
peace traffic weather work bread cheese coffee food fruit meat
milk pepper rice salt soup sugar tea water
USING A vs. AN A dog is an animal. I work in an office. Mr. Lee is an old man. I have an uncle. – He works at a university. I need an hour to finish my work. – I live in a house. He lives in a hotel.
USING THE Where’s David? – He’s in the kitchen.
I have two pieces of fruit for us, an apple and a banana. Which do you want? – I’d like the apple, thank you.
It’s a nice summer day today. The sky is blue. The sun is hot. – Yes, I really like summer. Mike has a pen and a pencil. The pen is blue. The pencil is yellow. Mike has some pens and pencils. The pens are blue. The pencils are yellow. Mike has some rice and some cheese. The rice is white. The cheese is yellow.
USING Ø (NO ARTICLE) TO MAKE GENERALIZATIONS Ø Apples are good for you. Ø Students use Ø pens and Ø pencils. I like to listen to Ø music. Ø Rice is good for you. Tom and Ann ate some fruit. The apples were very good, but the bananas were too ripe. We went to a concert last night. The music was very good.
USING A/AN vs. SOME I have a pen. – I have some pens. – I have some rice.
MEASUREMENTS WITH NONCOUNT NOUNS a bag of rice a bar of soap a bottle of beer a bowl of cereal a box of candy a bunch of bananas a can of corn
a carton of milk a glass of water a head of lettuce a jar of pickles a loaf of bread a piece of cheese a sheet of paper
a tube of toothpaste
365
THE 1) to refer to something which has already been mentioned.
Examples: a) An elephant and a mouse fell in love. The mouse loved the elephant's long trunk, and the elephant loved
the mouse's tiny nose. b) A man I know lives in an old twelve- roomed house in a village. He has a son. His son occupies a modern three – roomed flat in a nearby town. The son pays more rent for the small flat in the town than the man pays for the large house in the village.
2) when both the speaker and listener know what is being talked about, even if it has not been mentioned before.
Where's the bathroom? 'It's on the first floor.
3) in sentences or clauses where we define or identify a particular person or object: The man who wrote this book is famous.
'Which car did you scratch?' 'The red one. My house is the one with a blue door.'
4) to refer to objects we think as unique: he sun, the moon, the world, the sea, the sky, the equator, the stars. The earth is round
5) before superlatives and ordinal numbers: the highest building, the first page, the last chapter.
6) with adjectives, to refer to a whole group of people: the Japanese the old
7) with names of geographical areas and oceans:
I’m going to the country for a week. the Caribbean, the Sahara, the Atlantic, the Pacific Ocean
8) Before names of seas, rivers, chains of mountains, groups of islands, plural names of countries and places
the Thames, the Rhine the West Indies, the Netherlands, the Himalayas, the Middle East, the Grand Hotel the Mississippi River the United States of America the USA the Netherlands the People’s Republic of China the United Arab Emirates
Canada is in the east of Canada. The Atlantic Ocean is on one side of the United States, and the Pacific Ocean.
9) with decades, or groups of years: She grew up in the seventies
10) Before musical instruments. I play the piano, but not very well. He plays the bass guitar. The main orchestral brass instruments are the horn, trumpet, trombone and tuba.
Play the piano, play the guitar BUT: play chess, play football
11) generalizations with singular countable nouns. This is common when we are talking about science and technology.
Galileo claimed that he had invented the telescope. I hate the telephone. I prefer the cinema to the theatre.
“THE” IS NOT USED 1. with names of countries (if singular)
366
Germany is an important economic power. He's just returned from Italy.
(But: I'm visiting the United States next week.) 2. with the names of languages
Almost all people speak Spanish in Argentina 3. with the names of meals.
Lunch is at midday. What's for lunch? Dinner is in the evening. Breakfast is the first meal of the day.
4. with people's names (if singular): John's coming to the party. President Bush is my uncle. (But: We're having lunch with the Morgans tomorrow.)
5. with titles and names: Prince Charles is Queen Elizabeth's son. President Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas. Dr. Watson was Sherlock Holmes' friend. (But: the Queen of England, the Pope.)
6. after the 's possessive case: His brother's car.
Peter's house. 7. with professions:
Engineering is a useful career. He'll probably go into medicine.
8. with years: 1948 was a wonderful year. Do you remember 1995? 9. with uncountable and plural nouns: Rice is the main food in Asia. Milk is often added to tea in England. War is destructive.
He died in World War I. Sugar is bad for the teeth. We need butter, eggs, rice, and toilet paper.
10. with the names of individual mountains, lakes, and islands: Mount McKinley is the highest mountain in Alaska.
(But: The Toros Mountains; The Rocky Mountains) She lives near Lake Van. Have you visited Long Island?
11. with most names of towns, streets, stations, airports, transport, and places Victoria Station is in the centre of London. Can you direct me to Republic Street? He lives in Taksim. They're flying from Heathrow. He comes to work by taxi. I go to university.
12. in some fixed expressions, for example: at University in mosque/church in prison by car by train by air in bed in/to class to/at/from university/college/school on air (in broadcasting) on holiday at breakfast/lunch/dinner to/at sea on foot at/from home for breakfast to dinner at night to go to sleep
367
to/at/from work to/in/from town to/in/into/out of prison/hospital/bed 13. before abstract nouns.
Jealousy can be dangerous. The people showed no surprise or anger at their behavior.
14. in general things. I like Turkish tea. She likes reading books. God created man and woman for each other.
15. special styles Newspaper headlines: MAN KILLED ON MOUNTAIN
DRUG SMUGGLERS TURN TO NORTHERN BORDER Titles in notices, posters, etc: SUPER CINEMA; HILTON HOTEL Instructions: Open packet at other end. Lists: Take car to garage; buy buttons; pay phone bill …
16. typical mistakes the Leyla’s coat Leyla’s coat the Syrian’s economic problems Syrian’s economic problems
PRACTICE a. Read and underline indefinite articles “a, an” and definite article “the” in the following texts then write them exactly.
READING 1 This is a map of the United States. It is a big country. It is between the Atlantic Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. The Atlantic Ocean is in the east and the Pacific Ocean is in the west. The United States is also between Canada and Mexico. Canada is in the north, and Mexico is in the south. America has two mountain ranges. They are in the east and in the west. Their names are Allegheny and Rocky. The famous river, Mississippi, is in the east of the United States. It is a very long river. It is between the two mountain ranges. The USA has 50 states and its capital is Washington, DC. The USA’s population is about 251 million. Its famous cities are New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia, San Francisco, Dallas, Houston, Boston, and Indianapolis. The USA is a liberal democratic country. It has two big parties: Democratic Party and Republican Party. Its new president is W. George Bush. The USA is some people’s favorite country.
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
368
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
READING 2
I am from Seattle, Washington. Seattle is a city in the United States. It is near the border of Canada in the northwest corner of the USA. I live in a town called Olympia which is on the Pudget Sound. I live in a house in a street in the countryside. The street is called "Bear Street" and the house is old - more than 100 years old! I am an English teacher at a school in the center of the town. I like books and taking photographs. I usually have lunch at school. I usually go home by car. We have all kinds of food in Olympia. I like Italian food very much. Sometimes, I go to an Italian restaurant in Seattle. The restaurant is called "Luigi's". Italian food is great!
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
READING 3 Charlie the Brave Charlie is a teacher and his wife, Maria is an artist. One of the main differences between the two is that Charlie has no imagination. Whereas* Maria has the most vivid* imagination you could think of. Now — imagination is an essential quality if you’re an artist but sometimes it can lead to — problems. Take the night before last, for example. It was a fine summer night and you could see the moon and the stars quite clearly, it was shortly before the longest day of the year. Charlie was sitting in a deckchair enjoying the warm summer air when he felt something touch his shoulder; it was Maria’s hand and he could tell immediately* she was a little worried about something. He had noticed this sensation a hundred times before. He asked her what the matter was and she replied that there was a strange thing on the jacket that was hanging in the bedroom. Now you must remember that they had both lived in the
369
West Indies and had seen a lot of strange creatures* in their house before. But now they were living in — England and so Charlie just laughed and said he would have a look at the «thing». He left the garden and made his way to the bedroom. He could see a jacket hanging* in the bedroom and went up to it to have a closer look at the «thing». The moment he touched it, the thing sprang* into— life. Now Charlie experiences — fear* like the rest of us but when this creatures opened its wings, he jumped out of his skin and ran screaming from the room like a small child doing about 100 miles an hour. Eventually Charlie managed to trap* the bat in a box and went out into the front garden clutching* the box as if it had a bomb inside it, took off the lid and the bat, obviously delighted to be free, flew away into the dark. Eventually Maria, who had been playing the guitar while Charlie was upstairs, asked Charlie if he had found out what the thing was. «Oh, nothing to worry about«, he said casually hoping that the terror could not be seen in his eyes, «it was just a bat.» clutch: hold creature: human being, individual fear: terror, horror hanging: hang, attach immediately: right away, directly sensation: feeling, impression spring: move trap: a device used for capturing, tuzak vivid: colorful, whereas: while, but
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
370
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
371
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________
PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE BE + -ING: THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE I am sitting in class right now. Rita is sitting in class right now. You are sitting in class right now.
SPELLING OF –ING smile - smiling write – writing sit – sitting run – running read – reading rain – raining stand – standing push – pushing snow – snowing fix – fixing say – saying
THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS: QUESTIONS Is Mary sleeping? Yes, she is. – No, she’s not. – No, she isn’t. Are you watching TV? Yes, I am. – No, I’m not. Where is Mary sleeping? On the sofa. Why are you watching TV? Because I like this program.
THE SIMPLE PRESENT THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS I sit in class every day. - I am sitting in class right now.
The teacher writes on the board on every day. – The teacher is writing on the boar d right now.
372
Do you sit in class every day? Are you sitting in class right now? Does the teacher write on the board every day? – Is the teacher writing on the board right now? I don’t sit in class every day. – I’m not sitting in class right now The teacher doesn’t write on the board every day. – The teacher isn’t writing on the board right now.
NONACTION VERBS NOT USED IN THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS. I’m hungry right now. I want an apple. I hear a siren. Do you hear it too? Want, need, like, love, hate, hear, see, smell, taste, understand, know, believe, think (meaning believe)
SEE, LOOK AT, WATCH, HEAR, AND LISTEN TO I see many things in this room. I’m looking at the clock. I want to know the time. Bob is watching TV: I’m in my apartment. I’m trying to study. I hear music from the next apartment. The music is loud.
I’m in my apartment. I’m studying. I have a tape recorder. I’m listening to music. I like to listen to music when I study.
NEED AND WANT + A NOUN OR AN INFINITIVE We need food. – We need to study. I want a sandwich. – I want to eat a sandwich.
PRESENT SIMPLE
FORM AND BASIC MEANING OF THE SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE I eat breakfast every morning.
Ann speaks English every day. We sleep every night. They go to the beach every weekend.
USING FREQUENCY ADVERBS: ALWAYS, USUALLY, OFTEN, SOMETIMES, SELDOM, RARELY,
NEVER Bob always comes to class. Mary usually comes to class.
I sometimes drink tea with dinner. Anna rarely makes a mistake.
USING FREQUENCY ADVERBS WITH BE Tom is always late for class. Ron never smiles. I rarely eat breakfast.
PRONUNCIATION OF FINAL -S: /Z/ AND /S/ rubs – sleeps rides – writes drives – laughs
SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION OF FINAL -ES push - pushes
teach - teaches
373
kiss - kisses fix – fixes
ADDING FINAL -S / -ES TO WORDS THAT END IN -Y cry - cries
try - tries pay - pays enjoy – enjoys
IRREGULAR SINGULAR VERBS: HAS, DOES, GOES I have a book. – He has a book. I do my work. – She does her work. They go to school. – She goes to school.
SUMMARY: SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION OF -S AND –ES
rub - rubs ride - rides smile - smiles dream - dreams run - runs wear - wears drive - drives see - sees
snow - snows drink - drinks sleep - sleeps write - writes laugh - laughs push - pushes teach - teaches kiss - kisses
fix - fixes cry - cries study - studies pay - pays buy - buys have - has go - goes do - does
THE SIMPLE PRESENT: NEGATIVE I do not drink coffee. – She does not drink coffee. – They do not drink coffee. I do not drink tea. – They do not have a car. He doesn’t drink tea. – Mary doesn’t have a car.
THE SIMPLE PRESENT: YES/NO QUESTIONS Do you like tea? Yes, I do. Does Bob like tea? Yes, he does.
THE SIMPLE PRESENT: ASKING INFORMATION QUESTIONS WITH WHERE Where do they live? Where does Gina live?
THE SIMPLE PRESENT: ASKING INFORMATION QUESTIONS WITH WHEN AND WHAT TIME When do you go to class? In the morning. What time do you go to class? At nine o’clock. What time do you usually go to class?
VERB SUMMARY: FORMS OF BE I am from Korea. – I am not from Jordan. – Am I in the right room? He is from Egypt. – She isn’t from China. – Is she from Greece? They are from Venezuela. – They aren’t from Italy. – Are they from Kenya? Ann was late yesterday. – She wasn’t on time. – Was she in class? They were late yesterday. – They weren’t on time. – Were they in class? I am going to be late. – I’m not going to be on time. – Am I going to be late? She is going to be late. – She isn’t going to be on time. – I s she going to be late? They are going to be late. – They aren’t going to be on time. – Are they going to be late tomorrow? He will be at home tomorrow. – He won’t be at work tomorrow. – Will he be at work next week?
374
USING WHAT + A FORM OF DO What do you do every day? I work every day. What are you doing right now? I’m studying English. What did you do yesterday? I went to school yesterday. What are you going to do tomorrow? I’m going to go downtown tomorrow. What will we do if it rains tomorrow? We’ll stay home if it rains tomorrow.
PAST TIME USING BE: PAST TIME I am in class today. – I was in class yesterday.
Alice is at the library today. – Alice was at the library yesterday. My friends are at home today. – My friends were at home yesterday.
PAST OF BE: NEGATIVE I was not in class yesterday. – I wasn’t in class yesterday. They were not at home last night. – They weren’t at home last night.
Today - yesterday This morning – yesterday morning This afternoon – yesterday afternoon Tonight – last night This week – last week
PAST OF BE: QUESTIONS Were you in class yesterday? – Was Carlos at home last night? Where were you yesterday? – Where was Jennifer last night?
THE SIMPLE PAST TENSE: USING –ED I walk to school every day. – I walked to school yesterday. Ann walks to school every day. – Ann walked to school yesterday.
PAST TIME WORDS: YESTERDAY, LAST, AND AGO yesterday morning, yesterday afternoon, yesterday evening last night – week – month – year last spring – summer – fall – winter last Monday – Tuesday – Wednesday etc.
five minutes ago, two hours ago, three days ago, a (one) week ago, six months ago, a (one) year ago.
PRONUNCIATION OF -ED: /t/, /d/, AND /ıd/
help - helped laugh - laughed guess - guessed
rub - rubbed live - lived seem - seemed
need - needed want – wanted
SPELLING OF -ED VERBS smile – smiled erase – erased
stop – stopped rub - rubbed rain – rained need - needed count – counted help - helped study – studied carry - carried play – played enjoy – enjoyed fix – fixed snow – snowed
SPELLING OF -ED AND -ING: TWO-SYLLABLE VERBS visit – visited – visiting open – opened – opening
375
admit – admitted – admitting occur – occurred – occurring
THE SIMPLE PAST: NEGATIVE I did not walk to school yesterday. – You did not walk to school yesterday. Tom did not walk to school yesterday. – did not walk to school yesterday. I didn’t walk to school yesterday. – Tom didn’t eat lunch yesterday.
THE SIMPLE PAST: YES/NO QUESTIONS Did Mary walk to school? Yes, she did. – No, she didn’t. Did you come to class? Yes, I did. – No, I didn’t.
THE SIMPLE PAST: IRREGULAR VERBS
come – came do – did eat – ate get – got
go – went have – had put – put see – saw
sit – sat sleep – slept stand – stood write – wrote
MORE IRREGULAR VERBS
begin – began break – broke bring - brought buy – bought catch – caught
cost – cost cut – cut
drink – drank drive – drove find – found fly – flew
forget – forgot give – gave
hang – hung hear – heard
hit – hit hurt – hurt
leave – left lend – lent
lose – lost make – made
meet – met pay – paid read – read ride – rode ring – rang
run – ran say – said sell – sold
send – sent sing – sang speak – spoke
spend – spent steal – stole
take – took teach – taught tear – tore tell – told think – thought
understand – understood
wake up – woke up wear – wore
THE SIMPLE PAST: USING WHERE, WHEN, WHAT TIME, AND WHY Where did you go? – Why did you run? – When did Ann come? – What time did Ann come?
QUESTIONS WITH WHAT What did Carol buy?
QUESTIONS WITH WHO What did they see? A boat – Who did they see? Jim Who did they see? – Whom did they see? Who came? – Who lives there? – Who saw Jim?
ASKING ABOUT THE MEANING OF A WORD What does “pretty” mean? What is the meaning of “pretty”?
376
BEFORE AND AFTER IN TIME CLAUSES I ate breakfast before I went to class. – Before I went to class, I ate breakfast. We took a walk after we finished our work. – After we finished our work, we took a walk. We took a walk after the movie. – I had a cup of coffee before the class.
WHEN IN TIME CLAUSES When the rain stopped, we took a walk. – We took a walk when the rain stopped. When Tom was a child, he lived with his aunt. – Tom lived with his aunt when he was a child.
SUMMARY: INFORMATION QUESTIONS WITH BE AND DO Where are your books? – Where do you live? When is the concert? – When does Bob study? What is your name? – What do monkeys eat? What time is it? – What time does the plane arrive?
USING IT TO TALK ABOUT TIME What day is it? It’s Monday.
What month is it? It’s September. What year is it? It’s 2000. What’s the date today? It’s September 15th. – It’s the 15th of September. What time is it? It’s 9:00. – It’s nine. – It’s nine o’clock. – It’s nine A.M.
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME We have class at one o’clock. – I have an appointment with the doctor at 3:00. – We sleep at night.
My birthday is in October. – I was born in 1976. – We study in the morning – in the afternoon – in the evening.
I have a class on Monday. – I was born on January 11, 1976. We have class from 1:00 to 2:00.
USING IT TO TALK ABOUT THE WEATHER It’s sunny today. – It’s hot and humid today. – It’s a nice day today. What’s the weather like in Istanbul in January? How’s the weather in Moscow in the summer?
WOULD LIKE I would like to eat a sandwich. I’d like to drink coffee. Would you like some coffee? Yes, I would.
WOULD LIKE vs. LIKE I like to go to the zoo. I would like to go to the zoo.
THINK ABOUT AND THINK THAT I think about my family every day. I am thinking about grammar right now. I think that Sue is lazy. Sue thinks that I am lazy. I think that the weather is nice. I think (that) Mike is a nice person.
THERE + BE There is a bird in the tree. There are four birds in the tree.
377
THERE + BE: YES/NO QUESTIONS Is there any milk in the refrigerator? Yes, there is. – No, there isn’t. Are there any eggs in the refrigerator? Yes, there are. – No, there aren’t
THERE + BE: ASKING QUESTIONS WITH HOW MANY How many chapters are there in your book? How many provinces are there in Canada?
PREPOSITIONS OF LOCATION ( PLACE )
above around at behind below
beside between far (away) from in in back of
in the back of in front of in the middle of inside near
next to on on top of outside under
USING SOME AND ANY Alice has some money. Alice doesn’t have any money. Does Alice have any money? – Does Alice have some money? I don’t have any money. – I don’t have any matches.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS: SOMETHING, SOMEONE, ANYTHING, ANYONE Mary bought something at the store. – Jim talked to someone after class.
Mary didn’t buy anything at the store. – Jim didn’t talk to anyone after class Did Mary buy something at the store? – Did Mary buy anything at the store? Did Jim talk to someone after class? – Did Jim talk to anyone after class?
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS: NOTHING AND NO ONE I didn’t say anything. – I said nothing. Bob didn’t see anyone at the park. – Bob saw no one at the park. I didn’t say nothing. – Bob didn’t see no one at the park.
FUTURE TIME FUTURE TIME: USING BE GOING TO I am going to go downtown tomorrow. Sue is going to be here tomorrow afternoon. We are going to come to class tomorrow morning. I’m not going to go downtown tomorrow. Ann isn’t going to study tonight. Are you going to come to class tomorrow? No, I’m not. Is Jim going to be at the meeting tomorrow? Yes, he is. What time are you going to eat dinner tonight? Around six.
WORDS USED FOR PAST TIME AND FUTURE TIME yesterday morning – tomorrow morning yesterday afternoon – tomorrow afternoon yesterday evening – tomorrow evening last night – tomorrow night last week – next week last month – next month
last year – next year last weekend – next weekend last spring – next spring last summer – next summer last fall – next fall last winter – next winter
378
last Monday, etc. – next Monday, etc. … minutes ago – in … minutes (from now) … hours ago – in … hours (from now) … days ago – in … days (from now)
… weeks ago – in … weeks (from now) … months ago – in … months (from now) … years ago – in … years (from now)
USING A COUPLE OF OR A FEW WTTH AGO (PAST) AND IN (FUTURE) Sam arrived here one (a) year ago.
Jack is going to be here in two minutes. I talked to Ann three days ago.
I saw Carlos a couple of months ago. He’s going to return to Mexico in a couple of months.
I got a letter from Gina a few weeks ago. I got a letter to see Gina in a few weeks.
I began college last year. I’m going to graduate in two more years. My sister is almost finished with her education.
She’s going to graduate in a few more months. She’s going to graduate in three more months.
USING TODAY, TONIGHT, AND THIS + MORNING, AFTERNOON, EVENING, WEEK, MONTH,
YEAR We are studying English this morning. Nancy went downtown this morning. I’m going to go to the post office this morning.
FUTURE TIME: USING WILL Mike will go to the library tomorrow. – Bob will not be there tomorrow. – Bob won’t be here tomorrow. I’ll –
You’ll – He’ll – She’ll – It’ll – We’ll – They’ll
WRITTEN: Tom will be here at ten. – SPOKEN: Tom’ll be here at ten I’m going to lock the doors and am going to turn out the lights. I’ll lock the doors and will turn out the lights.
ASKING QUESTIONS WITH WILL Will Tom come tomorrow? Yes, he will. – No, he won’t. Will you be at home tonight? Yes, I will. – No, I won’t.
When will Ann arrive? Next Saturday – What time the plane arrive? Three-thirty – Where will you be tonight? At home.
VERB SUMMARY: PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE I eat lunch every day. – I don7t eat breakfast. – Do you eat breakfast? He eats lunch every day. – She doesn’t eat breakfast. – Does she eat lunch? I am eating an apple right now. – I’m not eating a pear. – Am I eating a banana? They are eating apples. – They aren’t eating pears. – Are they eating bananas? He ate lunch yesterday. – He didn’t eat breakfast. – Did you eat breakfast?
I am going to eat lunch at noon. – I’m not going to eat breakfast tomorrow. – Am I going to see you tomorrow? She is going to eat lunch at noon. – She isn’t going to eat breakfast tomorrow. – Is she going to eat lunch tomorrow? They are going to eat lunch at noon. – They aren’t going to eat breakfast tomorrow. – Are they going to eat lunch tomorrow?
He will eat lunch tomorrow. – He won’t eat breakfast tomorrow. – Will he eat lunch tomorrow?
379
THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS AND THE PAST
CONTINUOUS It’s 10:00 now. Boris is sitting in class. – It was 10:00. Boris was sitting in class. It’s 10:00. I am sitting in class. – Boris is sitting in class. – We are sitting in class. It was 10:00. Boris was sitting in class. – We were sitting in class.
USING WHILE WITH THE PAST CONTINUOUS The phone rang while I was sleeping. – While I was sleeping, the phone rang.
WHILE vs. WHEN IN PAST TIME CLAUSES The mouse appeared while I was studying. – While I was studying, the mouse appeared. When the mouse appeared, I was studying. – I was studying when the mouse appeared.
SIMPLE PAST vs. PAST CONTINUOUS Jane called me yesterday. – I talked to Jane for an hour last night. We went to Jack’s house last Friday. – What time did you get up this morning? I was studying when Jane called me yesterday. – While I was studying last night, Jane called. I opened my umbrella when it began to rain. When the phone rang, I answered it. – When the phone rang, I was studying.
USING HAVE BEEN (THE PRESENT PERFECT) I have been here since February 1st. – I have been here for two months. Kim has been here since January. – Kim has been here for three months. I have been here since nine o’clock. – I have been here for 30 minutes. Ann has been here since Monday. – Ann has been here for four days.
USING SINCE-CLAUSES I’ve been afraid of dogs since I was a child. Mr. Lou has been a teacher since he graduated from college. Sue and I have been friends since we were children.
FORM OF THE PRESENT PERFECT I have known Tom for five years. Sue has had a bad cold for three days. They have lived here since 1994. We have owned our own home since 1989. She’s been here for two months. – She’s in my class.
USING NEVER WITH THE PRESENT PERFECT I’ve never touched an elephant. – Anna has never seen the Pacific Ocean.
PRESENT PERFECT: QUESTIONS AND NEGATIVES Have you lived here for a long time?
Has Ken been in this class since the beginning of the term? I have not (haven’t) lived here for a long time. – Ken has not (hasn’t) been in the class since the beginning of the term.
USING EVER WITH THE PRESENT PERFECT Have you ever been in London? Yes, I have. – No, I haven’t. Has Tom ever lived in Istanbul? Yes, he has. – No, he hasn’t. I haven’t ever been in Korea. – I’ve never been in Korea. She hasn’t ever lived in Paris. – She’s never lived in Paris.
THE PRESENT PERFECT: QUESTIONS WITH HOW LONG
380
How long have you been in this city? For five months. How long has Ali had a mustache? Since he was twenty-one years old. How long have you known Maria? – Since the beginning of the school term.
MAY / MIGHT vs. WILL It may rain tomorrow. – Anita may be at home now. It might rain tomorrow. – Anita might be at home tomorrow. Tom will be at the meeting tomorrow. – Ms. Lee may / might be at the meeting tomorrow. Ms. Lee may / might not be at the meeting tomorrow.
MAYBE (ONE WORD) vs. MAY BE (TWO WORDS) Will Abdullah be in class tomorrow?
“I don’t know. Maybe. Maybe Abdullah will be in class tomorrow, mad maybe he won’t.” Maybe Abdullah will be here. – Abdullah may be here tomorrow.
FUTURE TIME CLAUSES WITH BEFORE, AFTER, AND WHEN Before Ann goes to work tomorrow, she will eat breakfast. I’m going to finish my homework after I eat dinner tonight. When I go to New York next week, I’m going to stay at the Hilton Hotel.
CLAUSES WITH IF If it rains tomorrow, we will stay home. – We will stay home if it rains tomorrow. If it rains tomorrow, we won’t go on a picnic. I’m going to buy a new car next year if I have enough money.
If I don’t have enough money for a new car next year, I’m going to buy a used car.
EXPRESSING HABITUAL PRESENT WITH TIME CLAUSES AND IF-CLAUSES After Ann gets to work today, she is going to have a cup of coffee. After Ann gets to work (every day), she always has a cup of coffee. If it rains tomorrow, I am going to wear my raincoat to school. If it rains, I wear my raincoat.
USING VERY AND TOO + ADJECTIVE The box is very heavy, but Tom can lift it. – The box is too heavy. Bob can’t lift it. The coffee is very hot, but I can drink it. – The coffee is too hot. I can’t drink it. The weather is too cold. – NEGATIVE RESULT: We can’t go to the beach.
USING TOO MANY AND TOO MUCH + NOUN My stomach doesn’t feel good. I ate too many sandwiches. – I ate too much food.
USING TOO + ADJECTIVE + INFINITIVE Susie can’t go to school because she is too young. Susie is too young to go to school.
Susie is too young to got to school. – Peggy is too short to reach the cookie jar. – Bob is too tired to do his homework.
USING TOO + ADJECTIVE + FOR (SOMEONE) + INFINITIVE Bob can’t lift the box because it is too heavy. – The box is too heavy for Bob to lift. I can’t study in this room. – This room is too noisy for me to study.
USING ADJECTIVE + ENOUGH Peggy can’t go to school. She is too young. – Peggy can’t go to school. She is not old enough. I can’t hear the radio. It’s not loud enough.
Bobby can read. He’s old enough.
381
We can go swimming. The weather is warm enough.
USING ENOUGH + NOUN AND MORE + NOUN I can’t buy this book. I need more money. – I can’t buy this book. I don’t have enough money. I can’t finish my work. I need some more time. – I can’t finish my work. I don’t have enough time.
USING ENOUGH + INFINITIVE Peggy can go to school because she is old enough. – Peggy is old enough to go to school. I can’t buy this book because I don’t have enough money. – I don’t have enough money to buy this book.
USING BE ABLE TO I am able to touch my toes. – I can touch my toes. I will be able to go shopping tomorrow. – I can go shopping tomorrow. I wasn’t able to finish my homework last night. – I couldn’t finish my homework last night.
POLITE QUESTIONS: MAY I, COULD I, AND CAN I May I borrow your pen? – Could I borrow your pen? – Can I borrow your pen? May I please borrow your pen? – Could I please borrow your pen? – Can I please borrow your pen? Yes, of course. – Of course. – Certainly. – Sure. (Informal) – No problem. (Informal)
POLITE QUESTIONS: COULD YOU AND WOULD YOU Could you (please) open the door? Would you (please) open the door? Yes, of course. – Certainly. – I’d be glad to. – I’d be happy to. – Sure. (Informal) – No problem. (Informal)
IMPERATIVE SENTENCES “Close the door, Jimmy. It’s cold outside.” - “Okay, Mom.” Sit down. – Be careful. – Don’t open the window. – Don’t be late. – Stop, thief! – Open your books to page 24. Don’t worry. – Please close the door. – Wait for me! – Hurry up! – Come in. – Don’t forget your …
USING TWO, TOO, AND TO I have two children. Timmy is too young. He can’t read. – Ann saw the movie too. I talked to Jim. – I want to watch television.
MORE ABOUT PREPOSITIONS: AT AND IN FOR LOCATIONS Olga is at home. – Ivan is at work. – Yoko is at school. Sue is in bed. – Tom is in class. – Paul is in jail / prison. – Mr. Lee is in (the) hospital. Ahmed is in the kitchen. – David is in Mexico City. Where’s Ivan? He isn’t here. He’s at the bank. – Ivan is in (inside) the bank. He is not outside the bank.
MORE IRREGULAR VERBS
blow – blew draw – drew fall – fell feel – felt
grow – grew keep – kept know – knew swim – swam
throw – threw win – won
NOUNS, PRONOUNS, AND ADJECTIVES
MODIFYING NOUNS WITH ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS I bought an expensive book. – I bought an expensive grammar book.
382
I bought a grammar book. – He works at a shoe store. Hot tea – wise woman – native language – empty cup – heavy suitcase – uncomfortable chair – front page – wonderful man Kitchen table – music store – train station – vegetable soup – movie theater – lunch menu – traffic light – business card
WORD ORDER OF ADJECTIVES (1) Opinion – (2) size (weight) – (3) age – (4) color – (5) nationality (origin) – (6) material - NOUN A large red car – a beautiful young woman – a beautiful Turkish island – some delicious Mexican food – a
small glass vase
EXPRESSIONS OF QUANTITY: ALL OF, MOST OF, SOME OF Rita ate all of the food on her plate. – Mike ate most of his food. – Susie ate some of her food. Matt ate almost all of his food.
EXPRESSIONS OF QUANTITY: SUBJECT-VERB AGREEMENT All of my work is finished. – All of my friends are kind. Some of my homework is finished. – Some of my friends are coming to my birthday party. All of – most of – half of – almost all of – a lot of – some of
EXPRESSIONS OF QUANTITY: ONE OF, NONE OF Sam is one of my friends. – One of my friends is here. None of the students was late. (Not one of the students was late) – None of the students were late
USING EVERY Every student has a book. – All of the students have books. Everyone has a book. – Everybody has a book. I looked at everything in the museum. – Everything is okay.
POSSESSIVE NOUNS My friend has a car. My friend’s car is blue. – The student has a book. The student’s book is red. The students have books. The students’ books are red. – My friends have a car. My friends’ car is blue.
POSSESSIVE: IRREGULAR PLURAL NOUNS The children’s toys are on the floor. – The store sells men’s clothing. That store sells women’s clothing. – I like to know about other people’s lives.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS: MINE, YOURS, HIS, HERS, OURS, THEIRS This book belongs to me. It is my book. It is mine. That book belongs to you. It is your book. It is yours.
QUESTIONS WITH WHOSE Whose is this? - Whose book is this? Mine. – It’s mine. – It’s my book. Whose are these? - Whose books are these? Rita’s. – They’re Rita’s. – They’re Rita’s books.
SUMMARY: USES OF THE APOSTROPHE I’m happy. – She’s happy. – We’re happy. – Tom’s happy. – That’s my notebook. – There’s a book on the table. What’s this? – Where’s Anna? – Who’s that? – Whose is that? – Tina isn’t here. – Tom’s hair is brown.
My parents’ house is white. – This pen belongs to Ann. It is hers. – It’s sunny today. I’m studying about India. I’m interested in its history.
SUMMARY: USES OF NOUNS AS: SUBJECT OF A SENTENCE - Birds fly.
OBJECTS OF A VERB - Ken opened the door. OBJECTS OF A PREPOSITION - Birds fly in the sky.
383
NOUN COMPLEMENTS AFTER BE - Yoko is a student. MODIFIERS OF OTHER NOUNS - I don’t like winter weather. POSSESSIVES - I like Jim’s hat.
CONNECTED NOUNS: NOUN + AND/OR + NOUN Birds and airplanes fly. Ken opened the door and the window. I have a book, a pen, and a pencil. I’d like some coffee or some tea.
SUMMARY: USES OF ADJECTIVES I bought some beautiful flowers. The flowers were beautiful. The flowers looked beautiful. The flowers smelled good. I feel good. Candy tastes sweet. That book sounds interesting.
SUMMARY: PERSONAL PRONOUNS Subject pronouns – Object pronouns – Possessive adjectives – Possessive pronouns
INDIRECT OBJECTS I wrote a letter to Alex. – I wrote Alex a letter. – What did you write? A letter. Who(m) did you write a letter to? Alex. Did you write these letters to Alex? Yes, I did. I wrote them to him. Verbs followed by indirect objects introduced by to: give, hand, lend, pass, send, show, tell, write
INDIRECT OBJECTS: USING FOR Verbs followed by indirect objects with for:
ANSWER: He answered a question for me. CASH: The teller cashed a check for me. FIX: Can you fix my car for me? OPEN: Mr. Smith opened the door for his wife.
PRONOUNCE: I pronounced the word for the students. TRANSLATE: I translated a letter for my brother.
INDIRECT OBJECTS WITH BUY, GET, MAKE Tina bought a gift for us. – Tina bought us a gift. I got a new toy for my son. – I got my son a new toy. Tom made lunch for his wife. – Tom made his wife lunch.
INDIRECT OBJECTS WITH EXPLAIN AND INTRODUCE The teacher explained the grammar for us. Anna introduced her sister to me. I wrote a letter for Bob.
MORE IRREGULAR VERBS
become – became bend – bent bite – bit
build – built shake – shook feed – fed
fight – fought hide – hid hold – held
384
MAKING COMPARISONS
COMPARISONS: USING THE SAME (AS), SIMILAR (TO) AND DIFFERENT (FROM) A and B are the same. – A is the same as B. C and D are similar. – C and D are similar. E and F are different. – E is different from F.
COMPARISONS: USING LIKE AND ALIKE Your pen is like my pen. Your pen and my pen are alike. Our pens are alike.
THE COMPARATIVE: USING -ER AND MORE Mary is older than John. Health is more important than money. Old, cheap, big – pretty, funny – famous, important, interesting – good, bad, far
USING AS ... AS; USING LESS John is as old as Mary. This watch is as expensive as that watch. Fred isn’t as old as Jean. – Fred is younger than Jean. This book isn’t as expensive as that book. – This book is cheaper than that book. This book isn’t as expensive as that book. – This book is less expensive than that book.
USING BUT John is rich, but Mary is poor. The weather was cold, but we were warm inside our house.
USING VERBS AFTER BUT John is rich, but Mary isn’t. Sue studies hard, but Sam doesn’t. We like movies, but they don’t. Alex came, but Maria didn’t. People can talk, but animals can’t. Olga will be there, but Ivan won’t. Mary isn’t rich, but John is. Boxes aren’t round, but balls are. Paul wasn’t in class, but I was.
THE SUPERLATIVE: USING -EST AND MOST My hand has five fingers. My thumb is the shortest (finger) of all. Old, big – pretty, easy – expensive, important – good, bad, far
USING ONE OF + SUPERLATIVE + PLURAL NOUN The Amazon is one of the longest rivers in the world. A Rolls Royce is one of the most expensive cars in the world. Alice is one of the most intelligent people in our class.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS Ann is a careful driver. – Ann drives carefully. – careful, slow, quick, easy … John is a fast driver. – John drives fast. – fast, hard, early, late … Linda is a good writer. – Linda writes well. – good …
385
MAKING COMPARISONS WITH ADVERBS Kim speaks more fluently than Ali (does). – Anna speaks the most fluently of all. Mike worked harder than Sam (did). – Sue worked the hardest of all. Rosa writes better than I do. – Kim writes the best of all.
USING AS ... AS WITH ADVERBS Bob doesn’t study as hard as his brother (does). I didn’t finish my work as quickly as Sue (did). Yoko can speak English as well as Tony (can). I’m working as fast as I can. – I’m working as fast as possible. Alex came as quickly as he could. – Alex came as quickly as possible.
EXPRESSING IDEAS WITH VERBS
USING SHOULD My clothes are dirty. I should wash them. Tom is sleepy. He should go to bed. You’re sick. You should see a doctor. You should not (shouldn’t) leave your grammar book at home.
USING LET'S What should we do tonight? Let’s go to a movie. Okay. I’m tired. I’m tired, too. Let’s take a break. That’s a good idea!
USING HAVE + INFINITIVE (HAS TO/HAVE TO) People need to eat food. – People have to eat food. Jack needs to study for his test. – Jack has to study for his test. I had to study last night. Do you have to leave now? – What time does Jim have to leave? – Why did they have to leave yesterday? I don’t have to study tonight. – The concert was free. We didn’t have to buy tickets.
USING MUST You must not be late for work if you want to keep your job.
You don’t have to go to the movie with us if you don’t want to. I must study tonight. I’m going to take a very important test tomorrow. You must take an English course. You cannot graduate without it. John, this is your mother speaking. You must eat your vegetables. You can’t leave the table until you eat
your vegetables.
MODAL AUXILIARIES Can, couldn’t, may, might, must, should, will – is able to, is going to, has to
SUMMARY CHART: MODAL AUXILIARIES AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS CAN: ability: I can sing. CAN: polite question: Can you please help me? COULD: past ability: I couldn’t go to the class yesterday. COULD: polite question: Could you please help me? MAY: possibility: It may rain tomorrow. MAY: polite question: May I help you? MIGHT: possibility: It might rain tomorrow. MUST: necessity: You must have a passport. SHOULD: advisability: You should see a doctor. WILL: future happening: My sister will meet us at the airport. WOULD: necessity: Would you please open the door? BE ABLE TO: past necessity: I wasn’t able to attend the meeting.
386
BE GOING TO: Tina is going to meet us at the airport. HAS / HAVE TO: I have to study tonight. HAD TO: I had to study last night too.
EXPRESSING ABILITY
USING CAN I have some money. I can buy a book. We have time and money. We can go to a movie. Tom is strong. He can lift the heavy box. Alice can not come. – Alice cannot come. – Alice can’t come.
USING CAN: QUESTIONS Can you speak Arabic? Yes, I can. – No, I can’t.
Can Marge come to the party? Yes, she can. – No, she can’t. Where can I buy a hammer? At a hardware store. When can you help me? Tomorrow afternoon.
USING KNOW HOW TO I can swim. – I know how to swim. Can you cook? – Do you know how to cook?
USING COULD: PAST OF CAN I am in Hawaii. I can go to the beach every day. I was in Hawaii last month. I could go to the beach every day when I was there. I can’t go to the movie today. I have to study. I could not go (couldn’t go) to the movie last night. I had to study. Could you speak English before you came here?
Contents SUBJECT PRONOUNS 8 SINGULAR – PLURAL 9 A-AN 13
TELLING THE TIME 20 PRONOUNS 22 REFLEXIVE PRONOUN 31 PERSONAL PRONOUNS: AGREEMENT with COLLECTIVE NOUNS 33 TO BE PRESENT 35
TO BE PAST 45 THERE IS – THERE ARE 49 THERE ISN’T/AREN’T (NEGATIVE) 51
HAVE GOT – HAS GOT 54 HOW MANY - HOW MUCH Error! Bookmark not defined. PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE 61 SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE 67
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE & PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE 84 SIMPLE PAST TENSE 91 SIMPLE PAST TENSE (Regular Verbs) - ed 96
PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE 109 REVISION 118 FUTURE TENSE 120 GOING TO FUTURE 121
387
FUTURE TENSE - Wıll 123 GOING TO FUTURE & WILL 125 PRESENT PERFECT TENSE 127 ALREADY: 133
PRESENT PERFECT Error! Bookmark not defined. SIMPLE PAST TENSE Error! Bookmark not defined.
PAST PERFECT TENSE 151 WH QUESTIONS Error! Bookmark not defined. WH QUESTIONS - Mıxed 162 TENSE REVISION Error! Bookmark not defined. TENSE REVISION 167
TENSE REVISION 169 ADVERBS Error! Bookmark not defined. ADJECTIVES or ADVERBS 187 COMPARATIVE & SUPERLATIVE 193 SUPERLATIVE (Adjectıve) Error! Bookmark not defined.
MODALS 205 USED TO 222
TAG QUESTIONS 226 WOULD LIKE 230 SHOULD (Advıce) 231 HAD BETTER 233
GIVING ADVICE 234 GERUND-INFINITIVE 235 INFINITIVE 235
GERUND 237 PASSIVE VOICE 242
PASSIVE VOICE (Simple Present) 243 INDIRECT OBJECTS 258 RELATIVE CLAUSES 262
NOUN CLAUSES 282
REPORTED SPEECH 286 IF CLAUSES 307 IF / WHEN CLAUSES 335
WISH CLAUSE 336 IF ONLY 336
WHAT IF....? 341 CAUSATIVES (get and have) 342 ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 343
DETERMINERS 351 TOO – ENOUGH 351
TOO MANY/TOO FEW/TOO MUCH/TOO LITTLE/ENOUGH 353 ARTICLES 15 ADJECTIVE lıst 354
IRREGULAR VERBS 358 SUMMARY 361